i . ...

PR~CTJc~L

EXERcISEs
\

ENGLISH COMPOSITION:
'.

..
£

...

r

rf
f J

f . ,

T
I
\ .-, .......
.; \.:" , I
_,

PREFACE.

OF the numerous works on education that have
Entered, nccor<lin g to tho Act of Congress, In tho year 1856, by

W. S. B A It T 0 N,
In the Clerk's Office of tho Southern District of Alab11ma.

been issued from the press, none that has appeared
on the subject of English Composition seems to afford the young composer the necessary assistance to
the successful pursuit of this study.

Without enter-

ing into a detail of the defects of the systems before

.

the public, it is sufficient to remark that they presuppose more mature thought, and a closer acquaintance with language than the pupil has acquired at
the proper time to commence the study of this art.
The work here presented is designed as a sequel
to the author's New System of English Grammar,
which forms a gradual introduction to the first principles of composition.

STERP!O TTP ~D

DY

T HO )!AS D. S)lITH ,
82 & &1 BClll<man SL, N. Y.

The plan pursued in the

following exercises, as in the work mentioned., is
founded on the application of the principle of imitation.

The pupil is conducted progressively, from

)

·.
I

lV

PREFACE.

the simplest expression of thought to the practice
of connected composition.
As a work of this kind must partake, to some
extent, of the nature of a compilation, the author

I

PRACTICAL EXE RCI S·E S
IN

takes this opportunity of observing that he has not
hesitated to avail himself of the assistance of others
use~

who have written on this subject; he has freely

ENGLISII

CO~iPOSITION .

all the materials within his reach, when they aided

in the development of his plan.

§ 1. Composition is the art of cxpressmg

If he has succeeded in realizin('I' his intentions this
0

'

treatise will be found useful in assistincr
such as
0
have only the opportunity of a "Common School
Education," to express their ideas with taste and
perspicuity ; while to those having the advantages
of a more general

c~:mrse

of instruction, it will serve

as a practical introduction to a critical study of En-

ideas in written language.
§ 2. To compose correctly, ":ith perspicuity
and elegance, requires a practical knowledge
of the following particulars:1. Orthography.

2. Punctuation.
3. The Use of Words.
4. The Structure and Arrangement of Sentences.
5. Style and Figurative Language.

glish Literature.
GIIBENsnonouGrr, .11. fabamn, 1856.

ORTHOGRAPHY.

§ 3. Orthography treats of the letters and
other characters of a language, and the proper
method of spelling words.
REMARK.-This important art is to be acquired rather by attention

...
6.
to

CAPITAL LETTERS.

7

EXERCISES FOR CORRECTION.

~l~fA~~·~This

important art is to bo acquired ra.tber by attention
p act1co of the best modern writers and 1 .·
fix ed rules.
exicographers, than

EXERCISES FOR CORRECTION.

~. To be ig norant of th e orthography of such words as
a~e um:~rml ly spelled and frequently used, is ju.~tly consid:r;d
d

Point out tho errors in the following excrcL<ies,-give tho ru lo fo r
correction.
MODEL.-" ovory pupil should obey his instructor." " Ever7J pup-il, &·c."
RuLE I. The first word of every distinct sentence shouJJ ucg-in with
a ca.pita!.

CAPITAL LETTERS.

1. my father will reward you for your dilig ence and industry. the love of praise should be kept under proper subordination to the principle of duty. in itself it is a useful
motive to action; but when allowed to extend its influence too
far, it corrupts the whole character. to be destitute of it, is a
defect. to be governed by it, is depravity.
it is almost unnecessary to state, that the di8play which mr.
henry made in "the parsons' cause," as it was popularly
called, placed him at the head of his ·profession. he became
the ~heme of every tongue. . he had exhibited a degree of
eloquence, which the people had never before witnessed , a
species of eloquence too, entirely new at the bar, and al together his own. he had formed it on no living model, fo r
there was none such in the country. he had not copied it from
books, for they described nothing of the kind.

isg-rac0 -u •

§ 4. Capital Letters should be used in the
following situations:I. ?-'ho first wor<l of every distinct sentence . e ,., "F:. l ·

h ood is a most odious vice."

,

. b"

a se-

2. The first word of every line of octr .
,.,
"A
.
p
y ' e. o·
- m oth er is a mother still
·
rr
a1
·,·e
"
'rr l .d
T he J1 oliest tl1in
1
•
<
• v O en ge.
8. Proper names an<l titles of honor or office .
, o. g. G.
M ason; .Ge~. G. W. Gunn; Judge ¥ ore.

T.

4. AdJ ectJves derived from proper names. e g A
.
Washingtonian.
' . . merican;

'5h. All names of D eity; e.g. God; J ehovah. The
mig ty ; The Sup reme.
'
Al-

. 6. T~e na'.11e .o'. an object personified, wh en it conve s
idea strictly mdmdual . e g "C
S .
Y an
, · ·
ome 0rrent 1e pring"
•
7Thfi
• J e rst word of a d irect quotation wh en it forms a
comp ete sentence . 0
. v· 'l
.
' . g. ll"g1 says, "Labour conquers all
th mgs."

2. to purchase h eaven, has gold the power 1
can gold remove the mortal hour?
in life can love be bought with golJ.?
are friendship's pleasures to be solJ.?
no, all that's worth a wish or thoug ht,
fair virtue gives, unbrib'd, unbought.

8. The pronoun I and tho exclamation 0 . e g "I . L to
" 0 bl"JSsful days !"
' · ·
w1s11

g o h om e."

9. Eve7 noun and principal word in the titles of boob.
e. g. Popes Essay on M<in.
'

bc~~~~i~:·:~~l:~ words..whon they aro of particular importa.neo may
p

' e. g.

We must promote tho Cause of Education."

, I

3. neither thomas nor william performed his part. if jane
is indolent she must be punished. the city whi ch romulus
built was called rome. gov. williamson resides in elizabethtown, new jersey. the rev. doct. m'dowell of philadelphia is a
very distinguished divine. col. iverson called yesterday during your absence. did you know that the celebrated kirwan

•

8

RULES FOR SPELLING.

EXERCISES FOR CORRECTION.

8. i am monarch of all i survey,
my right there is none to dispute;
from the centre all round to the sea
i am lord of .the fowl and the brute.
o solitude! where are the charms
that sages have seen in thy face 1
better dwell in the midst of alarms,
than reign in this horrible place.

is no other than our pastor? we left the city of wn.shington
on monday last, arrived at ba1tirnoro on t.uesday, went to pliiladelpliia by the cars, and reached new york on saturday.

4. the americau boasts of the land of freedom. ihe romans
were good soldiers and greatly estee med for their courage and
prowess. tl 1e spaniards ceded florida to the united states in
the year 1819. the egyptians made the lives of the israclites
bitter to them, with hard bondage in mortar and brick, and in
all manner of service in the field.
5. a1fred strove to do right, and feared the displeasure of
god more than the frowns of his companions. the bible is
the best book iu the world- it ahonnrlR in con<;o]ation to tho~o
who put their trust in the lord , and dcn01111ces j ill l,'..(111c11 ts :mu
puud1ments on those th:1t :-;1i.:..(·ht its on•rturcs of mercy. i
believe in 0rrod, the father almi,,hty
maker of heaven and
v
'
earth, and jcsus dirist hi::; only soa our lvrJ.

-,,,

"·

G. o win te r ! ru ler of the inw·rt< •<'l J"'!ll',
thy scattcr'<l hair with sleet like a<:hcs fiil'.J,
thy l.ireath congeal\[ upou tliy lipc<, thy elieeks
fring'd with a beard mnde white with other snows
than thof-0 of age, thy forel1e rl'l wT::ipp'.1 in cloud~,
a leafless branch thy sceptre, :incl thy throne
n slidin.~ cnr, indebted to no '"ltec1s,
1uL urg'J l>y storms along the slipp'ry way,
i love thee, all unlovely as thou seemst,
and dreaded as thou art !
7. Juring il1c n:\'01 utionary 11·ar, c0rt.ai n ngcnts of tlie
1riti0h g0vcrn111cr;.t oil'crcd geo . rec:J , prcsiJenL of t.]H) a1noricaa
congresc<, it!u tlwusand guineas it' hu woulJ comu over to tlieir
side; his reply wns, " gentlemen, i am poor, very poor, but
your king it; not rich enongh t-o bHy m0 2"

9

~~--

9. "english grammar has been defined, 'the art of speaking
and writing the cngfo1h language correctly.' yet it is a fact
that few wil presume to dispute, that pupils may excel in
grammar and parsing as taught in our schools aml yet 1o
unable to form grammatical sentences, either orally or in
writiug."

RGLES FOR SPELLIXG.

§ 5. The follmving ::tre ::t fow general pnnc1plcs to Le observc<l in spelling.
1. Monosy1laLks wl1ic11 end inf, l, or s, pr<'Cc1l•:•l l·y a
single vowel, l1arn tl1e firul con~onanL douLlcJ; c. g . sta.ft;

grass, mill.
REMARK.-As, of, ·1/ q!J,.q, ha,s, was, yes, his, -£5 1 us, tln.b5, am! tliis, are
oxccpttons to llio g-cuoral ruk.

2. DouLlc l generally becomes single before an add itional
consonant; e ..!!'.·~kill, ski~/al.
IlKl!ARK.- \Vorcls cHJinc; in any other double lotter, pre~cn·o iL
doui.Jlo Lefore liie kr1L1iuatio11~ /u/, l!J, nes", and less.

3. In words •·ndin~ in y, pn·«e•.k<l Gy a con,;011:111t, tl11; y is
changed into i, [,d~>re aa ad•.litioual syibLle; c. g . :\Jerry,
merrier; pi ty. 1>il;i'l1.
l~.x.<:EPTI0\"'.-]3~. ·i ;_1ri.; i11J. y is rt'Ltincd to preverit tl1e JouiJlir1g of i;
e. p:. Marry, 11wn11i11'.l· \\'unls in fr, drop c and take y; c. g . Di<', rlijin!J.
To prevent anil •i;:11it..1·, tlw v1:rv d1r aud somo other:-1 retain tl10 e bo-

iure 1:11g.

l*

/

10

EXERCISES.

EXERCISES.

4. \Vords entling in silent e before an aJJitional sylla1lo
1 e••i1111in 0r• with a vowel o·enerally omit the e; e. g. Force,
f orcible; rave, raving.
~

~

Jo:x c t':I'TI ON 1.-\Vor<ls endi ng in ce or ge retain tho e boforo able,
01_1,s ; e. g. Peace, p ecv;cable ; outrngo, oulrog~ous.
EXCEPT ION 2.-Words cn<ling in oe retain tho final e; o. g. Shoo,
slw1;ing ; boo, hoeir1g.
Ex CE PTIOX 3.-\Vords ending in ee drop the finale on receiving an
adJitionn.l syllable beginning with e ; e. g. Seo, seesl; agroo, agreed. -

5. V erbs of one syllable, ending in a single consonant, precetled by a single vowel, and verbs of more than one syllaulo,
cndinnn in th e same mann er, and nccented on the last syllabic,
douul o the final consonant on receiving an additional syllable;
e. g. R egret, regretted.
R 1rnARK.-Most verbs ending in l though not accented on tho last
syllal;le. doui.Jle tho l on recoivi11g an addi tional syllable; o. g. Travel,
travelled ; model, modelled.

G. Compound worLls, fonnc<l by prefixing a word or a syllaulc to a mono~y lla1l e ending in all, retain the douul e lt; e. g.
Befall, betbrall; &c. Except withal, therewitlial, and wherewithal,.
EXERCISES.
Correct the errors in tho follow ing oxorciscs, - give the rule.
"It is no great
merit to spell correctly."
ltu LE I. Monosyllables which end in f, ~ ors, preceded by a single
vowel, hn.vo the final consonant doubled.
MoDEl.-" It is no great merit to spcl correctly."

1. Ile is ta! enoug h to be a man.

Misdemeanors are t!t c pioneers of gros vices.
It is a grr at defect to spel incorrectly .
G ues wli ere Robert is going.
\Villi:un has Lrokcn tlio ol<l man's st.'lf.
Uoli ":><rion rcrculatos
tho wil and affections.
b
UHde's mil is out of repnir.
G aMti a.fiords a brilia11 t 1 ig!tt.

•

James wil not obey until he is punished.
As for man, his days are as gras.
2. Alfred is more venturesome than skillful.
Henry has willfuly injured Mary.
I am fu1lly persuaded of Henry's guilt.
A wel-spent day prepares us for repose.
The path to distinction is an uphil road.
The blisful days of boyhood are past.
Odity may excite attention, but not esteem.
Crosness has more subjects than admirers.
Indolence and listlesness are foes to happiness.
Carelesness has occasioned much trouble.
3. Nothing essential to happyness is unattainable.
Pitiing will save him from disgrace.
Henry is merryer than bis brother James.
To be happy without holyness is impossible.
Edward narrated a pityful story.
\Vitbout fire chimnies are useless.
V :illies are more fertil than hills.
Vices thou o-h near relations, are all at varyance.
'
0
Wisdom rescues the decaies of age from aversion.
All within, were walks and allies wide.
4. An obligoing disposition is commendable.
The eatastrophy was truely distressing.
Robert is more peacable than James.
The arrrument
is forceible and convinceing.
:::>
My horse wants shoing.
Matilda's anger to Sarah was inexcuseable.
Obligeing conduct secures deserved esteem.
Example is more convinceing tl1!1n proe<'pt.
Martha has purchased a eLangablo silk.
At present we are closly confined.
5. Ed warl1's loss 'vas rcgrctcd by bis friends.
shall spcnJ mu eh time iu traveling .

We

...

11

12

PRO~ISCUOUS

EXEilCISES.

The design was first modeled in Rome.
'l'ime misspent will be regretcd.
Give me a sheet of bloting paper.
You must think you are wity.
What refference can you give~
The traveler was robed near the spring.
\Ve were conferring when you entered.
6. Tho embassador has been recaled.
None can tell what may befal him in life.

PUNCTUATION.

13

Encouragement increaces with success.
Fair appearances often cover deceit.
H.idicule is but the froth of ilnature.
Repetition makes smal transgresions large.
Nettles grow in the vinyard of the slothful.
'Treachery often lurks beneath a guilful tongue.
The passions of man are not easily subdued.
With al thy geting get understanding.
QUESTIONS.

PROMISCUOUS EXERCISES.
Somo of tho words in tho following exercises aro to be corrected by
the preceding rules.

Never utter a falschoode even for truth's sak.
Neglect no oportunity of dooing good.
A covcttuous person is always in want.
Picturs that resemble flowers smcl only of paint.
Vises arc two often called follys.
We may be successfull and yet disappointed.
Irreconcileable animosity is always blameable.
A true friend is a val uable acquisition.
How do you spel rccieve and beleive?
A dutyful childe, will be loved by awl.
Abridgements of historry arc not useles.
We are often benefitted by what we have <lreadded.
Misfortunes are more easyly prevented than cured.
Assorvation docs not always remove doubt.
Doubledeelcrs arc seldom long in favor.
Politeness is the ofaprin g of benevolence.
A downhill road may be travelled with case.
TL.c passions often mislead the judgement.
To er is human; to forgive divine.
A bad spolor should not pretend to scholarship.
Contempt leaves a dooper scar than anger.

What is composition?
What is necessary to compose correctly?
What does orthography treat of?
What is the first general rule for the use of capitals?
'.l'he second? Tho third? The fourth? Tho fifth? The sixth? Tho
seventh? The eighth ? The ninth'!
What is the first general rule for spelling?
The second? The third? &e., &c.-1'

PUNCTUATION.

§ 6. Punctuation treats of the Points and
Marks used in writing.
§ 7. The design of points is to mark the
division of a sentence, to show its meaning more
clearly, and serve as a guide to the pauses and
inflections required in reading.
§ 8. The following are the principal marks used in writ.mg;The Comma ( , ) marks the shortest pause.
The Semicolon ( ; ) double that of the comma.
The Colon ( : ) double the semicolon.
The Period ( . ) the longest pause.

14

PUKCTU.A.TION.-TIIE PERIOD.

The Interrogation Point ( ? ) denotes a question.
The Exclamation ( ! ) denotes emotion.
The Dash ( - ) a pause of indefinite length.
REMARK.-Tho duration of those pauses must bo loft to tho taste of
tllo reader.

TIIE PERIOD.

§ 9. The Period is used to mark the end of
a complete sentence; e. g. "Each day bn,"ngs
i"nteZZ.igence of some new cli"saster."
REltARK.-Tho period iB ~so used aJ'tcr al::broviations; o. g . .A..M.
J,L.D. Mr. B.

EXERCISES.
Write the followin g exercises, and insert periods in their proper places.

Mooi,L.-" Alfred wrnto a letter to his parents"
PUNCTUATED.-" Alfred wroto a letter to bis parents."

Cea G \V Gunn resides in Tuskccgce
Col lfarvy is Ed of the Ala Beacon
Dr FM Peterson has an extensive practice
A pruJent man avoiJs danger
Th e fairest flowers arc the first to fade
Earnest action accompl ishes much
Active benevolence gains a ri ch reward
I called to see Mr Hampton
Tho oration was delivered by L Smith ?IID
The age of the MSS is unknown
The event occurre<l B C 3025
If you wish distinction it is yonrs
Alfred has prepared the recitation
"\Ve cn n make onr!'clve!' liappy without riches
David Ewart excells in composition
Youtli is tlae time for improvement
'Ne heard the Rev Doct Murray yesterday

PUNCTU.A.TION.--COMMA.

15

The bill was chartered last session
Contentment is nobler than afiluence
Wisdom is gained. by experience
}.feasure your time by improvsment
COMMA .

. § 10. The Comma is used to separate short
clauses, or such as are closely connected but
from construction or arrangement must be separated by some point; e. g. "Strong proof, not
a loud voice, produces conviction."
RuLE I. The Comma is unnecessary in a f;l1ort., si mple
sentence; e. g. "Industry is the law of our being." "IIope
is necessary in every condition of life."
RuLE II. When the logical subject is rendered long by
t11e addition of several adjuncts to the grammatical, a comm:i.
is usually inserted before the· verb ; e. g. "Study and undivided
attention to one pursuit, will give success."
REMARK. -Tllis rule is much less observed by recent than older
writers.

EXERCISES .
Write the following exercises, and insert co=:is in their proper
places.
MODEL. -'' To be ~otally indifferent to the praise or censure of men
is a real defect in <character."
PUNCTUATED.-" To bo totally indifferent to tho pmi:;o or censure of
men, is a real defect in character."

Propriety of conduct and undivided attention to your profession will make you popular and esteemed. The son and
daughter of the emigrant perisb c<l in the confla~ration. To
know God and serve him should be the great object of our
exiswnce. Tlie belief that God is merciful affords us consolation in time of trouble. The voice of reason and mercy pre-

.,
·I

i

I

'.

,j
•I

'•

'}I

!

'I

t•!

16

rUNCTU ATION.-EXERCISES.
PUNCTUATION.-EXERCISES.

>ailed. Indifference to tho ordinary pursuits of life is indicative of defective judgment. A steady and undivided attention
to one pursuit com mo11 ly gives success. The necessity of au
early ac~ua.intrmce with l1istory has always been acknowledged.
The pumsliment of the reckless di sturber of society tends to
~ecure peace. ~'ho wa~t of some pursuit to occupy our time
is often productive of lasting evil.

A Comma is generally used between the clauses
of_a compound sentence; c. g. "Plwcion was poor, tlwugli he
might liave been ricli."
RuLE III.

17

RULE IV.-Two or more words of the same class, whether
nouns, adjectives, verbs or adverbs, connected by conjunctions,
do not admit of a comma between them ; e. g. "T!te ear th
and the moon are planets."
REMARK 1.-When the conjunction is not expressed, a comma L':I
inserted; e. g. " Your friend is a plain, hone.st man."
REMARK 2.-If the connected words have adjuncts, a comma may be
inserted; e. g. "Intemperance destroys the viow of our bodies, and Uie
strength of our minds."

EXERCISES.

ll1rnAnK.-Whcn tl10 members of a compoun<l sontonco aro closely
conncctc<l, tho comma L~ not used ; c. g. "The book which was w8 t is

Write the following exercises, and correct the errors in punctuation.
MODEL.-Rel.igion expands, and elevates the mind.
CoRRECTED.-Rcligion expands and elevates the mind.

EXERCISES.

A man of integrity, and honor may be trusted. Martha
is a gentle affectionate girl. The earth, and the moon are
planets. Man is fearfully, and wonderfully made. A good
man will love himself too well to lose and his neighbor too well
to win an estate by gaming.
A proper love for our country and a proper Jove for the
human race are consistent with each other. William can"
read but not write. I spoke of virtue not selfishness. James
is studious of change and fond of novelty. Your father is a
plain unsophisticated man and has seen but little of the
world. Intemperance destroys the vigor of our bodies and
the strength of our minds. He is a brave industrious boy.

found."

Writo the following exercises, and insert commas in their proper
places.
MoDEL.-" Ilcnry will return when you send for him."
PUNCTL"ATED.- " Ilenry will return, when you send for him."

Vi~'tue impports in a_d\•ersity and moderates in prosperity.
P~oc:on tho~gh h e might have been rich was poor. The
principle whi ch had been instilled into his mind influenced
his whole conduct. Revelation teaches us how we may attain hnppiness both hero and h ereafter. Love not sleep lest
thou come to poverty. Sensuality contmninntes the body
depresses the understanding deadens tho moral fce liugs an<l
d<'grn?cs man from li'.s rauk in creation. Tho path of piety
and virtue pursued wi th a firm nnd constant spirit will lead
to honor. Grace of manners is so essential to rul ers that
whenever it is neglected their virtues lose a great degree of
lustre. The more Liglily we culti\ratc our minds horn the
bettor shall we be prepared for the nol>lcr pursuiL'! of tho next
su1ge of existen ce. "\Ve sometimes forgot our faults when we
are not reminded of them.

RuLE V.-More than two or three words of the same class,
connected by a conjunction expressed or understood, take a
comma after each ; e. g. "Poetry, music, and painting are
fine arts."
REMARK 1.-When the words connected are adjectives, tho last
should not be separated from its noun by a comma; e. g. "He was a
"brave, wise, a;nd pious citizen."
REMARK 2.-Words used in pairs take a comma after each pair;

18

COMM..A..-EXERCISES.

PUNCTU..A.TION.-COMM..A..

e. g. ".Anarchy and confusion, poverty and distress, desolation and ruin
are Oi,e consequences of civil war."
EXERCISES.
Write the following exorcises and insort commns in their proper
places.
MODEL. - " Robert William and Thomas wore present."
PUNCTUATED.-" Robert, "William, and Thomas were present."

Your fri end was ruined by self-conceit presumption and obstinacy. Sloth case and success naturally tend to vice and
folly. Tranquillity regularity and magnanimity possess the
hearts of the pious. Truth is fair and artless simple and secure uniform and consistent. \Ve should be modest whether
we eat or drink labor or sleep.
There is a natural <litforence between merit and demerit
virtue and vi ce and wisdom and folly. We may find tongues
in trees books in running brooks sermons in stones and good
in every thing. Some men sin frequently <leliberntcly and
presumptuously. True worshipers of beauty bcholJ it in the
lowliest flower meet it in every path enjoy it every where.

19

Bring me your slate Thomas.
The sun approaching the snow melted.
Dick bring the pony from the lot.
The sun being arisen we departed.
God willing we will try.
Henry whose book is that on the floor 1
The army approaching they fled.
The judge being absent nothing was <lone.
Being a prudent man he gained friends.
Edward having left his brother returned.
The wheel at rest motion stops.
Shame being lost all virtue is lost.
I remain sir your obedient setvant.
Time being precious we should improve it.
RULE VII.-Nouns in apposition are separated by a comma,
when the latter noun has several words or adjuncts connected
with it; e. g. "Paul, the apostle to tlie Gentiles, was eminent

for his zeal."
EXE RC IS ES.
Write the following exercises and insert commas in their proper

VI.-Thc nominative independent with its adjuncts
should be separated from the rest of the sentence by a comma;
e. g. "Henn;, you may retire." '' Tlie soldiers retreating,
victory was lost."
RuLE

EXERCISES.
Writo the following exercises nnd insert commas in their proper
places.
MonEL.-"Tho general having been slain tho army was Jost."
PUNCTUATED.-" The general having been slam, the army was lost."

My son give me thy heart.
To confess the truth I was in fault.
Business being arranged we departed.

places.
MODEL.-" .Albany
PUNCTUATED.-"

the capital of New York is on the Hudson."
Albany, the capital of New York, is on the Hud-

son."

Herschel discovered the planet Uranus.
Charles the Twelfth king of Sweden was a madman.
Have you read Milton's great work Paradise Lost 1
Have you seen Capt. Wade the carpenter.
Truth a gem most precious cannot be overruled.
Henry recovered a result that was not expected.
Hope the balm of life is our greatest comforter.
On the palace floor a corse she lay.
Oaklands Henry's estate is of great value.

'i
:!,
'·''!~

20

;I

'"

PUNCTU .A.TIO~ .-COMM.A.

COMMA.-EXERCISES.

r

Ile was the friend of \Yordsworth the poet.
Wiliiam the Conqueror snhJu .. li Erwl:md.
,...,
Soiomon h.--ing of farael built a temple.
The river Jordan flows into the Dea<l Sea.
llis <log a fai t1ful friend kept silent watch.
Drntlier '\\.'illiam write:> letters.
Delightful task to rear the ten1.lcr thought.
Time la1or rnoney all were lo~t.
Gi ve it tu J:u11es him wl10 :;t;rnJs at the door.
I <lclivcreJ Lile me~:s:i.ge mysdl:
...

J._

"

In prosperity he wa.s too much elated- in adversity too

dcspou cknt."
PUNCTUATED.-

"

In prosperity he wa.s too much elated- in ad1·ersity,

too. <..lcspomll'ul."

The body is mortal-the soul immortal. Ignorance pr0duces vice; and vice mi:=-ery. Dn·<lcn knew m orn of man in
his general 11ature; Pope in l1i,; local maimers. Philo,;ophy
makes us wi,;e ; Ch ri;;tiaHity Letter. Your fri c1lll ;;uccel·d;; Ly
flattery-mine by merit.
Homer leads us witL1 a commanding impeluosity-Vir,['."il
with an attracti \'e maje;:;t.y. Hcadiug makes a full nrn.11 ;
conversation a ready man; anJ writing an exad man.

RuLE VIII.-A comma is n-cncr:tlly nhcc<l aft C'r an :vh·crh
or :m ndverbial phrase usecl :it tlic commenccmcn t of a sentence; e. g. Firi;t, sccond!!J, &c.
;:,

MODEL.-

'

RuLE X.- vVhen a ;:;entence or an infinitive is the sul)j\'ct
of a verh, ancl the verb stamls after it, it generally Las a
comma Lefore it; e. g. The rnost obvious rel!lcdy is, to with-

'I

EXERCISES.
\.Vrite tho following exercises, and insert the comma wh crn rcqnired.
lliuvi::i..- " Lastly stri\'e to prcserYe a conscience void o r offcncC'."
I't.i:\CTli ATED.-" Lastly, ~lri1· e lo l'l"l'Sl'nu a couscicnco niitl of

draw from company.

of1l:t\C0.''

EXE TI. C IS ES.

Formerly knowledge was not so ge11crally diffu"cd as it. is
now. Generaliy it wili be found that hocesty is tl1e l1est
:rnv nrrr11P olicy. Indeed )'OU could not convince l1irn Lv
""
"'
b
rncnt. Secondly I slrnll proceed to point out what should be
tl 1e proper s1ate of our t<:m11cr toward::; one :111otlicr. Lasilv
my de:ir children I a<lmo11i;;h you to rnakc virtue your pri1;cipal study. Finally many c01didcnti:dly sny my mountain
stands strong and shall never be moved.
RuLE IX.-A comma is generally introduced where a verb
is understood ; e.g. "From law arises security; from security,

curiosity."
EXERCISES.
Write tho following exercises, nnd insert commas in tl10ir proper
plaCl'S.

21

Write the follov..-in.g exercises, and insert comma.~ in their prop<:r

places.
:MODEL.-

"

A desire to improve is commenJable."
A Llesiro to improve, is commcudablc."

PUNCTUATED.-"

..

"'

A disposition to excel will stimulate him to gr('akr exertion. The fact that lie was a distinguislied srwakor was :-oon
apparent to all. A peace that consul ts the good of tlic cou ntry at largo is desirable. A round of vain and gilk1y pur"11i ts
is pleasing to the young. A desire to be profit.ix! hy your
conversation bas brou1;ht mo here. The attempt to injure
his friend lowered him in the estimation of his acriuaiut:mce;:;.
An opportunity was afforded him to correct the errors of
his youth. The opinion that the republican form of government is the best is no longer problematical.

.i

: \

;;j

'·

22

23

COLON .-EXE RCISES.

PUNCTU A.TION. -SEMICOLON.

of art through which no native affection is allowed to penetrate present an oliject unamialile in every season of life but
particularly odious in youth. As there is a wor!Jly happine;;s
which God perceives to be no ot11cr than di s;:;uised mi ;.;._.ry ;L<;
tbero are worlrl ly h onors which in hi:i cstimaliou a rc r q )ro:w.li
so there is a wo~"<lly wi~<lom wbicb in his sigl1t it; fooli shnesR.

SEMICO L ON .

§ 11. The Semicolon is generally used to
divide a compound sentence into two or more
parts, not so closely connected as those whit:h
are separated by a comma; e. g. Straws swim
upon the surface j uut p earls ri:e at the bottom.

COLO :N".
E XE R CISE S .

§ 12. The Colon is usec.1 to separate the purts

Write the following exercises, and insert semicolons in their proper
places.
MODEL. -" l'crform your du ty faithfully for tl1is will proc ure you Urn

of a, sentence which are not so closely connccteJ.
as to r equi re a semi-colon; c. g. 1--'-:i"t!lll!J tu acquire the halxil of l/1/ink'ing: no stad!J is 17lOre

bless ing c1CJi('ayeu. n

Pu:>CTUATED. -" Perform your duty faiLhfullr; for this mil procure
you th o hk"'3ing of heaven."

E very t1ing grows olJ. every th ing pa;;,.e;; away every thing
J i:;al1l•ear:;. I'iliiosoplie rs a:;s1:rL ilia L 11 al urc is un limi ted iu
1a:r (•j'eraLious LL.tat kn vwlt:J_!,;c wiii :dways lie in p r u,i.;rcss :uul
tha t al l future g enerations will co ntinue to make d iscoveries
of which we have not the slig11t€st idea. The passions are
the cl1id' Jcstroycrs of our peace tho storms auJ iempe:;ts of
t1;e m()ral wurkL Heaven is tlic n ·;;ion of gcutlcucss aml
love hell of fie rceness and animositv.
The ri d 1e:;L g euius li ke tLe l!l u:;L le rtile soil when uncultivated sh oots often into the nrnkc:<t. wcl'd s and instf'[t •l of viu (~S
and oliv c·s for tl1 c uso nnd pl 1·:1'<t1t-c of 11 w 11 produces l\1 i l s
slothful owner a most abundant crop of poisons.
· To _give an early prefe rence t o ho no r aho ve g-ain wl1cn tl 10v
stanJ iu compeLition Lo J espiso every aJ van tag-o that cann~t
be attained without dishonest acts to brook no meanness and
s l01Jp lo no Jj:;,.;i1uu!ation an.: tl 10 irwlinations of a g-rc~t rninJ.
tlw presa g1:s of future 1:mincnco and use fllln ess i11 lifo. That
darkness of character where we can see no heart t hose foldinrrs
0

1.-·
.t ·

..

!. -· ..,,
1'

important.

•

. I:':

R n 1ARK.-Tl10 coion is sc11l0m nsed hy modem writer~ except bcfo~o
C'X:l.lUl'li:~ 1~;); , 1wi11.~ tliL' c x.prl·:-::siun:-\1 u.s _r;)Uu lCS 1 th e f olluwin;J c.rau1p1'.e:•; l!i

these wurds,

••

'. ' ~ .!..-...
~:i: -.~;'};;-

.... :
.

r: ~

r~>

~c.

~.:.~

'',·

EXERCI S E S .

,i .,,

....

'::·~' ·,~..·g .

Writo tho followin g exercises and insert tho colon and other point<>
where r cquin·d.
:MODEL.- " Ou r t1 isl i 11~ui,hcJ friend Col Preston next aJJrcsscJ tho
concou r~u rts rulluw~ < ;u1l k1 11c·n aml h 1l iC's .\: c"
P U:\CTUATlm.- " Our di~l i n i.;11i shc1l fri e nd, Col P reston, ne x t nil·
dre8sctl t ho cunco11 rso a~ fvUu w s : Gcntkmcn aml ladic~, J:.c."

-·-

~-

His last words were as follows Gentlemen of the jury &r..
- Ile oftc· n utt e red t1wsc \YOrds I h ave Jone wi th the wu rl l [111.J
am will irw to h-:1vc i t. A 1Jrll t~ ar riv es a t a pvint of J l:l'f,·t·tion that
ca u 11cver pas~ in a fow years ho has all the en1

'):.

. '

'·

1

he

dowments that he j,; cai'a lilc of.
Virtue i,; too l<w t·l y to he immurcJ in a cell. D o not flatter
yourself with tho h ope of perfect h appiness thero is no such th ing
•
'l'.J
_ ...__,"
,_,
'- ..~

24

PUNCTUATION.-NOTE OF INTERROGATION.

in this life. The warrior spoke as follows 0 man heavy with
wine why dost thou thus keep prattling.
'I'he three great enemies to tranquillity are vice superstition
and idleness vice which poisons and disturbs the mind with
bad passions superstition wLich fills it with imaginary horrors
idleness which loads it with tediousness and disgust. Write
on your slates the follow ing examples

NOTE OF IN TERROGATION.

§ 13. The Note of Interrogation is placed at

E:X:CLAMATION.-EXERCISES.

25

Wh o wrote my name on the black board
H e asked me if I had read Milton
Did Henry lose Alfred's pencil
Father asked me where I had been
W as Chancellor Mason consulted
"\Vhen was the city of :Moscow taken
What officer commands her
Which company of soldiers meet to-day
What are the principal classes of adrerbs
Why Henry when did you arrive
How do men become rich
Can you tell me how men become rich

;
'.:

·;
;~

.

.

\ ~

:~~

'

i-••

the end of a sentence in which a direct question
is asked; e. g. What is to be clone ?
REMARK.-This mark must not bo used after indirect questions; e.g.
"TlieiJ asked me why I wept." Why I wept, is not a direct question,
and should not take the noto of interrogation.

EXERCISES.
Write tho following exercises and insert interrogation points in their
proper places.
MODEL.-" What excuso can be offered in palliation of yesterday's
offence"
PUNCTUATED.-" What excuse can be offered in palliation of yesterday's offence ?"

When did your brother get home
How will Jane bear the disappointment
In what manner did he endure the operation
·where is the recitation for to-day
H ow did Mary read her composition
In what was the man eminent
To whom is William superior
Who first discovered America
By whom was the victory achieved

EXCLAMATION.

§ 14. The Note of Exclamation is used after
expressions of sudden emotion or passion, and
after solemn invocations and addresses ; e. g.
"Hail, holy light I offspring of heaven's first
born!"
REMARK.-When the exclamation Oh is used, the point is generally
·placed immediately after it; but when 0 is employed, the point is
placed aftor one or more intervening words; e. g. "Oh I my ojfe-nce i t
smells to heaven." "0, haste my father's heart to cheer!"

EXERCISES
Write the following exercises and insert exclamation points in their
proper places.
MODEL.-" Oh how our hearts were beating"
PuNCTUATED.-" Ohl how our hearts were beating!"

0 feeble boast of transitory power
Alas true friendship has departed from earth
2

.

t_,

26

PUNCTUATION.-

OTHER CHARACTERS.

How happy are the righteous
Oh let my weaknes.'l have an encl
0 make my grave where the sun-beams rest
Hush I will not hear you speak thus
0 fie what are you <loing
Ha I have caught you now
Indeed it is Matilda herself
Alas where evil abounds life has no pleasure
0 Lord how grent is thy goodness
\Velcome my dearest friend
Strange what will happen next
Astonishing what do you mean
Bravo that was well done
Farewell lllilY happiness attend your path
Shame would you kill the poor dog
Adieu my friend may we meet again

l'UNCTUATION.-OTIIER CHARACTERS.

27

It is also used to denote the possessive case; e. g. Robert's
lwt.
§ 17. A Caret (") is a mark used to indicate the place
where some word or letter has been left out in writing; e. g.
will your
i
"I hope that you call on return, and brng ffiary."

"
§ 18. A Hyphen ( - ) is a mark used" to connect compoun<l
words; c. g. flurse -man.
It is also used at the end of a line to s1iow that one or
more syllables of the last word are carried to the next line.
§ 19. The Direresis ( · ·) is placed over the latter of two
vowels to show that they do not form a diphthong; e. g.

.Aerial.

§ 20. The Acute Accent ( ' ) denotes a short soun,l ; e. g.
Fan-cy.

§ 21. The Grave Accent (

1

)

denotes a long sound ; c. g.

Fa-vor.
THE DASH.

§ 15. The Dash is used when a sentence is
left unfinished ; when there is a sudden turn,
or an abrupt transition; and where a significant
pause is required; e. g. "Let the government do
this-the people will do the rest."
"Here lies the great-false Ularble where 1
Nothing but sordid dust lies here."

OTHER CHARACTERS USED IN COMPOSITION.

§ 16. The Apostrophe ( ' ) is used to denote the omission
of one or more letters; e.g. O'er, Greensboro'.

REMARK.-The acuto accent is often used to dcnoto an accented
syllable whether long or short.

§ 22. Short and long syllables are generally denoted by
the Breve ( ~) and Dash C); e. g. Fully, rosy.
§ 23. The Section ( §) marks the small divisions of a book
or chapter.
§ 24. The Paragraph ( ,- ) denotes the beginning of a new
subject.
§ ~5. The Crotchets ( ()) or Brackets ( [] ) generally enclose some explanation, or something which is intended to
prevent mistake; e. g. "John told James, that he (James)
was to study."
§ 26. The Marks of Quotation ( " ") enclose the words of
another.
§ 27. The Index (it7) is used to pointoutanythingwhich
demands particular attention.

~-- ---;:;:~ -

28

--- - -

29

PUNCTUATION.-QUESTIONS.

USE OF WORDS.

§ 28. The Brace (-'--) is used to connect words that
have one comm on term, or three lines of poetry having the
same rhyme, called a triplet.
§ 29. An Ellipsis (
) or ( * * *) is used when some
letters are omitted from a name ; e. g. B--n, for Byron.
§ 30. The Asterisk ( * ), the Dagger ( t ), the Double
Dagger ( t ), and Parallels ( II ), refer to margin:i.l notes. The
letters of the alphabet, and the numerical figures, are often
used for the same purpose.

.Adverbs and adverbial phrases at the co=encemeut of a sentence'!
When the verb is understood?
When the subject is a sentence or an infinitive placed aftor the verb?
• When is the Semicolon used?
.. Colon? Noto of Interrogation?
· Exclamation ? Dash ?
For what is the Apostrophe used?
The Caret? , The Hyphen? The Dit'C resis?
What is the use of tho Acute .A.ccont?
The Grave? The Breve? The Dash?
The Section? The Paragraph?
Crotchets or Brackets ?
}forks of Quotation? Index?
:Brace? Ellipsis? Dagger? Double Dagger?
.Asterisk? Parallels ?

~~ For addltlonal exercises in Punctuation, tho teacher may write
on tho black-board, some portion of a well-pointed book, omitting all
the points; and then require the pupil to punctuate the exercise, and
give the rules for pointing.
This subject should also be attended to in connection with composition,
and the mistakes in punctuation should be pointed out in general crit·
icism as it is returned to the pupil.

QUESTIONS.
W1mt does Punctuation treat of?
What is the design of points'!
\Vhat are the principal marks used in writing?
What of tho relative duration of the pauses?
When is the Period used?
What is the general rule for the Comma?
What is said of short sentences?
Whon is th o comma used in a simplo sentonce?
When in a compound sentence?
·what is tho rule respecting two words of the same class connected
by a conjunction?
·when should the comma be inserted?
Wbat is the rule in reRpect to three or moro words of the same class
connected by a conjunction?
'What should be observed when several adjectives are connected?
\Yhat is the rule when words are used in pairs?
What is the rule for the N om. Independent?
For Nouns in apposition?

USE OF WORDS.

§ 31. Words are divided according to their
nse into eight different classes; viz., Noun,
Verb, Adjective, Pronoun, Adverb, Preposition,
Conjunction, and Exclamation.
§ 32. A Noun is the name of an object; e. g. " Alfred,
Cli.arle:tton, pencil."
fuMAHK.- " .An object may have oithor a real existence, or merely
an existence attributed to it by the mind. Thus hor8C ioi the name of
an object, which has a real existence; but whiteness is the namo of a
quality, which bas no existence independent of the object to which it
belongs, and is merely considered by the mind as having an existence

by itselt:"

§ 83. A Verb is a word by which something is affirmed of
a"person or thing; e. g. "Matilda reads; Virtue is praised;
Thomas sleeps."

j

34. An Adjective is a word used to describe or limit the

30

USE OF WORDS.-QUESTIONS.

meaning of a noun; e. g. Good boy; a book; the man;
either hat; five cents.
§ 35. A Pronoun is a word used instead of a noun ; e. g.
"The man is happy, he is benevolent; he is useful."
§ 36. An Adverb is a word used to modify the meaning of
a verb, adjective, or some other adverb; e.g. "James studies
well, and is a very attentive pupil."
§ 37. A Preposition is a word used to show the relation
between a noun or pronoun and some preceding word ; e. g.
"Charles is beloved by his teacher."
§ 38. A Conjunction is a word used to connect words or
propositions ; e. g. "Susan and Mary know that they have
disobeyed."

§ 39. An Exclamation is a word used to express some sudden emotion of the mind; e.g." 0, haste my father's heart
to cheer!"

§ 40. From words are formed Propositions
or Sentences; e. g. "Girls sing j'' "Children
are fond of amusement."
§ 41. In the construction of propositions the
Noun and Verb are indispensable. All other
words, with the exception of the Exclamation,
are either appendages or connectives.

m:w

For copious exercises in the uso of word~ soo the nuthor's New
System of E nglish Grnmmnr, where elliptical sentences aro given under
each part of speech, which tho pupil is required to complete by the introduction of suitnble words.

STRUCTURE OF SENTENCES.

31

STRUCTURE OF SENTENCES.

§ 42. A Sentence is an assemblage of word~,

so arranged as to constitute a distinct proposi..

tion ; e. g. "Horses run j'' "Thomas writes exffl'cises."
CLASSIFICATION.

§ 43. Sentences are of four kinds ;-Declarative, Interrogative, Imperative, and Exclamatory.
1. A Declarative Senu;nce is one, in which any thing is
limply uffirmed or denied of the subject; e. g. "Time flies ;"
M..4,/exander will not study."
2. An Interrogative Sentence is one, in which a question is
uked; e. g. "Who hath believed our report?''
8. An Imperative Sentence is one, in which a command is
. expressed; e. g. "Buy the truth and sell it not."
4:. An Exclamatory sentence is one, in which something
mrprising is expressed, or in which full utterance is given to
l!Ome sudden or strong emotion; e.g." There stand the bravest
of the brave!" "May my tongue cleave to tlie roof of my
JMUthf'
EXERCISES.

QUESTIONS.
How are words divided?
WliatisaNoun? Verb? Pronoun? .Adjective ? .Adverb? Preposilion ? Conjunction? Exclamation?
What words aro iudispensablo to the construction of propositions?
What is said of other words?

''i

i•i

1 :,

Point out the different kinds of sentences in the following ex ercises.

History is a record of facts.

Am I my brother's keeper 1
The stores of his mind were inexhaustible.
Do idlers enjoy themselves 1
l.
I l
!. ;

;,
i'
I'

~

I

~

:

32

STRUCTURE OF SEJ\"'TEXCES.- EXERCISES.

I will paint the dew of death on his brow.
StanJs the South true to her principles 1
Truth is mighty and will prevail.
Diligence 01-int,:rs a sure reward.
Oli,ey your parents. '
Coru wallis was <lefcatcd by ·washington.
Is Mary's book injured?
vVilliam's request was granted.
Farewdl ! may happiness attend your path I
Colum bus was a native of Genoa.
I found Mary reading und er the oak.
Rufus lives near the church.
0 Virtue ! how amiable thou art.
James is obedi ent to his parents.
Is James obed ient to his parents~
The stream of time flows rapidly.
School commen ces at eigh t o'clock.
Is your father at home?
Go, my son, and do not hesitate.
"\Vhere are you going so fast 1
My pupils improve daily.
Do you understand what you read?
"\Valk in the path of virtue.
H is tender m ercies are over all his works.
\Vh erc docs your teacher reside ?
IIe was a man of g reat prud ence.

§ 44. A Proposition consists of a Suuject and
a

Prccli'cate.
EXP LAN ATION. -The subject of a proposition is that of which

something is aflirmed; e. g. "John walks." The predicate
expresses what is affirmed of the subject ; e. g . ''Henry

writes."

.,

STRUCTURE OF SENTENCES.-EXERCISES.

33

REMARK.-The word affirm includes the various significations of the
verb, as e2..-pressed by the different moods and tenses.

EXERCISES.
Point out the Subject and Predicate in the following proposit.ions,tell how you know tliem.
MODEL.-" William writes ietters." "William" is the subject, because
it is that of which t ho proposition speaks. "Writes letters" is the predicate, because it expresses what is affirmed of the subject, William.

Alexander lent James his knife.
Edward has fallen.
Knowledge ; trengthens the mind.
The girls have recited.
The rain fell in torrents.
The men have finished the work.
Mary is a graceful dancer.
Robert has come.
The horse kicked the man.
The cars were destroyed .
Sarah Jane is d ressing her doll.
Stars shine. Dogs bite. Birds sing.
Cousin Mary lives in Selma.
Father has gone t o Montgomery.
Willis has lost Alfred's knife.
James obtained his request.
Uncle George is a merchant.
Thomas sat under the window.
Puss catches mice.
Henry has written his exercises.
The lady was burnt.
Perseverance overcomes difficulties.
Complete the proposition.
Alfred defeated the Danes.

i~

•

~

\

·"
'1 •\

"'L,

·, <'·
~

~

5

I' 'i

2*
'~,

..

34

STRUCTURE OF SEN'I'ENCES. -SUBJECT.

STRUCTURE OF SENTENCES. -EXERCISES.

35

"'

Hobert's uncle boull"ht
the man's h orse.
·-=>
J ane saw 1er uncle's fri ends.
SUBJECT.

§ 45. The subject of a proposition is either
Grammatical or Logical.
ExPLANAUON. -The Grammatical Subject is either a noun
or some ·word standing in place of a noun; e. g. "Play is
pleasant;" "I am tired."
Tbc Logical Su bject consists of the Grammatical with its
various modifications; e. g. "Sister Mary is industrious."
REMARK S .
RE)!ARK 1.- Whcn the gr:unma; ical subject is not modifieu, it is the
same as t lio logical ; e. g. "Sp r ing comes."
RirnARK 2. -Tlto logical subject is sometimes called the complex
subject.

§ 46. The subject of a proposition is either
Simple or Compound.
ExPLANATION. -Tbe Simple Subj ect is either a noun or
some word standing in the place of a noun, ei ther alone or
modified; e. g. "Life is short;" "They will write i" " William's
brother is deaJ ."
A Compound Subject cons ist.~ of t wo or more simple subjects belong in g to one predicate ; c. g. "Study and amusement
were united."
EXERCI S ES.
1. Completo th o propof<itions in th e following exercises by filling the
bb nk8 with an appropriate Simplo Subject.
Mom:1,.-" - - - will l'('m::iin here for a few dnp."
COMPU:TED.-"lleary will ru1lla iu here for a fow days."

- - - is esteemed for his integri ty.
was chosen
to represent the district.
a re not agreed in their
was
opinion, as to the propri ety of his conduct.
punished for his mi sconduct in sclwol.
defended hi s
client with zeal anJ earnestness.
was very industriously engaged in making preparations to attend a cou rse
of medical lectures in th e city of New York.
dispatched a messenger to his broth er without delay.
will attend to the b usiness for you during father's absence.
- - - is a brave and fearless man.
is an obj ect of
pity.
may be di vided into several sma1. fa rms.
- - - is a lawyer of considerable note and skill.
1s
has
very attentive to his studies for so young a lad.
triumphed over all hi s difficulties in t1ie atta.inmcn t of a profession .
is a poor youth without fri ends or ed ucati on.
- - - is above my comprehension ; I do not understand it,
nor does it interest me.
lrns gone on a 1olll an d
hazardous enterprise.
was th e cause of hi s in ili~position.
plunged his frie nJ s into great diffii;u lt_ies on
was encouraged to read good liooh.
his account.
- - - is determined to acquire a profession, and become a
will spend the winter in Cbrleston.
useful citizen.
- - - writes rapidly but very carelessly for one of his opportunities.
visi ted Europe,., .

., i

•:'

:·,;\

':

···'.

2. Complete the sen tencC'S in the follow ing e xcrcL~cs by fillin g the
blank with an appro priate Compound Subj ect.
MODEL.- " - - - s}1a.ll be ruwarded for their industry and good
conduct."
COJ1CPLETED.- "llenry and Thomas shall be rewarded for their indu~try
and good conduct."

- - - are of equal attainments.
were eng-aged in
useful and healthy exercises.
are very useful in transporti"n g merchandise from one point to another.
t:1 kc
delight in studying- their le!;sous. - - - are matc ri<~l duties

'

~

·~

·. .'

H

'1.:. .,
! ~~·
•I

,1

'

'f .

i

I

36

MODIFIED S UBJECT.- EXERCISES.

MODIFIED SUBJECT.

37
~

of the young of every class.
have gone into the
were found very usecountry to spend the vacation.
ful.
walked under my umbrella to p1·otect themselves from the scorching rnys 1 of the sun.
are in
<lifficttlty this morning, 1ut promi se to be more cautious in
future.
were seated by a g ood fire.
travel led very pleasantly together to see the beauti es of Table
Rock, and adjacent scenery.
arrived at tho place of
their destination, having been detained on their way but a
short time.
departed to Virgini a to see their friends,
and visit the home of th ei r early childhood.
were
charmed wi th tho beauty of the scenery, and the music of the
birds.
havi ng sold their plantations, emig rated to
Texas, where the land is more fertile and prod uctive.
addressed tl10 citi zens on the subject of educati on.
arc laboring industriously and in harmony.
have
met to con fe r togeth er on th e subj ect of improvement.
have just arrived from Florida.
were determined by
tho proper authorities, who have had the matter under consideration for some days past.
are often treated alike.

§ 48. The grammatical subject may be modified or limited in different ways:
1. By a noun in apposition annexed for explanation; c. g.
"M
. tie
l augur related many things."
l ucms
2. By a noun in the possessive case; c. g. " Wasllington's
army conquered."
3. By an adjunct; e. g. "The love of money prevailed."
4. By an adjecti ve or participle ; e. g. "A cool 1 recze i s
·.·

very refreshing;" " The flowers fade ;" " Time lost can never
l5e regained."
5. By a relative clause; e. g. "The man who ri'.sks the least,
is not al ways the most sate."
6. By an infinitive ; "A desire to i'.mprove is commend.able."
7. By an entire clause; e. g. "The opinion that the repu blican form of government is the best, is .no longer problematical."
REMARK.-.A. noun may be modified in any of the above ways oven
when it is not the grnmmatical subject ; e. g. " A loxaudor the G rcat ;"
"The love of sound learning is commoudatle."

EXERCISES.
EXERCISES IN COMPOSITION .

Write five sentences having a simple sub "ect.
h aving a compound subject.

Write five,

1. Complete tho propositions in the following exercises, by inserting
in place of the dash a suhj_qct modified by a n oun in apposition.
MO.DEL.- " - - made a pilgrimage."
COMPLETED.- " P eter the Ilermit made a pilgrimage."

- - - will visit Charleston next winter.

M ODIFIED SUBJECT.

§ 4 7. Worcls arc said to modify or limit
others, when they serve to explain, describe,
enlasge, restrict, or otherwise qualify their
meaning.

wrote
a letter for uncle last evening .
is lost, but the insurance company is responsible for the damages.
1s
highly esteemed by the literary world.
was a hold
and fearless man.
was justly cclebrat<'d. for his benevolence and humani ty.
visited I taly and otli er
foreign countries.
bas promised me a beauti ful rose
for sister.
gave it as his opinion that the bill would

.,

·1:;.

•!

'''t

.,

11

. 38

39

MODIFIED SUBJECT. -EXERCISES.

MODIFIED SUBJECT.- EX.ERCISES.

operate against the good of the country.
lfrecl in tbe
couutry, where we formed bis acqu;iintancc. - - -- is much
bas accepted the invitation to
taller tlian Jane.
att<>nd the pic-nic.
was bl ind.
has thought
more wisely on the subj ect we were conversing about. If
- - - will learn her lesson, she will win the esteem of her
te:icl1er.
was crowned queen of May.
flows
sm ooLhly.
is endeavoring to improve in penmanship,
that he may have the pleasure of corresponding with his
friends.

with diffi.cu1ty.
were present on the occasion.
- - - like a summer cloud will soon pass away.
though apparently strong, was demolished without di fficul ty.
should be borne with patience and moderation.
- - - differ on unimportant subjects:
alarm ed the
inmates of the house.
may be expected from one of
the faculty.
the best securi ty against wnnt.
overpowered bis faculties .
are fleeting and tran sien t.
- - - is unable to stand frost.
is wi thout a friend
to adYocate his cause.
will never be forsaken hy l1is
friend s under any emergency.
left town by the cars
this morning.
greatly assisted us.
was destroyed by fire.
is beautifu1ly situated.
has
been announced for some months.
was fatal to himself.
on your part is all that is wanting to success.
- - - in behalf of the indigent not without effect.
are highly b eneficial to society.
bas been d istinguished.
was concl uded between the contending

;i
·.I

,,

,.
,,'

.,

:Noun in the Possessive Ca.<>e ::MODET,.- " - - - is quito productive."
Cmu>LJffED.- " William's farm is quite productive."
2. By

:i.

- - - is on the floor.
bought him a beautiful
white pony.
is well timbered and very productive.
- - - is too h:-ird for so small a boy.
will improve
if sh e l1a.<i an opportunity.
c:-in blast the fairest reputat.ion.
is completed .
shall rest upon the
good.
brighten every day.
was stolen from
the field bst week.
is on Sarah's desk by tho window.
has come from Mob ile to attend to some important business.
died from home withou t a friend
to console him in his Inst mom enU;.
has lost the
will spend tbe summer at
book she prized so much.
the Sprin<TS by the advice of her physician.
is old
and worLhleS5.
was new but a sl1ort time smce.
- - - are very sublime.
is here at present.
il. By an Adjunct: -

is the root of all evil."
Tho love of money is the root of all ovil."

H ODE L.- " - - COMPLETED. -"

sh:-ill shed its cheering beams on distant lands.
- - - commands respect in every company.
found
an e:irly grave in a distant land.
made Lis escape

i' ·:
.•

- - - spends her time -properly.
planter cultivates his land judiciously. - - - \;eldom performs his duty
with chee1fulness or alacrity.
read her com po!"ition
very distinctly.
will pe1form bis part wi thout delay.
- - - over took the man and delivered the message as diwill always prove successful in their underrected.
takings.
has arrived and will enter port in a few
days.
compose one family. The
generation
possess gr eater lldvantages than the preceding.
were
present at the time.
drove his horses carelessly.
- - - events cast their shadowll before them.
cur-

..

I_.

1·.

1.

'~
i ~.

I\

~

parties.
4. By an Adjective or Participle :MODEL.- " - - - should be studied by tho class."
COMPLETED. - " .Modern history should bo studied by the class."

"1,

M; .

.,.

:'·

I
._''i

.

..

:

'

.

,,
:

'

.

.. ;

'
I

'

''
~~~

'

i \'
I ''

' ';

..

'ii f,
I

r:·

I
;

'

,•
"

1

i

·1 ~•

40

MODIFIED SUBJECT. -EXERCISES.

MODIFIED SUBJECT.- EXERCISES.

rupt good manners. The
th rong trembled at the
fo cination of his eloquence.
showers quickly pass
away.
stood up as tho judge pronounced the senships navigate the wide
tence of death against him.
ocean.
thunder was heard.
things were
conceived by the multitude.
sorrow filled the mind
of all who heard the event.
wave m:ijestio in the
forest.
fights for g1ory.
dashed against the
side of tho vessel.
blunder over the lesson.
implored the mercy of the court.
forgives his enemies.
embarked for the north.
bestows his
favors seasonably.
pardoned l1im in consideration of
his former conduct. Ile
made the onset.
5. By a relative clauso:gentleman - - - arrived in the stage this morning."
Co11JPI,ETF.D. -" Tho gentleman who was so kind lo us arrived in the
Rtage this morning."
1.{0DEL.-" The

The person
has done nothing to merit such treatment. The box
was lost, it is supposed, through the
ha,Te decarelessness of the conductor. More men
serted us wh en help was most wanted. Any man - - with prudence will certainly thrive. The person
, if he
will improve his mind, may attain to eminence. Benjamin
Franklin
was a man of industrious habits. Pope
- - - has left an imperishable monument to perpetuate his
memory. Tho officer
h:mdled him roughly. A
pupil
must speak slowly and J ir.;tinctly. Miss Regina
- - - 1s now ready for recitation . The fact
will
soon be apparent to the most dubious. 111e gentleman
- - - must learn to obtain the nsce ndency over himself.
The person
as you entered the room is our family
pl1ysician. Tlic individual
is unacquai nted with the
facts in tho case. The ships
arc to proceed to the
Mediterranean. The beautiful point-Or
is dead.

41

6. By an Infinitive:MODEL.- " A desire is commendable."
QoMPLETED.- " A desire to improve is commendable."

Time
is called future. The attempt
proved
an injury to himself. William's intention
was prov1dentially hindered. A desire
seems· to be the object
of his ambition . . An opportunity
the errors of his
early life is presented. A wi sh
the first honor absorbed his whole mind and attention. The effort will be at· h success. ~~
.Amb1't1"on
is not commendable
tendea, w1t
nt all times. A disposition
should be carefully cultivated. The inclination
must be guarded against, if
you would be esteemed by the good.
'1. By an entire cl::tuse : :MODEL.- " - -- is no longer problematicnl."
CoMPLETED.-" The opinion tltat the repu)Jl·ican

.
form of government

is

t]le best, is no longer problematical."

_ _ _ is tbe lot of man in this life of uncertainties and
cares.
was astonishing to an who knew him.
is highly criminal.
is ca11ed to-day. - - - is
universally believed.
j s required of a11 who would
attain distinction.
is not known, nor is there any
seemed to
way of ascertaining t h e ex t en t a t present .
be his supreme desire.
EXERCISES IN COMPOSITION.

Write four sentences, containing a subject modified by a
noun in apposi tion. Five, by a noun in tl'.e possessi\'e. ~:t.'='C.
Five, by an adjunct. Five, by an ~djec_t1~Te or ~art1c1ple .
Five, by a relative cause. Five, by an mfimt1ve. Five, by an
entire· clause.

.

.

42

MODIFICA.TIOl{ OF MODIFYING WORDS.

MO DI FICATION OF MODIFYING WORDS .
§ 49. Modifying or Limiting v.,rords may
themselves be modified.
§ .50. ~ noun modifying the subject may be
mod:fied m all the ways in which the subject is'
modified.
§ 51. An adjective may be modified:1. By an adjunct; e. g. " Be yo not weary in well doing."
2. By an adverb; e. g. "Truly good citizens are often cen-

sured."

~ · By an infinitive; e. g. "Be ready to hear, but slow to

decide."

§ 52. An adverb may be modified : 1. By an adjunct; e.g. "Agreeably to his hnd."
2. By another adverb; c. g. "Yours, very s£ncerely."
§ 5.3 . A m od ified gmmmntical suhj ect, regarded ns a cornplex idea, may bo modified ; e. g. " T!ie old black lwrse is
d cad."
EXERCISES.
Point out tho 1fodifying Words in the following exercises ·- show
how they are modified.
'

llfonEL._-" A. _crayon is usefu l for drawing :ind skC'tching."
Useful is _modifi ed by tho ndjunct/or drawing and sketching - " usoful for drawrn g and sketching."
'

1:- v~ry large tree was

blown down across the road. That
verv
difficult
to
be performed i·s· pra1sewo
·
rt! 1y rn
· ex,•
eculio~. 'lhe man who violates the commandments of God is
deserving of punishment. The love of money will prove his
wlnch
.

is

•
MODIFICATION. -PREDICATE.

43

destruction. That picture is a very good copy of the original.
Henry, a lad of promise, was educated by a benevolen t lady.
Robert is leading a very profligate life. James is extremely
idle. Men of integrity command the respect of their :v_·quaintances. That book was published quite recently. The wish
for happiness is very general. You may shut your ears, b ut
the voice of truth will be heard. All bad books have a pernicious tendency. Avarice is incompatible with re:ison. \Vashington, the father of liberty, is buried on tho banks of tho
Potomac. You cnnnot prize a good character too highly.
James Ilenry W ebb is a very talen ted and studious pupil.
The wind wails mournfully through the trees. Richelieu was
the most skilful statesman of his times. James was guil ty of
rude and improper behavior. Your friends and mine are of
the same opinion. Never enter the school-room in a noisy
manner. vVe desire the enjoyments of a social life. Captain
Cook was killed by rude savages.

•

I

"';

PREDICATE .

§ 54. The Predicate, like the Subject, is
either grammatical or logical.
E.."\'.PLANATION.- The Grammatical Predicate is either a verb
alone, or tho copula with n noun or adjective; e. g. "William
writes;" "Washington was president;" "Mon are mortal.."
The Logical Predicate consist'! of the grammatical with its
various modifications ; e. g. " William writes long letters."
RE~rA RK.- Tho offico of tho copub is to assert an attribu te of tho
thing to which it belongs. It is gcncrnlly sorno modifica tion or tho
verb to be. If the grammatical predicate is not modified, it is the samo
as the logical.

§ 55. The Predicate, like the Subject, is
either Simple or Compound.
i.>;.

44

PREDICATE. - EXERCISES.

ExnANATION. -A Simple Predicate is one that contains a
single finite verb; e. g. ".John saw Robert."

A Compound Predicate consists of two or more simple predicates belonging to the same object; e.g. "John saw Robert
and spoke to ltim."

EXERCISES.

Turkey and Russia - - - Obstinacy and folly - - your friends and mine - - - William Henry - - - ,
A trifle
Father
A very large tree - - The love of money - - - That which is very difficult to
be performed - - All bad books
The man who
violates
The attempt
Kind and generous
men
Your estimate
\Valking and riding
William and Mary's books
Virtue and
vice
My son and daughter
Intemperance
in all its forms
A cheerful temper
Unripe
fruit
Foster
Hannah
A beautiThe good boy
Contentment
ful prospect
and humility
The night
The season
To command and obey
Francis and Robert
The prize
GooJ example
l\fary
The gambler - - -

cxorci.~cs by inserting

in pince of tho d:18h an appropriate Compound I>rcdicate.

MonEr.. - "Cousin Henry - . "
COltPLETED. -" Cousin

uate in two years."

Good men often

Ilenry wislte$ to ent;.,,,. the Univers1:ty and grad-

You and I

Your

MODIFICATION. -MODIFIED PREDICATE.

45

t

J

Ii
i

1. Complete tho propositions in the following exercises by inserting
in place of the dash an appropriate Simple Prodicato.
MODEL.-"The affairs of others - - - ."
COMPLETED. -" Tho aITairs of others do not concern me."

2. Complete tho propositions in tho following

I

Alfrc<l's rlevotion to study, and blameless
sister
conduct-- - Your friend - - - The devils - - The merchant - - - Charlotte - - - Father - - The
Robert
Martha
vVe often
To treat our enemies kindly
company
Horses
The
Charles - - Insects - - elephant's sagacity - - - . Parents - - -

: '

·~

·.•,

.''"\

Mo DI FIE D p RED IC ATE.

..

'.

§ 56. A Grammatical Predicate may be mo•'

dified or limited in different ways:1. By a noun or pronoun in the same case as the subjec~,;
e. g. "Gold is a metal;" "Demosthenes was an orator,
" Henry has become a teacher." ·
. .
2. By a noun or pronoun in the obJective case; e. g.
" Henry struck James;" " Mary saw tlwm:" .
" .' .
3. By an adjective relating to the subJect; e. g. v; ash. brave."
. t
as wise ·" " The genera ! is
mg4.onBy
w an adjunct
'
·
; "Henry
wrote to T.Zwmas; " " The man
l
't ,,
came from trie
ci Y·
. .
5. By an adverb ; e. g . "John writes rapidly;" "Wilham

~

.-

'

spoke carelessly."
.
_,, "
6. By an infinitive ; e. g. "Robert w1shes to excel,
Edward called to see James."
.
7. By a dependent clause; e. g. "We ~ope th~t he is a
go od you na
;;1 man , ·" " Father wishes you to improve.

'.

REMARK 1.-.A.n infinitive or participle may be modified like the
verb of the predicate.
.
REMARK 2.- All other words used to modify the pred1cato, ma!
themselves be modified in any of the ways mentioned under the article "Modificaticn of Modifying Words."

'.
•

/.:..··

1 ··

.'

, ~.

f-.,

l.'

,,·

..
46

MODIFIED PHEDICATE. -E:XERCISES.

MODIFIED PREDIC.A.TE. -EXERCISES.

EXERCISES.

the

. 1. Comploto tho propositions in tho following exorcises by inserting '
m place of tho dash a Noun in tho samo cnso as tho subject modifyin
the preclicute.
g
MODEL.- " Cicero was a distinguished - - -."
Co:m>LETED. -" Cicero was a distinguished oratm-."

Washington is called a
Rufus was the - - of the company. Euvy is a great
Contentment is
g reat
Mary is a beautiful
Milton's Paradise Lo.st is a
of great merit. The h eart is the best
and the worst
of man. \Visdom is the principal
The address last evening was
Temperof health. Honesty ls the best
ance is the best
The child must be called
Howard is
properly called the greatest
of his age. All birds are
no~ ~ood
. Newton was e~teemed a profound - .
Wilham and Henry are considered obedient and dilio-ent
Charles is an industrious
• Andrew
Insects are
llorses are useful - - Walter Scott was an admirable
Jam cs Madison was
elected
by the suffrages of a free anJ enlightened
Air is an
people. Bacon is considered an eminent
'New
· John and James are intelligent
Holland is sometimes called a
• vVater is a - - Algebra ls a
Comets are
Kings are

is a

2. .A. Noun in tho Objoctivo Case.
MODEL. -" Henry struck - - -."
COMPLETED.- " Henry stmck

47

Robert."

Forgive your
The audience applauded John's
- - - . Edward admired IIenry's
. William deserves
- - - for his good conduct. The man saw
in the
garden at work. William supports his
by his industry. Sister Ann saw the whole
Thomas directed

and gave
to the clerk. God cre::i.ted the
- - - in six days. A good cause makes a strong - - Punctuality begets
llenry should study - - nnd
Robert loves his
, and takes great.
- - - in obliging them. J ames has written his
. I
honor
for his frankness and candor. &lward saw the
- - - when he returned home. Robert urged his - - with great earnestness. "William's father has solJ his - - .A good boy loves his
vVashington served his
- - - ,in the army before the Revolution. Charles always
Jam es heard his - - finds
to prepare his
a.nd saw. Henry sent his mother a - - -

...
~

'

:..\

3. Complete the following propositions by inserting in plaC'e of Uio
dash an Adjective relating to the subject.
:MODEL.- " Washington was ---."
COMPLETED. -" Washington was wise."

R'obert's conduct was
The night was unusually
- - -,and
The sea during our passage, was very
Rufus and J arnes are
of novelty. You
in the pursuit of riches. Mary and
must not be so
Susan are
The air is very
th is morniqg.
That boy is
and
Charles is very - - George is
The sun is
The wind is - - ·The flowers are
Arnold was a
The child
is' a
The streets are very
TI1e soil of your
furm is
Those bards are
The ocean is
The days are
Charles was
The
river is
, and
The pupils have been very
- - - to their studies during the past month.
4. Complete the following propositions by inserting an Adjunct in
of the dash : MODEL.-" Has your friend returned - - - ?"
·Oo?JPLETED.- " Has your friend returned.from New York 1"

.... ,...

·;

'place
1

)

'

,.

..

. ~ 1

.

. ~' .

48

49

MODIFIED P REDICATE. -EXERCISES.

MODIFIED PREDIC.A.TE.- EXERCISES.

Did William and
Sarnh and Mary have gone
Samuel arrive
to witness the performance 1 Brother
Charles has returned
Ed ward walked
. The
fleet sailed
My friend resiJes
The citizens
? Robert
Whose knife did you find
confided
and his father came
to visit their friends. My son
has gone
to sell his brother's crop. Charles remained
- - -, or returned very early. John remained
, but
William returned
Charles looked
, but could
not find it. \Villi am's father is dependent
for support. This book treats
, nnd
the larger part
of it is devoted to a description of the former class. The inhabitants live
, and cul tivnting the soil. Mary went
- - - , bu t Sarah remained
Frederic walked
- - -,but I rode. My father will remove
if he can
sell his plant~iti on. James is eml>loyed
letters for his
father. Henry waited
to accomplish his purpose.
The world was made
Birds fly
The fox
ran
The boys have starwd - - -

little birds fly
That aged veteran hears ----.
The young lady reads very
and speaks
My
noble companion
relieved their wants. A generous
his favors
The base tyrant slew his
friend
-what officer commands
? The
&tream flows
Good men live
Some men
' live very
, and seem regardless of the future. That
man spoke
, and to the point. Robert's horse r•aces
The class improves
vVl1ich company
meets
The rivulet leaps
over the pebbles.
'Elizabeth is
admired by all her friends and arquaintLabor - - William must have studied
- - - for the reward. The lowing herd winds - - over tlle lea. Henry has thought
on the subject and
' il'f prepared to give a distinct answer.

5. Complete tho follow ing propositions by ruserting in place of the
dash an Adverb modify ing tho Pred icate.
MODEL.- " Willinm spoke - - - ."
CO~IPLETED .- " "William l'<poke cautim~sly. "

Jane performs
on the piano. Kittens
learn to catch mice. Cain
slew his brother. The
children
desire to attend the party this evening. The
stream murmurs
by the villnge church-yard. A
The
profligate magistracy burdens the country
river flows
The mail coach arrives
The
boy has a strong desire to learn, and he will succeed - - If I have been
informed, you will act
The
man reasoned
Men of prnclence and discretion act
A prudent and industrious man
Those

...

' 1 ..

man

. 6. Complete the following propositions by inserting in pbco of tho
dash an Infinitive :Modifying the Predicate.
:MODEL. - " Alexander called - - - the artist."
>° COMPLETED.-" Alexander called to see the artist."

'

i ,'

.i

•1;

Mary is determined

with honor. My son wishes
We will endeavor
our duty, leavi ng the
eonsequences with Him who disposes all things for the best.
his parents. The general intends
James has gone
- ---- the seat of war as early as possililc. Every parent
desires
his children happy. The speaker arose - - tho audience. Edward is pledged
from all intoxi cat,fog drinks. William ran
his father. The boys went
the soldiers as they passed. The man consented
- - - 't he place without farther delay. James wants - - ..< :vour knife. Wiiliam promised
immediately. They
,i' ,intend
their enemies, or perish in the attempt. Henry
,. · .:~ought
the first opportunity to return to his fri ends.
·'"• Charles ought
English Grammar. Matilda expects

t

.;.,

\

,<"

3

\

.
•j

, ..

50

MODIFIED PREDICATE.- EXERCISES.

- - - her friends in the country short1y. No person can
expect
without application . He began
to
himself the miseries of disappointm ent. They reso1ved - ·- good as opportunity presented, regardless of the opinion of
others. \"Ve cndeavorc<l
to listen to reason. Henry
endeavored
l1is companions to return without delay.
The merchant expected
by the contract. You must
strive
your style of writing. I will try
William
it for you without delay.
7. Complete t he followi ng propositions by inserting In placo of the
du.sh a Dependent Clause modifying tho Prodicato.
MvDKL.- " 'iVe hope--- ."
CmIPLETED. -"We hope that he is a good man."

Father wishes
I most free1y confess .
Mother desires
Our professo r taught
The
citizens, in genera1 believe
I confess
. Wo
desire
'ister hopes
Your friends Wish
You say
You believe
Father
Ile commanded
You think
ordered
I acknowledge
My sister wishes - - - .
Until very recently the community had every reason to supIt was the indi vidual's wish - - pose

EXERCISES IN COMPOSITION .
·w1ite five sentences, ench containing a predicate modified
by a noun or pronoun in the same case as the subject. Five,
modified by a noun or pronoun in the objective ca.50. Five,
modified by an adjective relating to the subject. Five, modified by an adjunct. Five, modified by an adverb. Five,
modified by an infinitive, or an infinitive clause. Five, modi·
fied by a dependent clause.

51

MODIFIED PREDICATE. -EXERCISES.
EXERCISES .

•

Amplify the subject and predicate of the following sentences by in·
troducing modifications.
MoDEL.- Brothers walked. The brothers walked towards tho river.
The brothers walked together towards the river. The brothers walked
together in silence tow::mls tbe river. ·In the evening, tho brotl1ers
wa.lked together in silence towards the river. In the cool of the evening, the brothers walked together in silence towards the rivor. In tho
cool of the evening tho two brothers, a.rm in arm, walked together in
silence towards the river. In the cool of the evening, the two brothers,
arm in a.rm, walked together in silence t-0wa.rds tho river which ran
along tho bottom of the .garden.

Pleasures are deceptfre.
Religion brings consolation.
God sees our actions.
The river fertilizes the earth.
The mind requires relaxation.
Falsehood assumes various forms.
Mary roads the Seri ptures.
•. The gardener has cut down the tree.
' Parents love children.
The officers fled from the scene.
The traveller was received.
My brother commanded.
James has gained much information.
Caroline obeyed instruction.
People vote at elections.
The captain will sail.
The people were glad.
My companions listened to tho sounds.
The servant found the letters.
They understood the question
Refreshing odors are.
Fire consumes wood: ·

·''

l

. ·,I
"

..

I

I,

•'

~~

i
\ j

I

~

I,
I .
!

L
''

52

CL.A.USES.

53

MODIFIED PREDIC.A.TE. -EXERCISES .

America has produced men.
FanAWas broken.
Fruit was destroyed.

§ 57. A Sentence may consist either of one
propositio~,

or two or more propositions connected together.
§ 58. A sentence consisting of one proposition is called a Simple Sentence; e. g. ''Plwcion
wa.s poor."
§ 59 . A Sentence consisting· of two or more
p . . opositions, is called a Compound Sentence,
and the propositions of which it is composed
are called members or clauses j e. g. "Plwcion
was p oor, though he might have been rich."

you cannot go if you do not learn the lesson.
The lion bas 1..-illed his keeper.
Thomas is not in the garden but at school
Bring your book and I will assist you.
Uncle is a man of inflexible temper.
I said it to him and will repeat it to you.
You always direct my letters incorrectly.
Frank loves you, because you arc kind to him.
Whose residence is that on the left?
We often resolve but seldom perform.
The house is large, but it is not convenient.
You must not tease or vex one another.
I will attend to the business myself.
Hope is a great comforter.
John writes a good hand.
He sold out his stock and purchased again.
Write and send it without delay.
Father wishes you to improve in reading.

, ,I, ,
'i -'
·I ..
.•

..

. ,

.. ,

. I·

''
'•

'

'.,
'
, .

~

EXERCISES .
Analyze the sentences in the following exorcisos,- tell whether they
arc Simple or Compound, and wliy.
l.fODEL.- "Plwcion was poor; is a simple sentence, because it consists
of but one proposition.
"Ph.ocion was poor, Owugh he might ha ·c been rich;" is o. compound
sentence, because it consists of more propositions than ono.

You must do it, because I wish.
Alfred has persoYerancc ottough to succeed.
I will walk, but you may ride.
Jane is too weak to bear much fatigue .
Martha will come if she can.
A trifle is sufficient to enrage him.
Henry has determined to remain.
I hope that he is a good young man.
We must fight or our liberties arc lost.

CLAUSE S.
'1_\

§ 60. The members of a compound sentence
are ci thcr I ndependent or Dependent.
S, 61. An Independent Clause is one that
ma1{cs complete sense by itself ; e.g. "The rnan
is happy."
§ 62. A Dependent Clause i~ one ~hat makes
complete sense only in connection with anothe_r
clause; e. g. " The man is happy, though he 1.8
affiicted."
§ 63. The member of a compound sentence

,. '

..

.'

I.

i :•.
'I

i .
\
I

~

I

54

CL.A. USES.--EXERCISES.

on which the other members depend is called
the Leadi'ng Clause j its subject, the Leadi"ng
Subject j n.nd its verb, the Leading Verb.
IlEMARK.- fo composition tho subordinato claus~ i.'I oncn placed
first; e. g. "Wlten he comes, I will go;" "If lte is willing, you may
$'"1,ay."

CONNECTION OF CL.A.USES.

55

afraid,
He is the best musician
• I have no
idea
If you have committed a fault
You
must study diligently,
If time is money,
If we have not always time to read, - - -

Complete the sentences in the following exercises by the introduction
of a Dcpondcnt or Independent Clauso as the sense may roquiro.
MODEL.- " You may stay - -."
CmfPLETED.- "You may stay, if moflier U; willing."
"When Robert comes - -."
, COMPLETED.-" When Robert comes, I will send for you."

Rufus is not in the garden,
The lion killed his
keeper,
. The wicked flee,
. You will suffcr,
That he is dishonest,
. No man can say,
Henry has not determined,
\Ve will return, because
. William and Thomas can read but
.
'
I will come to you soon,
. If you remain,
- - - . Unless you know the lesson,
. Whether
h
• t d
.
,~e m en s to remam
Frank likes Robert, - - you will be sure to suffer,
I am saddest - - Unless he change his course,
I did not see him,
. The academy is largo, but
If the parcel
. James will
is too heavy,
. I will assist you,
be ruined,
If we waste our time,
. If I am
able,
I cannot believe,
Matilda did not
observe Sarah,
I will trust him,
. you
should visit Table Rock,
. Do you know whether
.
? If your friend travels there,
. Though he
is out of danger
. A man
, is not to be trusted.
When Robert came from school,
William is still

..
~

~

. !

Oil

r ! ,-

.

.;,

I
;'.

~

CONNECTION OF CLAUSES .
EXERCISES .

'

·"·'

>

' . '-"~

j

:~

§ 64. The members of a compound sentence,
containing one or more dependent clauses, are
usually connected by relatives, conjunctions, or
adverbs; e. g. " He is respected by all who
know him;" " You say that he is an honest
man ;" " He fled when danger appeared."

'·.~

~: :i
it··.

.i-~

?·

;

.

. ! 1':~

the first sentence the relative wlw, besides being the subject of the verb know, connects the clause
to which it belongs to the leading clause; in the second senteMe, the conjunction tliat connects the clauses; in the third,
the adverb when.
ExPLANATION.-In

§ 65. An infinitive with its subject may be
united to another clause without a connective;
e. g. " I believe John to be honest."
§ 66. The connecting word is sometimes
omitted; e. g. "You can not say I did it."
REMARK.- " You can not say I did it."

In this sentence that is

omitted.

EXERCISES IN CO MP OSITION.

L
! '

! :

Write five compound sentences, and connect the clauses by
relatives. Five, by conjunctions. Five, by adverbs.

.1

(

!·

1.

'

ABRIDGED PROPOSITIO:J:\S. -EXERCISES.

56

ABRIDGED PROPOSITIONS.

Write five sentences connecting the dependent to the leading cbuse by an infinitive with its subject.
Wri te five, omitting the connecting word.

57

b b ·a d by substitut6. A dependent clause may often e a n1.
·,;The
•
uivalent qualify1ng word or a(JUllC ' e. .
mg an eq
d ,, " Th honest man
man who is honest will be respecte ;
e

g\. g

will be r espected."
' A
" When the sun arose, Columbus sailed from Palos;' " t

PROPOSITIONS.

§ 67. An Abridged Proposition is one that
has its predicate so changed as to destroy the
a rmation ; the finite verb becomes a participle:
an infinitive, or is dropped.
1. "\Vhen the subject denotes different objects, the subordinate clau~ e may be used inJependcntly in the nominatiYe
case ; e. g . "\Vhcn James returned, we fini shed the lesson."
"James having returned, we fi llishecl the lesson."
2. vVhcn the sul>jcct denotes the Mme object, the subordinate clause may be ornittecl ; e. g . "·when I saw their distress, I went t9 tlieir r el ief;" "Seeing their distress, I went to
their relief."
3. ·wh en· the attribute in the dependent clause consists of
a noun or pronoun in the nominative case, it remains in tho
S.1.me case in the :-tbrirlgcd fo rm ; e. g. "That be is judge is of
no consequence ;" "IIi.s being a j udge is of no consequence."
4 . ·when the dependent clause is the object of the verb in
the leading clan st', it may oflc·n be cha nged for the infioitive
with a subject ; c. g. "I know that he is a scholar;" " I know

him to be a scholar."
5. vV hen tlie sul•j cct of tli e dependent clause, connected by
wlvil, wla'ch, wlw1n, where, when, how, ancl the like, and relating to somethin g yet futmc, is the same as thnt of the independrnt one, it is somctimr s abridged by retaining the connecting
word and omittinQ"
...
._. the suhi
J ect before the infinitive ·,
e. g. "I know not what I shall do;'' "I know not what to do."

.

,,

~·

sunrise Columbus saileJ. from Palos."
ABRI D GED

:

,· '
EXERCISES.
Abridge the propositions

.
U1

fi

u .·

tbe o owmg

,._i,,,

exercises as oxcropliiiod in

1, 2, &c.
When the signal was given, they departc~.
.
When I heard of his distress, I went to his rehef.

I was not aware that he was a stuclent.
That one should steal is base.
.
Henry saw the vessel which was anchored m the bay.
That Rufus should return is prudent.
When th~ sun approaches the snow melts.
That he is a young man, is no crime.
Re directed that the horse should be saddled.
That one should fly is impossible.
. .
When the war was en<led, the troops were <lisrmssed.
A man who is prudent will avoid danger.
When they saw the eclipse, ~hey ~vere alarmed.
That he is tutor will give satisfaction.
You knew that he was a professor.
,.
WiUiam knows how he should direct.it.
.,·., When the sun arose, we left for the city.
.
Filwa.rd knows where he will be in the mornmg .

l~.

'..

Well I know what I shall do.
I was not aware that he was a candidate.
Father knew that he was an officer.
I am sure that it was he.
When our work is finished, we will study.
3*

:,

58

ABRIDGED PROPOSITIONS.-QUESTIONS.

ARRA.NGEMENT OF SENTENCES.

59

ViThcn the sun set we returned.

\~h en they have finishetl the lesson, we will play.
When the moon appeared we proceeded.

QUESTIONS.
\\11at is a sentence?
H_ow ~1any kind of sentences aro there?
What JS a Decbrativc sentence?
Can you g ivo an example?
\¥hat is an Interrogative sentence?
An Imperative? An Exclamatory?
Of what docs .'.t proposition consist ?
What is said of tho subject'?
"\Yhnt is included in the word affirm?
Explain the Gr::immatical S uhjoct?
E xplain tho Logical?
What is fu rther said of tho Subject?
What is meant by the Simple Subject ?
What is mcnnt by tho Compound?
"\Vhc n aro words sa id to modify or li mit others 'l
H~w i:iay tho Grammatical Subject be modified?
Wn at 1s the fast?
E xemplify it.
What is tho second, &c., &c.?
What is snid of modifying words?
"\Vhnt '.s sa~d ofa Noun modifying the subject?
Whnt is said of tho Adjective?
Wbat i8 said of tho A<ln.'rb?
Wh at i!'I Ra.icl of tho Orn.mm;itic·1l S l'
ct
W
.
.
· '
u 1JC ns a complex idea 7
hat is s:ud of tho Predic:1 te '!
What is tho Grammatical Predicate?
What i5 the Logical?
\~h at is tho o!Ii ce of the Copula?
Iv hat is it. i n general?
"\Y li:it furt.!H ·r i~ said of tl10 Predicate?
\Vii:1t i~ a Si111plu J'r<'cl i\'ato?
'\VIJnL is a Compound?

How may t l10 Gr:imm:i tical P redicate be mo<lified?

What is the first way?
Exemplify it.
What is the second, &c. , &c.?
,
vVbat is remarked of an Infinitive or Participle ?
What is remarked or other words modifying the Predicate?
Of what may a Sentence consist?
What is a Simple Sentence?
What is a Compound Sentence?
What is said of the members of a Compound Sentence?
What is a Leading Clause?
What is a Dependent Clause ?
How may tho members of a Compound Sentence be connected?
Is tho connecting word ever omitted?
What is said of the Infinitive and its Subject?
What is an A.bridged Proposition?
When the subjeet denotes difforent objects how may tho subordinato
clause be used ?
What is remarked of tho subordinate clause when tho subjects denote
the same objects?
What is remarked of tho subordinate clause when tho at.tribute in tlio
clopendont clause consists of a noun or pronoun in tho nominative ca.<:e.
What is remarked of tho 1mbor<li nate chuse when tho dependent
clause is the object or a verb or lea,ling clause?
When the subject of the dependent is connected by which, u'71at, &c.?

ARRANGEMENT OF SENTENCES .

§ 68. The arrangement of words in sentences
is either Grammatical or Rhetori'cal.
§ 69. Grammatical arrangement is the order
in which words are usually placed in speaking
and writing.
§ 70. Rhetorical arrangement is the order of
words, in which the cmphn,tical parts of the
sentence are p1n.ccd first.

'··~

'l,'

. -~

f-.

..

'~

(

60

.A.RRA..NGE.MENT OF SE:NTENCES.

R~MATtK.-Rhetorical arrangement is used chiefly in poetry and impass10nctl prose.

§ 71. Words are arranged in sentences according to certain rules.
principal : -

The following are the

1. In sentences grammatically arranged, the subject or
:iominative is generaily placed before the verb; e. g. ''Idle·
uss produces poverty ;" " To be ab"le to write well is a valu1ble accomplishment."

In senten ces rhetorically arran!Ycd
the subi' ect is often
5
'
•
llaccd after the verb; e. g. "Shines forth the cheerful sun."
RE~rARK.-Tho subject is often placed after tlio verb in tho following
Jstnnccs:1. In intcrrogati\·o sentences; o. g. " Do riches make men happy?"
2. In emphatic !'ent<.>nC'Cs · e. g. " Co tliou,, clehy not.''
3. '11ien a ~p1'.>00ition h> expre~ by au ellip..~i~ ; "Were it true."
4. Die the senk'nce b..--gins with tl1en; Mn, .tc., ,b_-, ; e. g. "There
as a general rommotion among the stU<knts."

2. In sentences grammaticaliy arranged, the adjective is
nerally placed before tho noun which it describes or limits·
g. " Good boys ; red roses ; a man ; the boy ; either hat ;'
~e dollars."

In sentences rhetorically arranged, the descriptive adjective
1cn emphatic, is sometimes placed at the berrinninO"
of the
b
0
1tence; e. g. "Ju.st and true aro all thy ways."
IB) fARK

1. -Tbe descriptive adjective is frequently placed after the

n in the following instances :-

. ·when it is used a.s a title; e. g. "Ale:rnnder tho Great."
When other words depend upon it; e. g. "A man generous to his
nics."

When seveml adjectives belong to ono noun; o. g. " A citizen
, just, and charitn.blo."
When tho adjective expresses dimension; e. g. "A wall ten feet

"

... ..
ARRANGEMENT OF SENTENCES.

61

5. Whon it expresses tho e!Toct of a transith·e verb; o. g, "Vice renders rnon miserauw."
6. Wl1en an intransitive verb comes between it and the noun or pronoun; e. g. "It seems strange to call you aunt. "
REMARK 2. -When tho noun is qualified by a descri ptive a<ljeetivo
tho definition a or an, and the arc placed before it; o. g. "We saw a
large elephant. "
A is placed between the noun and tho adjectives many and such;
e. g. "Many a man bas gained a competency by industry."

3. The pronoun of the third person is placed after that of
the second ; and the pronoun of the first person after the
second and third ; e. g. " You and I will remain ;" "'Will the
reward be gi ven to you, to Robert or to me."
4. In sentences grammatically arranged, the transitive verb
is generally placed before the word which it governs ; c. g.
" If you respect me, do not despille my friend."
In sentences rhetorically arranged, tho transitive verb is frequently placed nfter tho word it go•erns; e. g . " Silver and
gold hat'e I none."
RE11ARK.- Tho transit h·o wrb is also placed !\ft-Or rolativl's; o. g.
" Your friend is a man w hom I greatly e.stee7n."

5. In S-Onknct'~ c•ramnmtically nrrnng-od, tho infioi ti 1'0 mood
is placed a~cr the ~orb on which it depends ; e. g. "Mary desires to improve."
In sentences rhetorically arranged, the infinitive when emphatic
placed before the word on which it depends ; e. g .
"To go, I shall necessarily bo compelled."
· 6. Ad verbs are generally placed immediately before or immediatoly after the words which they are m•ed. to modify ;
e. g . " Very good ;" " Ilenry acted prudently."
Adverb,:, wh en emphatic, are sometimes placed at the beginning of a sentence ; e. g. "How completely h is passions
blinded him."
7. Prepositions are generally placed before tho words which

js

;;

"\

-\
62

ARRANGEMENT OF SENTENCES. -EXERCISES.

they g overn ; e. g. " George is obedient to ms parents;" " A
crystal stream flows beneath the ice."
RElfA RK. - I n fam iliar language, prepositions arc sometimes placed
:Utcr tho words they govern, and oven at a distance from them; e. g.
" Such conduct I am at a loss to xcount fur."

8. Conjunctions are placed between the words and clauses
which they conn ect; e. g. "Come and see ;" "13e cautious ;
but speak the truth."
RElfARK 1.- Conjunctions of one syUablc, with tho exception of tlten,
are always placed first in t he clauses or sentences which they connect.
c. g. "Virtue is praised by many, and doubtless would bo desired als~
if its tru e worth were really known; soo, Uwn, that you practice its
procrptfl."
. REM A RK 2.-Conjunctions of more than one syllabic (with tho excepi10n of whereas, winch must always be the first in a sentence or clause)
may b~ placed where most agreeable to the ca r; o. g. "Piety and holi~
ncss will conduce materially to hrippincss in this lifo · whereas sinful
pursu i t.~ yield only a fe w scattered pleasures. Let u~ thcrcforo diligently cultivate tho former and abstain fro m tho latter."

§ 72. Young writers are in dancrer
of usin()'
0
0

the same words too frequently, and of constructing almost every sen tence in the same way.
Ine1eg~ncies of_ this kind may be avoided by
cn.refuliy o?ser:vmg the usage of the best writers.
~ 73. The arrangement of sentences may be
vaned when the order of the parts that compose them can be changed wi thout injury to
the sense.
EXERCISES.
Alta tlto am\ngcmcnt of the p:i.rts of the following sentences, tak:in
ca.re to preserve tho sense.
g

.A.RRA.NGE:MENT OF SENTENCES. -EXERCISES.

63

1foDET,.-" I had long before now repented of my roving course of
life, but could not free my mind from the love of travel. "
VARlED.-" or my roving course of lifo I hnd long before repented,
but from tho love of travel I could not free my mind."

The beauties of nature aro before u,., and invi te us to contemplate the power, the wisJom, and tho benevolence of thei r
Creator.
He was called to the exercise of supreme power at a very
early age, and evinced a great knowledge of government an d
laws, and was regarded with a respect seldom bestowed on
one so young.
Never take a theory for granted, when it is in your power
to reduce it to absolute certainty.
To read well, is to read jn:st as we shoulJ speak, if the l:mguage and sentiments were our own.
The Legislature of the State to which I belong, unsolicited
by me, chose to dcf'ignate me for this RL'ltion, and I ha,,e come
here, sir, in obeJiencc to a sense of ste rn duty, with no personal objects, no p1iv:<tc views, now or hereafter, to gratify.
In the course of the afternoon, I Rent my tru11k and portmanteau to the w11arf, to be put on board the J.fessenger.
ln the cool of the evening, the two brothers, mm in arm,
in silence towards the river which ran along
walked too-ether
0
the bottom of the garden.
It may be laid down as a position which will seldom deceive, that whea a man cannot bear his own company there
is something wrong.
That the mind of man is never satisfied with the objects
before it, but is always breaking away from the present moment and losing itself in schemes of the future; and that we
forget the proper use of time now in our power, to provide
for the enjoyment of that which ma.y perhaps, never b· ~ gr:tnted
to us, has been fn:qucntly remarked.
Let us not conclude while dangers are at a distance, and Jo

"

f.

''

.....
ARRANGE:!\1E:t-l""T OF SE:N"'rENCES. -EXERCISES.

.A.RR.A.l~GE){E~T OF SE:NTENCES. -EXERCISES.

not immediately approach us, that we are secure, unless we
use the necessary precautions to prevent· them.

EXERCISES .

64

Our day dreams become retrospective as we advance in
years, and the heart feeds as naturally upon remembrance in
age, as upon hope in youth.
It will be found upon examination, that most terms expressive of our external perceptions may also be used to convey
abstract ideas.
Patri ck Ilenry, whilst utteri ng the memorable words," Give
me liberty ! or give me death !"- is said to have raised himself to his utm ost height, wi th both hands extended towards
heaven, in the act of supplication, on the word liberty; and
with a most thrilling effect.
Most of the practical knowledge possessed among men, is
gained by in tercourse with each other.
When a brier is inoculated with a rose-bud, the nature of
the stock is changed, so that it produces roses instead of native
flowers.
By avoiding petty extravagances and economisi ng the littlo
daily expenses of life, a competency wi ll be realized more
surely and more honorably than by parsimonious savings or
inordinate profits.
Youth is the ti me for activity and endurance, old age of
rest and indulgence.
Those who liavo been frugal :md indnstrions in youth, have
fe we r wants to satisfy, know uy self-d enial the sweetness of
little indulgences, and have a well-s:wed store laid up against
decrepi tude and age.

§ 74. The structure of a sentence is varied
when, wi thout altering the general arrangement,
we change the words employed.

65

~

<

'.

lhe a.'>Scrtions
r.ollow·mg questions into assertion.~, an d
Change the "
into questions.
.
· ?"
" Is Robert particularly engaged this mornmg
L
·
·
"
MODE.y ARIED.- " Robert is particularly engaged this morrung.

The man h as always been involved.
Know1edcte is easily acquired.
b
ad i
Is William's pony in the me ow .
I will tel1 you the secret.
Did Lord Byron die in Greece 1
The children gathered flowers.
The ]adv was much admired.
.
The rei~deer is foun d only in cold countries.
Every man bas bis weak side.
Cunning is the vice of cowards and fools.
A strict government will enfor~e the laws.
Can virtue alone produce happmess 1
Integrity secures the esteem of the world.
H ere lies our lamented Washington.
Is the application of steam mo~ern 1
That man has long been notonous..
The passengers seemed very impatient.
The boy has shown himself capable.
Did Charles wri te to his parents 1
The scene was one of interest.
Father has purchased a gentle horse.
Bonaparte was emperor of France.
Contentment is nobler than affluence.
Dl-ctotten goods seldom prosper.
Is beauty but an external virtue 1

.'

'

!).

.. ...

,

' .. ~

.;

"

.

'

..,, ......
67

SYNONYMS. -EXERCISES.

66

SYN0}.TYJl1S.- EXERCISES.

SYNONYMS .

§ 75. Expressions may be varied by the employment of synonymous terms ; e. g. " When
Alexa.ndcr the Great d'ied, the Grecian monarchy
exp-ired with him.
E.xPI.ANATrox. -Synonyms are words that have nearly the
same meaning; sometimes tho general meaning is the same ;
c. g . .:Hix, blend.
RimARK.-Tbo words m ix and blend have the same general meaning,
nnd yot a specific shado of <li!Tercnce. By mL'cing two fluids they becorno ono, but if we speak of the blending of two colors we simply mean
tha t they run together imperceptibly.
Words that ex press nearly the same general iclca., are sometimes
used to convey nearly tho opposite; e. g. Unik, CMnbine.
Unite means t-0 make one; comldnc, to bring together. We use unite,
when tho notion of oncncM resulting from t ho action is prominent. But
w e say that two individuals combined to annoy another, because the
notion of their joining is prominent.

EXERCISES.
Substitute a i;ynonym in tho place of tho ita.Jicizod word, so that the
meaning of tho sontcuco wiJI rcmnin uncb:mgcd.
MODEL.- " From these causes immen.se wen.Ith flowed into the provinccfl."
VAnrno.-" From these causes great wealth flowed into the provinces."

"Wisdom is a coquette and must be courted.
I am m onarch of all I survey . .
Tl 1e martial spirit of the State increased.
Henry has abandoned the design.
William's attainments are very respectable.
Has be qualifications suitable to the office 1

. ·
man hno no friends.
The avaricious
'""
Passion swells by gratification.
.
Franklin wrote many excellent maxims.
Bees gather honey from flowers.
A brave man knows no fear.
.
cause
and
the
effect
will
cease.
'
. ..
D es t roy the
mensated
for
111s
dthgence.
•
•
Rufus was Com'1.'
.
'd t 0 be in emba·rrassed Clrcumstances.
. .
He lS Sal
d z· 7 t
True friendship is a source of exqms1te e ig i •
was extinguished.
The lio-ht
"'
.
.
The .country air is inmgorating.
Beware of the man of one look. .
.Abstain frolil'.l ·all appearance of eY11.
They receiYed information eYery day.
The earth produces fruit for .man.
A sudden flaw of wind capsized t~e boat.
The artist has finished the portrait.
God created the heavens and the earth.
Idleness produces poverty.
William assisted b is br~ther.
Re is the best musician I ever ~ea.rd.
I met Robert as be was returning.
hat time was valuable.
Re remark ed t
.
To tell falsehoods is very w1cked.
H died a victim to intemperance.
T~at we differ in opinion is not strange. 11
Th: sun's iast beam fell on the ~veary trave or.
The jury have agreed ?n a verd1ct.
Creation demonstrates .the power of God.
EXERCISES .
tl
EA-press tho following sentenc:s differen y,
pbra.so instead of the words in Italics.

using a synonymous

f.

.. ..

I ,

I

68

SYNONYMS. -EXEilCISES.

1.foDEL -

'"Wi'is-dom is
· )Jet ter than riches."
V ARIED -"To be w. . b
•
'Uie is ettor than riches."

RHETORICAL ARRANGEMENT. -EXERCISES.

69

·

.

Be ltUmble on all occasions.
To deceive the innocent is unbecomin .
The ~re was put out in liaste.
g
P.razse is pleasinoto the mind f
o man.
B aeon wa.s a mano o+ deen l
.
"\T r·
•
:;
'.['
eai·nmg.
n ildrido-e hurried h
·1
. o
ome wit l the utmost exnedition
Abs t mence
from · t · ·
'I'
•
vVhere there is a~~l;xicati~g dn'nks is the best remedy.
W !wn Ji.
. ty, Goa docs not accept the will
.
ames returned, we noish cd the ga me
.
Seeing liis distress I went to h"
.
•
is assistance
.
'
A t sunrise,
we started o
.
I kn
n our way.

St ol~v tlwt James is an apt pupi'l.
ea mg is indeed ba...<::e
To play on the lawn is .pleasant.
; he man wlw is lwnest will be respected
~now not what I sliall do.
•
H is be£ng a lad is of but l'1ttl
er .
e consequence
oeein.n
·
,'/ tJ.ie ec z·
1pse' t hey were <l, 1arme d .
177
•
..J. 7w industrious man will be e te
.
s eme d
F atller
knew tlwt lie was an ,n;
•
At tli
.
oJJ.cer.
ie signal they aroso and left.
Tlwt one sltould fly is impossibl
Tha t lie is a young man is no cr~~e.
W ell, I know wltat I slwll do.
A man wlw is p rudent will a vo1"d 1
W
· · c anger.
o returned wlten tlw sun liad set.
ou kno;: tliat lie was a professor.
l know hi m to be a zealousfi . - J
rtCnu.

I

"!

RHETORICAL ARRANGEMENT.

§ 76. In Rhetorical Sentences the emphatic
parts are placed first; e. g. "Just and true are
all thy ways, 0 God."

I'

EXERCISES .
In the following exorcises change tho grammatical into the rhetorical
arraogomoot.
MODEL.- " You may set my fi elds on fire, and give my children to
the sword; you may drive mysolf forth a bouselcss, childless beggar, or
load me with the fetters of slavery; but you can never conquer the
hatred I feel to your oppression."
VARIED.- " My fields you may set on fire, and my children give to
the sword; myself you may drive forth a houseloss, ohildles:; beggar, or
load me with fetters of slavery; but the hatred I feel to your oppression
you can never conquer."

~':
'lo"

Common reports, if ridiculous rather than dangerous, are
best confuted by neglect.
The father cherished the hope that his only son would follow his steps and become distinguished in the literary world.
Charity consists not in speculative ideas of general benevolence floating in the head and leaving the heart, as specula. tions too often do, untouched and cold.
An idle man is a mere blank in creation. Ho cannot engage himself in any employment or profession ; he must of
necessity be a bad husband and a worthless father.
I shall neither attempt to palliate nor deny the atrocious
crime of being a young man, which the honorable gentleman
has, with much· spirit and decency, charged me with ; and I
will riot assume the province of determining whether youth can
be attributed to any man as a reproach.

+·
j

•'

I.

~,.-_''

.

.. ..
70

)

)

ANALYSIS OF POETRY.-

EXERCISES.

71

RHETORICAL ARRA.NGE:MENT. -EXERCISES.

Ile who sees these States revolving in harmony around a
common centre, and expects to sec them quit thei r places and
fly off without convulsions, may look the next hour to sec the
heavenly bodies rush from their sphereR, anll jostle against
other realms of space without causing the crash of the universe.
I weep for Cresar, as he loved me ; I rejoice, as he was fortunate ; I honor him, as he was valiant ; but I slew him, as
he was ambitious.
Rhetoric and poetry, by plainly painting virtue and goodness, render them conspicuous ; for as they cannot be seen by
the corporeal eye, the next degree is to have them set before
us as loveiy as possible by the ornament of words, and strength
of imagination .
Virtue so frequently meets wi th a reward from men, either
in the shape of patronage, boun ty, or friendship, that the
mutual consent of the world has pronoun ced '' Ilonesty to be
the best policy."
AJs every thing really beautiful in nature or art is also useful; so virtue is not only admired for its moral beauty, but
recompensed for its moral value.
A delicate exotic cannot bear rough wind s, nor thrive in
the same soil with common flowers, neither can a well-cultivated mind enjOJ. the gross amusements of sensual and low
compamons.
Gentlemen, I came here to confer with you ns friends and
countrymen, and to speak my own mind, but if we -should all
speak, and occupy as mu<'.h time a.s I have done, we should
make a late meeting. I shall detai n you no longer. I have
been long in public life- far longer than I shall rem ain there.
I have had some participation for more than tl1irty years in
the councils of the country; I profess to feel a strong att11ch·
ment to tho liberty of the U nited States- to the honor and 1
may say the glory, of this great. Government and country

ANALYSIS OF PO ETR Y .

§ 77. In Poetry objects a:e usually tr.e[lted
in a warmer and more impassioned manneI than
prose; and so likewise a diction, style a~cl arran aement are usual, that would be unsuitable
0
..
to Prose Compos1t1on.
d
· ·Jly and words
poetry things are represente more v1vi ' ,
are frequently introduced tho.t elsewhere would not be allowaole.
R r"MARK.- I n

EXER CI SES .
f
t
into prose maki og such al·
Cho.ngo tho following passages o poc rJ
. ,
.
. 1 h" r
Lure !IS the moamn "" anu u •
t
d
terations both in arrangement an s rue
'
"
mony of the sentences require.

MODEL .
" A solitary blessing fow can find i
.
Our joys with those wo love are entwmed;
.And he whoso wakeful tenderness remove~
Th' obstructing thorn which wounds tho friend he loves,
Smooths not another's rugged path alone,
Eut scatters roses to adorn his own."
"Few can find a solitary blessing i our joys aro en·
TRANSPOSED. ,
.
twined with those we love i and he whose wakeful tenderness re mo~ cs
the thorn which wounds bis friend, not _only s~ooths the ruggou path
of another, but scatters roses to adorn his own.

" The 1oftv hill, the humble lawn,
W ith. countless beauties shine ;
The silent grove, the solemn shade,
P roclaim thy power divine."

''

;

l
72

.ANALYSIS OF POETRY.-EXERCISES.

"True happiness hath no localities ;
No tones provincial, no peculiar garb.
vVhere duty goes, she goes, wi th justice goe.c;,
And goes wi th meekness, charity, and love.
Where'er a tear is dried, a wounded heart
Bound up, a bruised spirit with th e dew
Of sympathy anointed, or a pang
Of honest suffering soothed, or injury
Repeated oft, as oft by love forgiven ;
Where'er an evil passion is subdued,
Or virtue's feeble embers fanned ; wher 'er
A sin is heartily abjured and left,
There is a high and holy pbce, a spot
Of sv.cred light, a most religious fone,
Where happiness descending sits and smiles."-Pulluk.
" \Vh at conscience dictates to be done,
Or warns mo not to do,
This teach me more than hell to sh un,
That more than heaven pursue."- Pope.
" Here rests his head upon the lap of earth,
A youth to fortune, and to fame unknown.:'-Grcy.

"'

" \Vhat though the fielJ is lost?
All is not lost, the unconquered will,
And study of revenge, immortal hate,
And courage never to submit or yield,
And what is else not to be overcome ;
That glory never sLnli bis wrath or might
Extort from me."- M ilton.
" Not as the conqueror comes,
They the true-hearted camc."-Hemans,

Al.~ALYSIS OF POETRY. -EXERCISES.

73

I' '

" Now came still evening on, and twi light grey
In sober livery had all things clad."-Mil ton.
" I am all a1onc in my chamber now,
And t11e midnight hour is near; ,
.
And the faggot's crack, and the clocks dull click
Are the only sounds I hear.
And over my soul in its solitude,
Sweet feelin!TS of sadness glide,
AnJ my heart "'and my eyes arc full, when I think
Of the little boy that died."-Dr. Chalmers.
" To 1->e, or not to be 1 That is the question :
Whether ' tis nobler in the mind to suffer
The slings and arrows of outrageous fortune
Or take up arms against a sea .of tr~ubles,
And by opposing, end them. To die- to sleep
No more 1 and, by a sleep, to say we end
The heart-ache, and the thousand natural shocks
That flesh is heir to? 'Tis a consummation
Devoutly to be wished. To die- to sleep :
To sleep! perchance to dream! Ay: th~re's the rub ;
When we have shufficd off this mortal c01l,
Must give us pause."-Shakspeare.
" No flocks that range the valley free,
To sbugbler I condemn ;
Taur.rlit by that power, that pi6es me,
I learn to pity them ."-Goldsmith.
" The soul that secs Him, or receives sublim'd
New faculties, or learns at least t' employ
More worthily the powers she own'd before."-Cowper.
4

·.. ~'

'

·"

,,.'

74

75

STYLE.- PURITY OF STYLE.

PURITY OF STYLE.- EXERCISES.

QUESTIONS.

idiom of the language, and are sanctioned by
the use of the best writers.
The following are the principal rules to be
observed:-

What is ~a.id of the arrangement of words in sentences?
W hat is Gram matical arrangement?
Rhetorical ?
Repeat tho rules for arrangement?
What are young writers in danger of?
IIow avoided?
How may sentences be varied ?
"'What aro synonyms?
R ow employed?
IIow arc objects usually treated in poetry?
What is remarked of style, diction, &c.?

I

~

'

l

,

1. Avoid Grammatical errors.
2. Avoid the use of foreign and obsolete words, and such
as are not sanctioned l>y good authority.

EXERCISES.
1. P oint out tbe errors in the following sentences ;- give tl:o rule for

STYLE .

§ 78. Style is the peculiar manner in which
ideas are expressed in language.
§ 79. The most essential quality in a. good
style is perspicuity.
§ 80. Perspicuity of style depends upon the
choice of words and phrases, and the structure
of sentences.
OBSERVATIONS .

1. Perspicuity in the u~e of words and phrases, requires
purity, propriety and precis,ion.
2. P erspicuity in tbe structure of sentences, requi res clearness, unity, strength and harmony.

PURITY OF STYLE.

§ 81. Purity of style consists in the use of
such words and constructions as belong to the

'.•

correction.
Ilim and mo are of the sumo age."
CoRi:tECTED, - " He and I are of the same ago."
, .
RULE I .-The subject of a proposition must be in tho nomuiat1ve

:M:oDf:L, -

"

case.

Tbe number of our days am with Thee.
Them are fine peaches for the season.
To labor night and day fatigue the mind.
Re that is idle and mischievous reprove.
Rufus was furnished a seat.
I have endeavored to agree the parties.
He is resolved on leaving to-morrow.
Give it to James, be who stands at the door.
That silk was purchased at Sheldon's.
Daniel \Vebster's speech was much admired.
·William gave John an red apple.
The most extremest caution must be observed.
J anc and Martha are ca~,eful of her books.
Is the ]i 0O"ht of the moon his own ?
B oth cold and heat have its extremes.
You know the esteem I have of him.
The little child who you saw is dead.

•'

'

~

I

~·! •

•'

I"
1'

ii·
j

"1

,,

76

PURITY OF STYLE- EXERCISES.

It was not him that said it.
I would not accept tlio office if I were him.
I unLlerstood it to h.'lvo been he.
I beg to differ with you.
Henry travdleJ with you and I.
Tlicm refusing to comply I withJrew.
DiJ you see it to move ?
1'lio class recited well, him excepted.
'William need not to conceal himself:
The cla.ss is entire cxonorated from blame.
Sing loud like she docs.
You anJ me are great friends.
Ile discussed the point very clear.
It is either hot nor cold.
Did Pamelia say if she would join the party?
MatilJa writes very pretty.
I cannot sec to work no more.
Between you and I there can be no concealment.
2. In the following exorcises point out nnd correct tho wordE and
phrases that violate tho rules of purity.
MODEL. - " Damp weather is very unagreeahle."
Con.ui::OTED. - " Damp weather is very disagreeable."

It irks me to see so perverse a disposition.
Mary's liaut~ur disgusted both friends anJ strangers.
They enlar.r;ed themsel-ves on the subject.
Robert has Jisappointcd us, hut n'importe.
John found reasons to repent him of his anger.
Some very apropos remarks were made.
llfetllinks I am not mistaken.
Go where it likes you best.
He is a usurer who lends sur gages.
Thomas is very impopular with his mates.
Brother George is very opinionated in his notions.

J

PROPRIETY OF STYLE.-EXERCISES.

77

His one-idea-is-tic teachings are highly dogmatical.
Miss
fell sprawlin,q dans la boue.
Did you ever hear of intellective sympathy 1
W hat is your behest?
I admire his delicatesse and candidness.
Have you studied apologetical theology?
I do not believe it, but nous verrons.
James employs his time in stroaming about.
His views are not only theologic but humanitarian.
Did you ever hear such emeute?
They received us very disgraciously.
I,•

PROPRIETY OF STYLE.

§ 82. Propriety of style consists in the selection of such words, as the usage of the best
writers has appropriated to the ideas intended
to be expressed.
To attain propriety of style, avoid : 1. Vulgar and provincial expressions ;
2. The omission of words necessary to complete the sense;
3. The use of tho same word in different senses ;
4. Equivocal or ambiguous words;
5. All words and phrases, that are unintelligible, inapplicable, or less significant than others, of the ideas you intend to
· convey.
EXERCISES.
I. Point out and correct the vulgar or provincial expressions in the
following sentences.
·
MODEL.- " I calculate to leave for home in a few days."
CoimEOTED.-" I intend to leave for home in a few days."

·,·

..

~.~'

"
''
, ..

~

"<';
.,

)

78

PROPRIETY OF STYLE.- E.XERCISES.
PROPRIETY OF STYLE. -EXERCISES.

Ile c01·. . ,foccd hfa opponent by d" t f
in o argument.
,
Ro bert
lwlds not·long in one mind.
Mary will write well through time.
; our ~ather stands upon security.
~e might have perceived it with lwlf an eye.
l e.r:pect he must have died long ago.
·what do folks think of it i
W'.lliam's talents are of the highest grade.
Things are in a bad fix.
Learning and arts were tl1en r;etting up
The. performance was mucli a~t one.
.
Re is not a wllit better th an l1is brother.
James had like to have gotten a broken head
Yo_u may perceive it with half an eye.
•
Things will soon wear a new fi1ee.
1!e. is_ very dexterous in smelling out the desirns of others
0
•
'Ibis is the meaning as I took it.
H?nry is considerable of a scholar.
TI1s farm was convenient to min e.
I shall fall. into the river, 'and I wi
. ·11i be d rowned.
It would illy accord with my intention.
2. Point out and supply tbe words that are nccessa
sense complete, in tho following sentences.
ry to make the
MODFL. "IV
h
e may opo tho assistance of our neighbors to-morrow "
- CORRBCTED - "We m h
fi
·
·
morrow."
.
ay ope or the nssista.nee of our neighbors to-

The draft was ordered paid.
The hunter went pursuit of the lion
n~ i~ e~gaged i~ a tre.atise on astro~omy.
French is never m pu11ty with us.
Ou.r professor intends a new work.
This action increased his former services.
False flew the shaf~ though pointed well.

79

Col. C. hopes to be governor.
The note was ordered protested.
To be the slave of passion, is of all the worst.
Father absent, tbe business was neglected.
We esteem him a good man.
Re called Washington, the father of his country.
Submission teach to thy will.
I was iu fault to confess the truth.

.

3. In the following exercises, correct the improper use of the same
word in different sensca
MODEL. -" Father favored the =dertaking, because the manager ha.d
favored his friend."
CORRECTED.- " Father favored the undertaking, because the manager
resembled his friend."

A man of his sense should have a high sense of honor.
An eloquent speaker may give more, but cannot give more
convincing arguments than this plain man offered.
After all his pains, he was under the painfur necessity of
yielding.
In most of his concerns, he discovered a most acute penetration.
True wit is nature dressed to advantage, and yet some
works have more wit than does good.
They were persons of very moderate intellects, even before
they were impaired by their passions.
This person was unfortunate in this instance ; and this subjected him to many insults.
Charity expands our hearts in love to God and man; it is
by the virtue of charity, that the rich are blessed n.nd the poor
supplied.
The sharks that prey upon the inadvertency of the inexperienced, are more pardonable than those who prey upon the
good opinion of those who treat them with confidence and
respect.

,_

,.:1

../

,.
,.

..>

80

81

PROPRIETY OF STYL"E. -EXERCISES.

PRECISION OF STYLE. -EXERCISES.

4. In tho following sentences correct such expressions as are equivocal or ambiguous.
llfoDEL.- " Ile aimed at nothing less than tho crown."
ComrncTED.-" Nothing inforior to tho crown could satisfy his ambi· .
tion."

H arvey invented the circulation of blood.
By proper refl ection, we may be taught to mi nd what is
erroneous and defective.
The negligence of timely precaution was the cause of this
great loss.
A candid man avows his mistake and is forgiven ; a patriot
acknowledges his opposition to a bad minister, and is applauded.
W e have enlarged our family and expenses, and increased
our garden.
The attempt, however laudable, was found impracticable.

Whe~ friendship is considered, how is it possible that I
should not grieve for llis loss 1
If the lad should leave his father, he would die.
The Divine Being heapeth favors on his servants, ever liberal
and faithful.
The eagle k;illed the hen, and eat her in her own nest.
The share which religion has in the enterprise, renders it
more aug ust.
It may be justly said, that no institutions are better than
the American. ·

Solomon, the son of David, who built the temple of Jerusalem, was t110 richest monarch that reigned over the Jewish
})COplc.
Tlie pretenders to reform and poiish language have chiefly
multipl ied abuses and absurdities.
5. Correct such words and phrase~ in tbo following sentences, as are
not adapted to convey the icloa.'l in tended.
Mom;L.-" Tho observation of tho Sabbath is a duty inclln'lbent on
every Christian."
Co1rn.ecTrm.- " Tho observance of tho Sabbath is o. duty incumbent on
every Christian."

No less than two hun<lred scholars have been educated in
that school.
Gnlilco discovered the tcTcscope.
Ile is our mutual benefacto r, and deserves our respect and
obed ience.
It is difficult for him to speak three sentences together.
Dif'putiug should be always so managed, as to remember
the only end of it is truth.

PR E C I S I 0 N 0 F S TY LE.

§ 83. Precision of style consists in using such
words only as are necessary to express distinctly
the ideas which we mean to convey.
To attain precision of style, avoi d : 1. Superfluous expressions;
2. Tautology, or the unnecessary repetition of a word or an
idea in the same sentence;
3. The improper use of words, whi ch , though employed as
synonymous, are different in signification.
EXERCISES .
1. Correct the sentences in tho following exercises by omitting the
superfluous ex prcs:-<ions.
MODEL.-" He Jed a blameless and irreproachable life, and no one
should censure his concluct."
CORRECTED.-" He led an irreproachable life."

Though raised to an exalted station, she was a pattern of
piety, virtue, and religion.

4*

•, l

82

83

PRECISION OF STYLE. -EXERCISES.

PRECISION OF STYLE. -EXERCISES.

Ilis en<l soon :ipproached, and he died with great courage
and fortitude.
TLis g reat _)oliLicinn desisted from, and renounced his designs when he fou nd them impracticable.
The human body may be <livi<le<l into the head, trunk,
limbs, and vi tals.
Poverty induces and cherishes dependence; dependence
strengthens :md increases corruption.
His ch ee rful, hap1iy temper, remote from discontent, keeps
a kind of day-light in his mind, excludes every gloomy prospect, and fills it with a steady and perpetual serenity.

No leamng that we have learned, is generally so dearly
bought, or so valuable when it is bought, as that which we
have learned in the school of experience.

2. Point out aw.1 correct tho errors in tautology in the following sentences.
M ooEL.- " Father went to Selma by tho stngc, and then went to
1fobilo by tho boat. "
Con1u:crno.- " Father wont to Selma by tho stage, and then to
llfobilo by tho boat."
W hen tho tautology is in a word, it may bo corrected by substituting another of a similar meaning; but when it consists iu the idea,
it shoultl be wholly omitted.

ra-

The sun shines by ch:y, and the moon and stms shine by night·
11.io first day was spent in forming rules of order, and the
second d:iy was spent in presenting resolutions.
It is folly to endeavor to arm ourselves against those trials
and difficulties that no arms can overcome.
Util ity should usually be the recommendation of every
utcm-1il that WO USO.
Ho used to uso many expressions not common or in general
use.
Our expectations arc frcr1ucntly disnppointed, becau;e we
expect greater 1111ppi11css from the future, than experience
au thori:ocs ns to expect.
Tho writings which mankind first wrote was written on
tiiblcs of stone.

3. In tho followin g exercises, correct the use of words commonly
employed as synonymous.
MonEr~-" By the habit of walking often in the streets, we may acquire the custom of idleness."
ConRECTED. -" By the custom of walking often in the streets, wo ma.y
acquire the habit of idleness."

Your friend is master of a complete house which has not
one entire apartment.
Galileo discovered tho telescope; Harvey invented the
circulation of blood.
On all occasions he treated his inferiors with great haughtiness and disdain.
A prudent mnn employs the most proper means of success ;
a wise man, the safest means to avoid being brought into
danger.
An honest man will refrain from employing ambiguous
expressions ; a confused man may often utter equivocal terms
without design.
A hcm1it is severe in his life ; a casuist, rigorous in his
application of religion or law; a judge, austere in his sentences.
B uchanan's history is genuine ; but there are some doubts
regarding the authenticity of Ossian's poems.
The traveller observed the most striki ng obj ects Le saw ;
the general remarked all the motions of the enemy.
I am amazed at what is new or unexpected; confounded at
what is vast or great; surprised at what is incomprchensiule;
astonished by what is shocking or terrible . .t'

...

;.;

"

'
i·

~!

•'

•'

l'

84

CRITICAL EXAMINATION OF SENTENCES.

'I
i

CRITICAL EXAMINATION OF SENTENCES.

)./

§ 84. Write a critical examination of the following sentences, commenting on the purity,
propriety, and precision of style.
EXERCISE.

"F..ducation is the most excellent endowment, as it enlarges
the mind, promotes its powers, and renders man estimable in.
the eyes of society."
CRITICISM.

This sentence contains many pompous words. It affords a
remnrkable example of the want of p ropriety in style. Education is not an "endowment ;" for an endowment is a natural
gift~ as taste or im agination. Education does not "enlarge"
the " mind ;" though in a figurative sense, it may enlarge its
capacities. It cannot promote tho mental "powers" themsel ves; but it may their improvement. Neither does it follow, that, because a man has improved hls mind by education,
he is on that account " estimable;" for esteem is produced
only by intrinsic worth; but n man may be rendered more
respectable by education.
The sentiment that ihe author intended to convey, should
have been expressed thus: "Education is the most excellent
attainment, as it enlarges t1e capacities of the mind, promotes
their improvement, and renders a man respectable in the eyes
of society."-Reid.
Would you say he is trustworthy-who has abandoned his

I

CLEARNESS OF STRUCTURE.

85

friends, relinquished all hope of gaining their esteem, and
forsaken even the pretensions of being called an honest m:m ~
Vivacity is often promoted by presenting a sensible object
to the mind, instead of an intelligent one.
To dread no eye, and to suspect no tongue, is the great
prerogative of innocence; an exception granted only to invari able virtue.
His manners were not marked by politesse, but by an offensive hauteur.
James saw the horse dashing towards him fu11 split; making a desperate leap he escaped by the skin of his teeth.
Robert endured tlie pain of amputation with great courage.
The magistrate having heard the prisoner's story, expressed
his disbelief of every word he had uttered.
Damon told the Icing that he would not comply with his
demands.
The great end of prudence is to give cheerfulness to those
hours, that splendor cannot gild, and acclamation cannot
exhilarate.

'·

,.•

.',I·.',
',<
•

.i

:'"

.

CLEARNESS OF STRUCTURE.

·,

':I

§ 85. Clearness in the structure of sentences
consists in a perspicuous arrangement of the
words and members.
To attain
1. In the
2. In the
3. In the

\"

:i
l

clearness of style, avoid ambiguity : position of adverbs;
position of clauses and adjuncts;
position or the too frequent repetition of pronouns.

§ 86. Adverbs should be placeu as near to
the words they modify, ~ can be without producing harshness.

;

'

~;

1 (•,

"
4

tf
: f~:,

i~ ~I
'
f'

.. ,:·
j

'\

;i;.

i

'

86

CLEARNESS OF STRUCTURE. -EXERCISES.
EXERCISES .

...'
..
'.
..
'

Point out and correct tho errors in tho position of tho adverbs in the
.following sentences.
Ji[on:E:L.-" You should not be overcome by present O\'Cnts totally."
ComrnCTED. -" You should not be totally overcome by present
events."

William and Robert are accustomed every evening to carefully study their lessons.
In the proper disposition of adverbs, the sound carefully
requires to be consulted as well as the sense.
Not to exasperate him, I ouly spoke a fow words.
Raised to greatness without merit, he employed his power
for the gratification solcly of his passions.
By doing the same thing it often becomes habitual.
He treated the strangers with great ho!"pitality, and dismi,.sed them impressed deeply with his goodness.
The works of art recei ve a great advantage from the
rcsc1JJl.>lance whi ch they have to those of nature, because
here the similitude is not only pleasant, but the pattern is
perfect.

CLEARNESS OF STRUCTURE.-

EXERCISES.

87

EXERCISES .
Point out and correct the errors in the position of the claus(:s and
adjuncts in the following sentences.
MODEL.- " Wanted, a young man to take charge ofsomo horses of a
religious turn of mind."
. .
CormECTED.- " \Vanted, a young man of a religious tum ot mmd, to
tako cure of some horses."

A public dinner was given to the inhabitants of roast beef
and plum-pudding.
The scribes made it their profession to teach and study the
law of Moses.
I have confined myself to those methods for promoting
piety, which arc iu tho power of a prince, limited like ours,
by a strict execution of the laws.
The foliowing verses were written by a young man who
has long lain in the grave, for his own amuscm~nt.
.
This work in its full extent, being now aflhcted mth an
asthma, and finding the power of life gradually declining, he
had no longer courage to undertake.
Little Mary was sewing with sore eyes the cover on John's

§ 87 . Clauses and .alljuncts should be so ar-

book.
.
Did you observe ~he man in the yard digging a well with
a Roman nose ?
Tho r egular tenor of a virtuous life will prove the best
preparation for immortality, death, and old age.
.
While we ou crht to be preparing for a higher state of existence, we are ab:urdiy spending our time in contending about
the trifles of the day.
Wlrnt I had the opportunity of mentioning to my
Deicr1ibor some time aero in conv~rsation, was not a new
"'
,
thought.

ran~cJ
,_
that their connection and meaning may

§ 88. Care must be observ-ed in the position

I was engaged formerly in that business, but I never shall
be n.rrain
concerned in it.
·":>
We do those things frequently, that we repent of afterwards.
I wandered from the beaten track unconsciously.
The lecturer so unintelligibly expressed himself, that it was
impossible to comprehend him.
He was eno-a<'"ed
in commerce extensively, and insensib1y
""t:>
became involved so deeply, ns to compromise his credit.

be instantly perceived.

"'

or the too frequent repetition of pronouns.

•.

'
.,

88

UNITY OF STRUCTURE.

I
t-

UNITY OF STRUCTURE. -EXERCISES.

89

EXERCISES .
Correct tho errors in the position or repetition of pronouns in the following sentences.
MODEL. - " It is true wh:it he says, but it is not applicable to the
point."
-

Commcrnn.- " What be says i<> true, but it is not applicable to the
point."

A servant will obey a master's orders, that he loves.
It is folly to pretend to arm ourselves against the accidents
of life, by heaping up treasures, wh ich nothing can protect us
against, but tlie good providence of our Ileavcnly Father.
Tho mariner's compass was Gioia's invention, who was a
celebrated mathematician of Naples.
From a habit of saving time and paper, w11ich they acquired
at tbe university, many write in so diminuti ,·e a manner, with
su0h frequent blots and interlineations, that they are hardly
able to go on without perpetual hesitation or extemporary
expletives.
\Ve nowhere meet with a more i>plendid show in nature,
than what appears in the heavens at the rising and setting of
the sun, which is wholly made up of those different stains of
light, that show themselves in clouds of a different situation.
Men look with an evil eye upon the g6ocl tliat is in others,
and tLink tlrnt their reputation obscure!'! them , and that their
commendable qualities stand in their light; and therefore they
do what they can to cast a cloud over them, that the bright
shining of their virtues may not obscure them.

UNITY OF STRUCTURE.

§ 89. The Unity of a Sentence consists in
the predominancy of one leading proposition,

modified only by such kindred ideas as are
closely connected with it.
To attain unity in the structure of sentences:1. Introduce .as few subjects as possible ;
2. Do not crowd them with things of no connection;
3. Avoid unnecessary parentheses.
EXERCISES.
1. Correct tho orrors arising from chango o( subject., in tho following
sentences.
Monm,.-" After we came to anchor, they put m.o on shore'. where}
was welcomed by an old friend, who treated me with grcnt kmdness.
CORRECTED.-" Raving come to anchor, I was put on shore, where I
was welcomed by an old friend, and treated with great kindness."

Desire of pleasure ushers in temptation, and the growth of
disorderly passions is forwarded.
By eagerness of temper, and precipitancy of indulgence,
men forfeit all the advantages which patience would have
procured; and, by these means the opposite evils are incurred
to their full extent.
IIe who performs every employment in its due place an d
season suffers no nart of time to escape without profi t; a nd
thus his days bec:mo multiplied, and much of life is enjoyed
in little space.
.
A short time after this injury, he came to lnmself; and tho
next day they put him on board a sbip, which .conveyed him
first to Corinth, and thence to the Island of Egma.
The Britons, daily harrassed by cruel inroads from the
Picts were forced to call in the Saxons to their defence; who
cons~quently reduced the great part of the island to their o~vn
power, drove the Britons into the most remotc and mou~t~m­
ous parts ; and the rest of the country, in customs, religion,
and lanQ'Uao-es
became wholly Saxon.
0
0

.

,!

90

UNITY OF STRUCTURE.-E:X:ERCISES.

. 2. Correct the errors in the followin g pass:igcs that arise from crowd·
mg the sentence with things of no connection with it.
. 1IODEL.-;:-" The intendant's speech yesterda.1' was admirable; but he
lS a man 01 extravagant li ab1ts."
CORRECTED.- " The intenchnt's speech was adm irable." The latter
part of tho sentence bas no connection with the form er.

. "Archbishop _Tillotson" says an author, " died thfa year."
Ile was excecdrng;ly beloved by King ·William and Queen
Mary, who nominated Dr. Tenison, Bishop of Lincoln, to
succeed him.
The notions of Lord Sunderland were always good; but he.
Wa.5 a man of great expense.
Cato died in the full vigor of life, under fifty; he was nat~rally ~v~rm and affectionate in his temper ; comprehensive,
1mpartrn1, and strongly possessed with the love of mankind .
. In tbis uneasy state, both of his public and pri vate life,
Cwe:o was oppressed by a new aud deep affliction, the death
of 111~ beloved daug11ter Tullia; whid1 happened soon aft~r
her divorce from Dolabella, whose manners and humors were
entirely disagreeable to her.
Boast not thyself of to-morrow; thou knowest not what a
day may bring fo r th : and for the same reason despair not of
~o-morrow; for it mny bring forth good as well as evil; which
1s a ground for not vexing yourself with imarrinary fears · for
the impending black cloud, which is rcgard~d wi th so r:iuch
d_read, m11y pass by h:'.rmlcss; or thoiigh it should discharg(l
tli c :'ltorm, yet before 1t brcnkf', you mny be lodrrcd in that
lowly mansion which no storms ever touch .
"'
3. Correct the errors in the uso of the parenthesis, in the following
sentences.
REMARK.-W11en tho parenthesC's arc very ~hort, and serve M necessary ex1;Janations, they may be aumitted, but these must be so judi·
c10usly .rntrocluccd as to glide, at once, into our conception, without
compellmg the reader to review what preceded tho interruption.

Never delay till to-morrow, (for to-morrow is not yours;

STRENGTH OF SENTENCES.

91

and though you s11ould live to enjoy it, you must not overload
it with a burden not its own) what reason and conscience tell
you ough t to be performed to-day.
Without some degree of patience exercised under injuril:'s,
(as offences and retaliations would succeed one another in
endless train) h uman life would be rendered a state of per·
petual hostility.
Our pride and self-conceit, (by nourishing a weak and
childish sensibility to every fancied point of our own honor
and 1nterest, while they shut up all regard to the honor an<l
interest of our brethren) render us q~arrelsome and conten-

,,
I_ ~'

tious.
The discontented man (as his spleen sours and irritates his
temper and leads him to discharge its venom on all with
whom he stands connected) is never found without a great
s11are of malignity.
It was an ancient tradition, that when the capital was
founded by one of the Roman kings, the god Terminus (wh o
presided over boundaries, and was represented according to
the fashion of that age by a large stone) alone, among all the
inferior deities, refused to yield his place to Jupiter himself.,

1:

STRENGT H OF SENTENCES.

§ 90. Strength in the structure of a sentence
consists in such a disposition of its several
words and members as to give each of them its
due weight and force.
RE)fARK.-A sentence m~iy be clear, it may also be compact in all
its parts, or h:we tho requisite unity, and yet, by some circumstance in
the structure, it mn.y fail in that strength of impression which a bettor
management would have produced.

''

'·

92

STRENGTH OF SENTENCES.-EXERCISES.

To attain strength in the structure of sentences : 1. Divest them of all redundant words and members;
2. Attend particularly to the use of copulatives, relatives,
and all tho particles employed in transition and connexion;
.
3 . Phl!:c the most important words in such a position, that
they will make the strongest impression ;
4. Avoid placing a weaker proposition after a stronger one;
5. Never conclude a sentence with an inconsiderable word;
6. In the members of a sentence when two objects are compared or contrasted, preserve a resemblance in the
language and construction.
EXERCISE

s:

1. Divest the following sentences of all redundant words and members.
RITTrARK.- It is a grneral rule, that "l>Ords which do not add to the
meaniug of a sentence, always injure it.
MODEL.-" In Republican Government<;," I have often beard it said,
"it is tlle privilege and birthright of every citizen to express himself
freely and openly."
CORRECTED.- " In Re.publican Governments it is the privilege of every
citizen to express himself freely."

Suspend your censure so long, till your judgment on the
subject can be wisely formed.
I look upon it as my duty, so for as I run enabled, and so
long as I keep within the bounds of truth, of duty, and of
decency.
Thought and language act and react upon each other
mutually.
I
This measure may afford some profit, and furnish some
amusement.
I was much moved on this occasion and went home full of
a great many serious reflections.

STRENGTH OF SENTENCES.-EXERCISES.

93

The combatant<; encountered each other with so much rage,
that, being eager only to assail, and thoughtless of making
any Jefence, they both fell dead upon the field.
He says nothing of himself, and I am not disposed to tr:i.vc:l
into regions on conjecture, but to relate a narrative of facts.
If I mistnkc not I think William is improved both in
knowledge and behavior.
The reason why he acted in the manner be did, ·was not
fully explained.
It is impossible for us to behold the divine works with coldness or indifference, or to survey so many beauties, without a
secret satisfaction and complacency.
2. Correct tho errors in tho following passages, that arise from tho
improper uso of copulatives, rel:.i.tives, and particles ornployeJ in tho
transition and connexion.
RE~fARK.-Connectives arc frequently tho most important words ix:
sentences; the manner of using thorn is so various that no particular
rule can bo given.

The faith he professed, and which he became an apostle of,
was not his invention.
As the strength of our cause docs not depend upon, so
neither is to be decided by, any critical point<; of history,
chronology or langu<'l.ge.
The enemy said, I will pursue, and I will overtake, and I
will divide the spoil.
In the time of prosperity, he had stored his mind with useful knowledge, with good principles, and virtuous dispositiong.
And therefore they remain entire, when the days of trouble
come.
There is nothing which promotes knowledge more than
steady application, and a habit of observation.
The body of this animal was strong, ancl proportionable and
beautiful.
Their idleness, ~d their luxury and pleasures, their crim-

.(

I•
.;

.
'j
:,

'

;l \

.,

'

·j l'.'"

~ '
·I

94:

STRENGTH OF SENTEKCES.- EXERCISES.

ina1 deeds, and their immoderate passions, and their timidity
and baseness of mi nd, have dejected them to such a deCJ"ree
0
'
:is to make them weary of iifc.
The ac:i.derny set up by the cnrdin:il to amuse the wits of that
age an_d _country, and divc~t them from raking into his politics
and m1mstry, brought this into vogue; and the French wits
have for th is last age been in a manner wholly turned to the
refin~m ent of their language, and indeed wi th such success,
that it can hardly be excelled, , nd runs equally through their
verse and prose.

I
I

I
i

I

. 3. Correct . t_ho e1Tors in the following sentences, that a.rise from the
rmproper pos1twn of the most important words.
RE.~(ARK.:--~very sentence contains capital "Words on which its
mea.llng prmcipally rests ; these should be pbccd where they will produce tho strongest impression and have the best effect.
MODEL. -" I have no silver and gold, but I give unto thee such as I
havo."
C ORRECTED.-

I unto thee."

"

Silver and gold I have none ; but such as I have give
'

_,\' The praise of ju<lgment Virgil has justly contested with
Homer, b ut his invention remains unri,·alcd.
Sloth pours upon us a deluge of crimes and evils, and saps
the foundation of every virtue.
Every one who puts on the appearance of goodness is not
good..
'
Let us employ our criticism on ourselve$, instead of beinCJ'
0
critics of others.
This fall acious art debases us from enjoying life, instead of
lengthening it.
ln their adversity my friends shall always hear· never in
tlieir pro~perity.
'

v:

e must hereafter give an account, for all our actions, and
particularly for the employment of our yout11•
. I haye con~idered the subj ect with a good deal of attention, upon which I was desired to communicate my thoughts.

I
II

i
l

STRENGTH OF SENTENCES. -EXERCISES.

95

Whether a choice altogether unexceptionable, has m any
country been made, seems doubtful.
W hen th ey fall into sudden difficulties, they are less perplexed than others in the like circumstances; and wh en they
encounter dangers, they are less alarmed.
4.. Correct such errors in the follow ing sentences, as a.rise from plac·
ing weaker propositions after stronger ones.
RE~lA nK.-W ben it can ho accomplished wit hout affectation, it is
agreeable to fintl a. sentence rising upon us, and growing in importance
to tho Ja.9t word.
~ W hen a. sentence consists of two members, tho longer should
generally be the eoncluiling one.
:MODEL.- " Sinful pleasures blast the opening prospects of hum:i.n
felicity, and degrade human honor."
C ORRECTED.- " Sinful pleasures degrade human lwnor and blagt the
opening prospects of human felicity."

In this state of mind, every employment of life becomes an
oppressive burden, an<l every object appears gloomy.
They will acquire diffe rent views, by applying to the honorab1e discharge of the funct ions of their station, and entering
on a virtuous course of action.
Tho regular tenor of a virtuous and pious life wi ll prove the
best preparation for immortali ty, old age and death.
The propensity to look forward into life, is too often grossly
abused, and immoderately indulged.
Charity breathes long-suffering to enemi es, courtesy to
strangers, and habitual kindness to friends.
Gentleness ought to diffuse itself over our wh ole behavior,
to form our address, and to regulate our speech .
By the perpetual course of dissipation in which sensua1 ists
are engaged , by the riotous revel, and the midnight or rather
the morning hours, to which they prolong their festivity; by
the excesses whi 0h they indulge; they debilitate their bodies,
cut themselves off fro m tho comforts and duties of lif~, and
wear out their spirit.<>.

.

;~

96

STRE ~\GTH

IIARMONY OF SENTENCES.

OF SENTENCES.- E:XERCISES.

5. ·Correct such errors in tho following sontonces, as arise from not
prosorving somo r csembl:rneo io tho Jangnn.ge and eonslTUctiou of _tho
members, in which two objects nro either eompnred or contrasted.
RE~ARK.-Tbe foUowing pns;<:1ge from Popo's Prcfaeo to his Homer
n.ITords a correct model. "llomcr was the greater genius ; Virgil the
bettor artii:>t: in tuo ono wo most admire tho man; in the other the
work."

A fri end exaggerates a man's virtues; an enemy inflames
his crimes.
The old may inform tho young ; and tho young may animate those who are advanced in life.
Force was re ·isted by force, valor opposed by valor, and art
encountered or eluded by similar address.
I have observed of late the style of some great ministers
very much to exceed that of an y other productions.
Tho laughers will be for those who have the most w1t; the
serious part of manbnd for those who have the most reason
on their side.
There may remain a suspicion that we over-rate the greatness of his genius, in tbe same manner as bodies appear more
g igantic on account of their being disproportioned and misshapen.
The wise man is happy when he gai ns h is own approbation ; the fool when he recommends himself to the applause
of those about him.
Ile embraced tbo cause of liberty fain tly, and pursued it
without resolution: he grew ti red of it, when he bad much to
hope ; and g ave it up, when there was no ground for apprehension.
6. Correct the errors in tho following p:issn.ges that arise from coneluuing the sentences wi th inconsiuerablo words.
MODEL. - " A vn.rice is n. crime which wiso men are o!l;on guilty of."
CORRECTED. -" Avarice is a crime of which wise men are often
guilty."

..

~-

r

I

97

Such a system may be estn.blisbed, but it will not be supported long.
The doctrine of the Trinity, is a mystery whi ch we firmly
believe the truth of, and humbly adore th e depth of.
Generosity is a showy virtue, which many persons arc fo nd
of.
1vfay the happy message be applied to us, i_n all tho virtue,
strength an d comfort of it.
It is absurd to think of judging the poets by precepts which
they did not attend to.
The country loses the expense of many of the richest families at home, and large sums of money arc carried abroad,
which the great stock of rich natives can make the only
amends fo r.
Shall the naJTow-minded children of earth, absorbed in low
pursuits, dare to treat as visionary, objects which they have
never made themselves acquainted with.
In like mann er, if a person in broad day-ligl1t were falling
asleep, to introduce sudden darkness would prevent bis sleep
for that time, though silence and darkness in themselves, and
not suddenly introduced, are very favorable to it.

..
'·.. ,

IIARMONY OF SENTENCES.

§ 91. Harmony in the structure of a sentence
consists in the smooth and easy flow of its words
and numbers.
REMARK.-To attain h:mnony in the strneture of sentences, care
must ho observed in tho selection and arr:rn gument of words to prefl'r
such as are fr ee from bnrslmess of sound, to combine them in t bc way
most agreeable to tho ear, and take care tbat the cadcnco or close is not
abrupt or unmusical.

5

·.,

··'
"

:

98

"

HAlUIOl\"'Y OF SENTENCES. -EXERCISES.

HARMONY OF SENTENCES. -EXERCISES.

·i

99

EXERCISES.

enlarged, and our virtuous affections called forth into their
proper exercise.
Life cannot but prove vain to such persons as affect a disrclish of every pleasure, which is not both new and exquisite,
measuring their enjoyments by fashion's standard, and not by
what they feel themselves, and thinking that if others do not
admire their state, they are miserable.
If we consider the works of nature and art, as they are
qualified to entertain the imaiioation, we shall find the latter
very defective in comparison of the former; for, although they
may sometimes appear as beautiful and strange, they can
have nothing in them of that vastness and immensity, which
afford so great an entertainment to the mind of a beholder.
By experiencing distress, an arrogant insensibility of temper is most effectually corrected, from the remembrance of
our own sufferings naturally prompting us to feel for others
in their sufferings; as if Providence had favored us so as not
to make us subject in our own lot to much of this 1-ind of
discipline, we should extract improvement from the lot of
others that is harder; and step aside sometimes from the
flowery and smooth paths which it is permitted us to walk in,
in order to view the toilsome march of our fellow-creatures
through the thorny desert.
The general idea of good or bad fortune creates some concern for the person who has met with it; but the g eneral idea
of provocation excites no sympathy with tbe anger of the roan
who has received it. Nature, it seems, teaches us to be more
averse to enter into this passion, and, till informed of its cause,
to bo disposed to take part against.
In like manner, if a person in broad daf light were falling
asleep, to introduce a sudden darkness would prevent his sleep
for that time, though silence and darkness in themselves, and
not suddenly introduced, are very favorable to it. This I
know only by conjecture on the analogy of the senses, when

Correct such errors, in tbo followiug sootonccs, as arise from the want
of harmony in their structure.
We reached the mansion before noon : it was a strong,
grand, Gothic house.
Sloth, case, success, natura1ly tend to beget vices and
follies.
As conventiclers, these people were seized and punished.
It belongs not to our humble and confined station to censure, but to adore, submit and trust.
Under all its labors hope is the mind's solace; and the
situations which exclwJc it entirely are few.
. The humbling of those that are mighty, and the precipitat10n of persons who arc ambitious, from the towering hci()"ht
0
that they had gained, concern but little the bulk of men.
It has been " ·ell said that sober mindedness suits the present
state of man.
Tranquillity, regularity, and magnanimity, reside with the
religious and resigned man.
·
To use the Divine name customarily, and without serious
consideration, is highly irreverent.
From the favorableness with which he was at first received
'
great hopes of success were entertained.
They conducted themselves wilily, and insnarei?us before
we had time to escape.
EXER CISES.
Write a critical examination of tho following pas~ages, commouting
on tho clearness, unity, strength, and harmouy in tho structure of the
sen ton cos.

By means of society, ou r wants come to be supplied, and
our lives are rendered comfortable, as well as our capacities

I

I.

'

.

.1
I

/,

i

:I

. ! .

'..
'

100

Il.AR1W:N7 OF SENTENCES. -EXERCISES.

FIGURATIVE LANGU.A.GE.

I first. digested these observation; ; but I have since experienced it.
There cannot bo two greater enemies to the harmony of
society, than freedom and familiarity, both of which it is the
whole business of politeness to destroy.
No condition of life is exempt from suffering : both virtue
and vice have thei r crosses to carry to the grave; but the
misery which accompanies a sinful course of life is far greater
than that which attends the steps of a well-doer.
By soothing those inequalities, which the necessary difference of ranks and conditions have introduced into society,
religion not only reconciles us to the highest eminences of
life, but leads us to consider them as affording to the social
world, that sublime contrast which the landscape derives
from the diversity of hill and dale, and as sending down those
streams of benignity which refresh and gladden the lower
stations.
QUESTIONS.
What is stylo?
What is the most important qunlity of good style?
On what docs perspicuity of style depend ?
What is required in perspicuity in tho use of words and phrases?
What is required in the structure of sentences ?
In what docs purity of style consist?
What is necessary to its attainment?
In what does propriety of style consist?
What is necessary to its n.ttninmcnt?
In what docs precision of stylo consist ?
How attained?
In what docs clearness of structure consist?
How attained?
What is said of tho position of tho Adverb ?
How should clauses, &:c., be arranged ?
What is said of Pronouns?
In what docs tho Unity of Sentences consist ?
How attained?
In what docs Strength of Structure consist?
How att.<tined ?

101

FIGURATIVE LANGUA GE .

§ 92. The Language in which idca.s are exJ

1.

I
II
i

I

\

'I
I
j

!

pressed may be either plain or :figurative.
§ 93. Language is said to be plain, when it
is to be understood according to its literal and
ordinary signification; e. g. "A good man enjoys comfort in the midst of adversity."
§ 94. Language is said to be figurative, when,
either by the words employed, or by the peculiar manner of their application or arrangement;
ideas are expressed with the addition of cir.cumstances which render the impression more
strong and vivid; e. g. "To the upright there
ariseth light in darlcness."
§ 95. Figures in language are divided into
two kinds, figures of words or tropes, and
:figures of thought.
§ 9 6. In tropes the words are employed to
signify something different from their original
and ordinary meaning ; e. g. " A clear head ;"
" A hard heart."
§ 97. In figures of thought, the words arc
used in their literal meaning, but are not applied or arranged in the ordinary manner ; e. g.
" A wake, 0 sword, against my shepherd."
§ 98. The figures which most frequently oc-

'"

'

.L~\ .

102

METAPHOR.
M'ETAPHOR.- RULES FOR APPLICATION.

cur, arc, Metaphor, Gomriarz~·on Alle .
•
'.LJ
'
g01 y, Per80 i'r:
n0ica~wn, Apostrophe, Hyperbole. Antithesis
@d~m~
,

RULES FOR APPLICATION.
RuLE I - Metaphors should be founded on points of resemblance, which are nei ther for-fetched, nor difficult to be discovered; e. g. "The Lord is my rock and my for tress, my
deliverer, my God, my strength, in whom I will trust."

METAPHOR .

§ 99. A Metaphor is a figure founded on t~e

EXl'LANATION. -In a country infested by numerous banditti, what fa
so suggestive of security as a rock defended by a fortress 7--or what so
consolatory us the conviction that should a sudden attack bo ma<le, a
deliverer was at hand. So metaphorically, tho Christian whose hopes
aro built on Christ possesses a rock and fortress against which nono is
ablo to prevail to rob him of his heavenly inheritance.
REMARK 1.-Mctapbors that aro forced or far-fetched roust bo avoided.
RE~!ARK 2.-:Mctaphors intended to illustrate a subject, should be
derived from tho most frequ ent occurrences of art or nature, or tho customs and the transactions of mankind.

res?mblance of two objects, the name and ro erties of the one being ascribed to the he;·
e. g. "Thy word is a lamp to my feet. ~'
'

of

" Th
d .
.·
Y wor is a lamp to my feet." In th·
is used metaphorically to affinn that th di . is
men in the courso of
e vme
directs them in the da~~n~:~: ~o c~eo pursthue~,
ose e1r

E XPLANATION -

.
I
examp_e, lamp
word mstructs
just as a lamp
!OOtsteps.

RuLE IL-Metaphors should be suited to the nature of the
subject of which we treat, being neither too numerous, too
gay, nor too elevated.

8o 100. There are iour
.csources of lifetaphors :-

RE~rARK. -Thi s rule is frequently violated by combining objects that
have no corr<:'spondenco ; e. g. "Ilo cannot buckle bis distempered cause
within tho belt of rule."-Shakspe(J//'e.

1:

tio lWh.cn tlhe resemblance lies between Rational and Irran,:i amma s ; e. O', "The S .
.
God."
o
av10ur is styled the lamb of
ammate obJects · e g " Ch · t . fr
door " &c
' . .
ris is equently styled a vine a

'

nn:·
rr

.

'

~:a~e o~~~7~lance

::es. between Irrational animals
~ec s' e. g. Il1s horses have be
th

i./ltarybdis of his estate."

come

e

4. vVnen the resembla
1. b
jcct and another . e g "nAce ~es h etween one Inanimate ob' · ·
ge is t e sunset of life."

III.- Met;iphors should be expressed in simplo and
appropriate language.
RULE

/

In 2•. When t?e resemblance lies between Rational Th:iings and

103

REMARK. -Caro must be observed not to intermix plain and figurative
language in describing tho same object, otherwise one pa.rt of tho description will be understood liternUy and the other metaphorically.

IV. -In describing the same subject, avoid joining
together different or mixed metaphors; e. g. "There is not a
single view of human nature which is not sufficient to extinguish the- seeds of pride."
RULE

ExPLANA110N. -" Thero is not a single view of human naturr, which
i8 not sulliciont to extinguish tho soot.ls of pride." It is obvious, on a
moment's refiection, that a view may enable us to discover tho beauty
of an object, but can never bo said to extinguish it.

104:

MET.APHOR.-

EXERCISES.

REMARK. - 'When we are in doubt, whether tho metaphors are of a
mLxed kind, we should endeavor to form n picture with them and con.
'
sider how tho parts agree, and what sort of a figure tho whole would
present, if delinoatod with a pencil. By this means wo may become
sonsiblo whothor the object is faulty or presented in a natural point
of view.

RuLE V.-Metaphors should not be pursued too far, nor
crowded together on the same subject.
RE~fARK l.- \Vl1on wo dwell too long on the resemblance on which
th~ figu re Ls founded, o.nd carry it into all its minute circumstances, we
fati gue the reader, and render the discourse obscure.

-Metaphors shoul::l. not bo crowded togethc1· on the same
subject; e. g. "There is a time, when jacti:ons, by the vehemence of their
fermentation, stun and disaU,e one anotltt r."
REMARK 2

METAPHOR.-

QUESTIONS.

105

they enjoy safe anchorage, are in no danger of foundering
among the seas of prevailing iniquity, or of being shipwrecked
on the rocks of temptation."
"A stubborn and unconquerable flame creeps rn his veins,
and drinks the stream of life."
"0 ! when the growling winds cont.end, and all
The sounding forests fluctuate in the storm,
To sink in warm repose, and hear the dim
Ilowl o'er the steady battlements."
2. Express tho followia g ideas in metaphorical language.
Monm,.-".A poor peaso.nt who ho.d never been educatod. 11
V ARIBD. - " .A poor hind nursed in the lap of ignorance."

" The tree of knowledge, bla.<•ted by disputes,
ProJ uces sapless leaves instead of fruits."

It was growing dark, and objects could not be distinctly
seen in the twilight.- The water of the lake was without
motion.- "\Vise men may suffer hardships in the present
world,-and foolish persons must find t.rouble. -Perfcct t.'.:t~te
knows how to uni te nature wi th art, without destroyi ng the
sim plicity of nature in the connexion. -There are scenes in
nature which are p1 e3.Sant "·hen we are sad , as well as when
we arc cheerfuL-Th c nu mber of people who are aliv(', is
small compared with those who have dic<l.-ITe could not see
on account of the darkn(;SS of the night.-The gras.c; g rows in
the meadows in the Rpring, and in summer soon succeeds.

The sun looks on the waters, and causes them to glow, and
take wiogs and mount aloft in air. -Tho earth thirsts for rain.

QUESTIONS .

EXERCISES .
1. N eatly transcribe tho following passages and undcrlino tho words
exemplifying tho figure.

Childhood and youth arc vani ty.-Cicero calls Marc Aiitony "the to rch of State."-Conscience is a thousand
swords.

'' There is a tide in the affairs of men
' fortune ;
·\:Yhich , t:ikcn at the full, lends on to
Omitted, all the voyage of this life
Is bound in shallows and in miseries."
" Tbe relig ious,'' says Hervey," seem to lie in the bosom of
the earth, as n weary pilot in some sheltered bark. There

What is said of Language?
When is language plain?
When is language figurative?
How aro figures divided?
What is said of words in Tropes ?
Mention the figure!'! that most frequently occur.
What is a Metaphor?
How many sources ofmet:i.phor are thero?
5*

·.

'·'

106

COMP.A.RISON . -EXERCISES.

COMPARISON.-OBSERVATIONS.

107

RuLE TI.- Comparisons, when used for the purpose of il1ustration, should be taken from objects better k nown than those

WJ 1at is tho first?
ScconJ '? Tl1ircl? F ourth?
W h:it is the finit rule for th o applica tio n of metaphors ?
The Socond? '.l.'hird? Fourth? 1''ilU1 ?

to be explained .
RuLE III. -Coroparisons when used for embelhshment,
should be drawn from objects that are important and dignified.

COMPARISON.

I.

§ 101. Comparison, or Simile, is a figure
founaed on the r esemblance of two objects, the
one being likened to the other ; e. g. "He is as
sw1ft as the wind."
EXPLANATION.-" Ile is as sw.ift as tbe wind;" here the reoomblance between the horse and the wind is in swi ftness.

EXERCISES .

J

I

Transcribe tho following passages, and underline tho words exemplifying tho figure.

The path of the just is as the shining light. Is not my
word like as a fire and a hammer, saith the Lord.
" Pleasures are like poppies spread,
You seize the flower- its bloom is shed."
The music was like the memory of joys tha.t arc past, pleasant and mournful to the soul.

OBSERVATIONS .

REMARK 1.- As Comparisons must be insti tuteJ between
objects of different. species, it is improper to compare one man
wi th another, one river with another, &c. The objects must
always be attached to different species; thus we can properly
compare "A liero to a lion," " Night to old age," &c.
REMARK 2.-As Comparisons imply some degree of del iberation, they appear inconsistent with tLe expression of violent
p11..,sions. On such occasions, metaphors may, wi th propriety
Le introduced .
HEMARK 3. -In Comparison tlie resemblance is expressed
by the word like or as; e. g. "The horse is as swift as the
wind."

" Still o'er those scenes my memory wakes,
And fondly broods with miser's care;
Time but the impression stronger makes,
As streams their channels deeper wear."

RULES FOR APPLICATION .

Old ::»!TC has been called the sunset of life; it is then the
mind, cs~apcd from the agitation and tumult of tbe pa.'lsions,
is calm an<l tranquil, liJ.::e the still serenity of t1te evening,
when tho lm'ly soun<l of labor is huslieJ. and tho glare of tho
meri<lian Run has passe<l away. The soul of tho just man, conscious of bis own integrity like the glorious orli envclopcJ in
those mellow ti nts which arc there reflected from it in a thousand hues, sinks into peaceful slumber, again to rise in brighter
splendor, and renew in another world the course destined for
it 1y the Almighty Ruler of the universe.

RULE I.- Comparisons should not be drawn between objrct.«, the rrsC'mulance of which to oue another is cit.her too
near n.n<l obvious, or too remote and foint.

Find comparisons for tho following objects.
MoDEL.- A troubled cous-:iC'ncc. "A troulilcd conscience is like the
ocoan when rufficd liy a ;;t,orm."

.I

108

.ALLEGORY.

Hope and fear alternately swaying the mind.
The uncultivated genius.
Mournful yet pleasant music.
Tranquillity of mind.
The plumnge of a peacock.
The death of a virtuous man.
MoJest and neglected talent.
A virtuous man slandered by evil tongues.
The plumes o(the noble warrior.
An evil conscience.
The vain boastings of the insignificant.
A mind once settled, disturbed by doubt.
A youth slain in battle.
A deceiiful disease.
A swarm of bees.
Ilonor appearing through a mean habit.
Firmness of mind.
Good intentions.
A child supported by an aged parent.
An oppressive, tyrannical man.
An elevated g enius employed in little things.
A man of no decision.
QUESTIONS .
What is Comparison?
W hat is the first rule?
The second?
The third?

ALLE G ORY .

§ 102. An Allegory is

series of metaphors,
continued through an entire narration representing one subject, by another analogous to
a,

109

ALLEGORY. -EXERCISES.

l·
f

it. The subject represented is not formally
announced, but easily discovered on reflection.

II

0 BS E RV A TI 0 NS.

I.- Allego1ies are the same as fables or parables,
which in ancient times formed a favorite method of imparting
instruction. \Vhat is called the moral, is the simple meaning
of the allegory.
REMARK 2.- In aUcgory as in metaphor, such terms only
must be employed as nro literally applicable to the su1jcct;
nor must any circumst:mco bo added that is not appropriate
to it.
REMARK

§ 103. The principal rule to be

.l

,,

"

observe ~

in
conductinO' an allegory, is that the figurative
0
.
1
and literal meaning must not be inconsistent y
mingled.
EXERCISES .
1. Explain the objoct of the allegory in tho following fable :-

One sultry day in the month of September, a fox, passing
farou gh a vineyard, perceived some delicious-lo?ki ng grapes
nailed up to a trellis. They wer~ far beyond h1~ reach ; but
as he was very thirsty, and the fruit looked exceedrngly tempting, he determined not to pass them by, without at lemit makio<r an attempt to possess them. He therefore leaped up at
th~m several times with all his might, and put every strata.gem
in practice to obtain possession of them, but in vain. At
lenrrth suddenly turnin<r away, and pursuing his path :
"P~haw I" said he, "afte; all I dare say they arc sour thi ngs,
and not worth having : I wonder that I gave myself so much
trouble about them."

.

'

110

.A.LLEGORY.-EXERCISES.

2. Represent the following subjects by allegories.
· MODEL. -Tbore were two very powerful tyran ts .engaged in a perpetual war against each other; tho name of tbe fir~t was LuxuriJ, and
tho second Avarice. Tho aim of each was no less than univcrs:i.l monarchy over tho hearts of mankind. I.1uJ-'Ur1J had many gonernls under
him, wbo <lid him great sorvico, as Ple<1s ure, llirth, P omp and Fw;hion .
.Avarice was likewise very strong in his officers, being faithfully served
by Ilunqer, Industry, Ca're, and Watd1julnus; he had likewise a privy
counsellor, wbo was always at bis elbow, and whispering something or
other in his ear. Tho name of this officer was Poverty. .A.s Avarice
conducted himself by the counsels of Pvverty, his antagonist was entirely guided by tho dictates and advice of P /,enty, who was his first
counsellor and minister of state, who concerted all his measures for him,
and never do parted out of his sight.
While these two groat rivals woro thus contending for empire, their
conquests were various. liuxuriJ got possession of tho heart of one,
and .Avarice of another. The father of a family would often range himself under tho banners of A varice, aud tho son under tl.lose of I..1UXUry.
Tho wifo and husband wonld oftC'n declare themselves fo r diflcrcnt p:i.rtioR; nay, tbo Ramo person would of1:on side with one in liis youth, and
revolt to tho other in his oltl ago. Indeed, tho wise men of tho world
stood neute r; but, al :i.sl their numbers were not considerable. At
length when those two potentates had wearied themselves wi th w::iging
war upon one another, they :.igreecl upon an interview, at which neither
of their coun:;ollors was to bo present. Luxury began tho parley, and
after having represented the endless state of tho war in which they
wero engaged, told his enemy ·with a frankness of heart that was n[ltU·
ral to him, that he believed that they should bo good friends, wore it
not for tho instigations of Poverty, that pernicious counsellor, ·who made
an ill use of his e[lr, and filled him wi th groundless apprehensions and
projudices. To this Avarice replied, that ho looked upon P lenty (the
first minister of Lis antagonist) to be a much more destructive counsollor
than Poverty; for ho was perpetually suggesting ploasuros, banishing
all tho necessary cautions against want, and conseqt1C'ntly undermining
tli oso principles upon which tho government of A varice was founded.
A t ln~t, in onlor to come to :m accommodation, they ag-recd upon
this preliminary, that c:i.clJ one of them ·lioulcl immediately dismiss bis
privy coun ~cll o r. ·when tliings were tlius far adj u~ ted towards a peaco,
all other tl iilcrcnccs were soon accommodated, insomuch fnr tl1e fnturo,
they rcsoh-cd to live as good friends and eorofc·doratel", aml to share be-

PERSONIFICATION.

111

tween them whatever conquests were made on either side. For this
reason we find Luxttri.J and Avarice taking possession of tlle same heart,
and dividing tho same person between ;hem. To which I shall on:y
add that since discarding the counsellors above-mentioned, Avarice
sup~lies Luxury in the room of Plenty, as Luxury promotes .Avarice in
the place of Poverty.- Speclator, No. 55.

Truth and Falsehood.
H uman life a voyage.
Diligence and Idleness.
Prudence and Pride.
The Journey of a Day.
The Spider and the Fly.
:Modesty and Assurance.
Emulation and Envy.
Virtue to be attained only with difficulty.
The Castle of Indolence.
An Uncharitable Spirit.
Patience and Perseverance.
QUESTIONS .
What is an Allegory?
What is said of Fables and Parables?
The moral?
The use of terms?
What are the principal rules?

,;

PERSONIFICATION .

§ 104. Personification, or Prosopopcia,, is a
figure by which intelligence and per~onal_ity is
ascribed to irrational animals and mammate
thin gs ; e. g. "My children, the aged Goat re~ : 1.
'

j

ii.'..

',i,.'''.

112

PERSONIFICATION.-OBSETIVATIONS.

plied." " The mountains saw thee, O Lord, and
they trembled."
O BSE R VATIONS .
1'.-EMARK

1.- The lowest kind of Personificati on is when we

I

PERSONIFICATION.-EXERCISES.

113

§ 105. The principal rule to be observed in
the use of this fig ure is, that we should not
deck the objects personified with fantastic and
trifling circumstances.

o:

att:·ibu~e some the properties or qualities of living creatures
to mammate ob1ects
<r "The angry ocean·"
J
,· e • o·
, "A smi·z·ing

morp."

RE.MARK 2.-A second and higher kind, is when inanimate
objects or abstract ideas are introduced as actinO' like livin
..
.
b
g
c1.·eat u.res. T. l11s spec1?s _of Personification is frequently exhibited m poetical descriptions, and the highest species of oratory. The following is an iustauce from Thomson : -

" Bu~ !~ndc~ comes the powe1ful king of day,
Re301cmg m the East. The less'nin<r cloud
b
'
Th o ki ndling azure, nnd the mountain
brow
Dlum'd with fluid gold, his near approach '
Betoken glad."
REMARK 3. -The thi rd and highest kind is when inanimate
?bjects and .irrational beings are introdu ced not only as feelrng and. actmg, but also as acting and speaking. This kind is
appropnate only for representing some sudden and stron O"
emotion, either of love, anger, indig nation or g rief, remorse 0~
melancholy. The following is a speci men:-

EXERC ISES.
1. Transcribe the following passages, and underline the words exem·
plifying the figure.

Our fields are crowned with plenty and abundance. When
summer reigns the flowers rejoice. The wind whispers. The
mountain frowns in lonely majesty. The ship was cleaving
the waters. The water saw its God and bl ushed. Ocean was
putting forth its strength. Roaring waves climb the dist.'.mt
rock. Charity should open her eyes as well as her h:mds.
The wilderness and the solitary place shall be glad for
them ; and the desert shall rejoice and blossom as the rose.
The voice of thy brother's blood crieth unto me from the
ground.
Mercy and truth are met together; righteousness and pence
have kissed each other.
Night, sable goddess ! from h er ebon throne,
In rayless maj esty, now stretches forth
Iler leaden sceptre o'er a slumb'ring world.

\

"0 Earth, Ruth, Earth ! cannot my groans pervade
T?y stony heart to embowel me alive
U ndcr this rock, before to-morrow's sun
Find me here welteri ng in the sordid dust,
A spectacle of scorn to all my host,
Wont to behold in me their ki ngly chief?"

2. Personify the following subjects in the lowest degree : 1foDF.L.- vYaves; ocean.
"Tllo hungry waves ; the angry ocean."

A b rook ; A waterfall ; The wind; A tempest; Time ;
Fortune; Adversity.
The earth ; The woods ; The mountains ; The sun ; The
moon ; Science ; Art.

114

A.POSTROPHE.-EXERCISES.

PERSONIFICATION.- EXERCISES.

SprinO'
o'· Summe-, ·' A ut umn; w·
. rnter· Heat· Fire; An
earthquake; Cold; Snow; Hail; Frost. '
'
D' Idleness·' 11.firth ·1 F 0 J1 Y'• I ntc mperance ; Pleasure· Pain·
isease; Death; The grave; Charity; Hope. Faith: Joy '
" p
.
'
'
"· crson1fy tho following subject~ in tho second de
·MODEL. - " He drew his sword."
greo ·
"The sword leapt from its scabbard."

.

The moon was shining on the brow of the mount.
The fire has been extinguished.
Th: sh.adows caused by night pass away.
1'faJestic mountains closed in the view.
He was very rich indeed.
N rain falls in the great desert.
The co?ntry was devastated by pestilence.
The mighty one is dead.
The ~elds produced abundantly.
Famme and want are depopulating the town.
The ple:i.sautness of the eveninrr
induced us to alk
0
She is deeply in love.
w •
The shades caused by night soon pass away.
The hands of the clock were at nine.
The infant sleeps undisturbed.
The air was so refreshing that we rode.
The stars cannot be seen through the clouds.

°

4. Personify tho following subjects in tli.e third de oo · MODEL. -" Contentment."
gr ·
"Contentment, thou parnnt of felicity I thou companion of hop 0 I if
tl1ou
· may iortw10
,..
, l shouldst· tnko . thioo abode in my bosom ' in vrun
wrcc < mo on mho8pttablo shores."

Night.
Hope.
Peace.
Light.
Sword.
W aves.

Ambition.
Death.
Sleep.

Pity.
Eternity.
Sorrow.

115

QUESTIONS.
What is Personification?
How many degrees are there?
What is the lowest?
The second degree?
Tho third?
What is tho rule?

APOSTROPHE.

§ 106. Apostrophe is that figure by which
we turn from the subject of discourse to address some other person, dead or absent, or
some object, as if that person or object were
actually before the speaker.
This figure is beautifully iilustrated by the foliowing passage : " Ilow arc the mighty fallen in the midst of the battle l 0
Jonathan thou wast slain in thy high places. I aro distressed
for thee, my brother Jonathan. Very pleasant hast thou been
unto me; thy love to me was wondeiful."

§ 107. The principal rule to be observed in
the use of the apostrophe, is that it should not
be loaded with studied ornament, nor extended
too far.
EXERCISES .
Transcribe the following passages and undorlino tho words ox:empli·
fying the figure.

"And the king was much moved, and went up to the
chamber over the gate, and wept; and M he went, thus he

·'

116

.A.POSTROPHE.- EXERCISES.
HYPERBOLE.-OBSERV.A.TIONS.

said, 0 my son Absalom ! Would God I had died for thee
0 Absalom, my son, my son!"
'
" O' h h
.
~
n, t at t ose lips had language!
ifo ha.s pass'd
With mo but roughly since I heard thee last;
Those lips are thino---thy ov.·n sweet smile I see;
The same that oft in childhood solaced me ·
Vo.ice only fails, else how distinct they say,'
Grieve not, my child j chase all thy fears away I
The meek intelligence of those dear eyes
(Blest be the art that can immortalize
'
The art that baffles Time's tyrannic claim
To quench it), here shines on me still the same."

ing far dist.ant and its white foam will deceive her for my
sails. My love' will retire, for it is night, and the dark wind
sighs in her hair. She will retire to the wa:ls of my feas'.~,
and think of the times that are past; for I will not return till
the storm of war is gone.
.
I cannot but imaofoe
the
virtuous
heroes,
legislators,
and
0
patriots of every age and country are ?~nding from. their elevated seats to witness this contest, as if they were incapable,
till it be brought to a .favor~ble issue, of enjo~ing their eterna~
T
~ t these illustnous mortals en3oy that repose.
ropoo~
~
.
Their mantle fell when they ascended; and thousands m£amed with their spirit and impatient to tread, .are ready to
swear by Him that sitteth upon the thron~ and liveth forever
and ever, that they will protect Freedom m he: last asylum,
and never desert that cause, which they sustamed by th<:ir
labors, and cemented with their blood.

2. Introduce the apostrophe in tho following passages : MoDEL.- " I know him, Horatio, a follow of infinite jest, of most e:x:-

collout fancy; he hath borne mo on l1is back a tbou&"lnd times. Here
hung those lips that I have kissed I know not how oil;. Where hill
gibes now? hill gambols? his songs ? his flashes of merriment that
'
were wont to sot tho tnblo in a roar?"

"I know him, Horatio, a fe llow of inOnito jest, of most excellent
fancy ; _he hath borne mo on his back a thousand times. Here hung
t~ose lips that I have kissed I know not how oft. Where aro your
g10cs now? your gambols? your songs ? your flashes of merriment that
wore wont to set the table in a roar?"
'

Thus passes the world away. Throughout all ranks and
..
"
con dit10ns, one generation passeth and another cometh·"
and this great inn is by turns evacuated and r<'plenished by
troops of succeeding p ilgrims. Tho world is vain and inconsfant. Life is fleeting and transient. When will the sons of
men learn to think of it as they ough t~ When will they
learn humanity from tho afflictions of their brethren· or
moderation and wisdom, from a sense of their own fuo-i~ive
state?
0
Strike the harp in praise of Brage1a, whom I left in the isle
of mist, the spouse of my love. Doth she raise her fair face
from the rock to find the sails of Cuthullia 1 The sea is roll-

117

QUES TI ONS .
What is Apostrophe?
.
What are the principal rules to be observed in the use of this figure?

ft,

r

HYPERBOLE .

§ 108. Hyperbole is a figure that represents
things as greater or less, better or worse than
reality ; e. g. "I will make thy seed as the dust
of the earth; so that if any man can number
the dust of the earth, then shall thy seed be
numbered also."
OBSERV .A.TIONS .
REMARK 1. -This figure is peculiarly graceful and pleas~nt,
when we do not accurately perceive the limits of the subJect

118

HYPERBOLE. -QUESTIONS.

HYPERBOLE. -EXERCISES.

The Scytbians, impressed with the fame of Alexander, were
astonished when they found him a little man.

we exaggerate; because~we most easily believe a thing is very
great, when we do not know exactly how great it is.
REMARK 2.- All discourse and writing admit hyperbole.
Though the offspring of the most violent passions, it is also
consistent with composure of mind. It sometimes affords
hi~·h enjoyment to tho imagination, and indulges this faculty
w1th the most magnificent exhibitions of nature and art. It
s~ines, however, with most conspicuous lustre in the higher
km~s of poetry and oratory. It appears chiefly in tragedy
dunng the first transports of passion ; and in all these cases it
may be employed to diminish ns well as magnify.
REMARK 3.-The errors 'most frequent in the use of this
~aure, arise either from overstraining, or introducing it on
unsuitable occasions.

"Sir, he may live;
I saw him beat the surges under him,
And ride upon their backs; he trode the water;
Whose enmity he flung aside, and brushed
The surge most swoll'n that met him."
2. Represent the followin g subjects by hyperbo1e.
Mon1,L.- " An interesting and important speech."
" His spocch was so deoply interesting and impressive, that tho very
walls listoned to his argurnonts, and wero moved by his eloquence."

.'

The following rules should be observed in the use of hyperbole : 1. This ~rrure should never be introduced in the description of any thi ng orrunary or familiar.
2. It cannot be properly introduced until the mind of the
reader is duly prepared.
3. It should bo comprehended in as few words as possible.
EXERCISES .
1. Transcribo tho following p:\ss:igos and underlino tho words exomplifying tho figuro.

I saw their chief tall as a rock of ice; his spear the blasted
fir; his shield the rising moon ; he sat on the shore like a
cloud of mist on a hill.
If all . the sticks in the world were made into pens, the
heavens mto paper, and the sea into ink, they could not furnish materials sufficient to describe the least part of your perfections.

119

The number of persons in a crowd.
The quantity of rain which falls in a shower.
The brightness of a lighted room.
They possess fortifications.
The aftliction caused by the death of his son.
T11e brightness of its coloring.
The size of tho ship.
His touch could soften.
If he had as many lives.
His eloquence was so impressive.
They were swifter.

<,

QUESTIONS.
Wbnt is hyperbole ?
Whnt is remarked of this figure?
Of all discourses and writing?
Most common errors ?
Wbat is Rulo First?
Second? Third?

~·

.'·

'·

''
. j;

120

.

.A...:.~TITHESIS.-EXERCISES.

ANTITHESIS. -EXERCISES .

ANTITHESIS .

R etween fame and true honor a distinction is to be mad e.
The former is blind and noisy applause ; the latt N a more
silent anJ internal homage.

§ 109. Antithesis is the contrast or opposition
between t wo different objects or qualities, that
their difference may be rendered more apparent ; e. g. "He can bribe, but he cannot seduce;
he can buy, but he -cannot gain; he ca.n lie, but
he cannot deceive."
OBS ERV .A.TIONS.

1.- Antithesis possesses all the advantages of
Climax, with which different things of the same kind impress
the mind ~vh en in juxtaposition; nnd it adds to these the
pleasures derivable from unexpected difference and surprise.
REMARK

2.- This figure is mostly employed in the delineation of characters, particularly in biography, history, and
satire.
REMARK

REMARK 3. -A continued succession of antitheses must be
avoided, otherwise our expressions will appear too studied and
labored, conveying an impression that greater attention bas
been paid to the manner of saying a thing than to the thing
itself.

The pri ncipal rule to be observed in the u~e of this figure,
is that it should be introduced sparingly, and only when the
points of contrast are obvious and natural.
EXERCISES.
1. Transcribo the following passages and underline the words exemplifying the fi gure.

121

A friend exaggerates a man's virtu es, an enemy hi;; mrn<leeds.

If Cato be censured, severely but justly, for aba n doni 11~ th e
c:rnse of iiberty, wh ich he would not survive ; what ~h n ll we
say of those, who embrace it faintly, pursue it irrci"o1utel y,
grow tired of it when they have much to hope, and give it up
wlrnn they have nothing to fear?
The anecdotes here related were true, and the refl ections
made on them were just, many years ago. Th e forme r would
not have been related, if he who relateJ th em haJ not known
I
them to be true ; nor the latter have been ma<le, if he who
maJe them had not known them to be just.
2. R eprese nt the following subjects in an tithesis.
"A wise man cndcr•rors to
shine in himRclf; a fool to outsbino otl1 ors. The former i~ hu mhlctl hy
a senso of hiR own in fir mities; tho latter is lifted up hy the d i:-;co\·C' ry
of thoso which ho d iscovers in oth ers. The wiso man co r1 ~ i d e rn wh:tt
ho wants, and tho fool what he abounds in. The wise mau is hap py,
wh en ho gains i1i::i own a pprobation, and tho fool when ho recommends
himself to tho applause of others."

:Honm..-" A wiso man and a fool."

D iscretion and cunning.
Tiri be and seduce.
Ambition anJ indolence.
True honor and religion.
True modesty and false .
The in dustrious and indolent.
Cheerfulness and mirth .
Temperance and exercise.
Pride and humility.
Honor and disgrace.

6

'.

• j

~

,,.

122

123

CLIMA.X. -EXERCISES.

CLIM.A.X. -EXERCISES.

QUESTIONS.

Virtuous actions are necess:uily approved by the awakened
conscience; and when they aro approved they are comn\en<led
to practice ; and when they are practiced they become ea;:;y;
and wh en they become easy they afford pleasure; and when
they afford pleasure they are done frequently; an<l when they
are done frequently they are confirmed by habit; and confirmed habit is a kind of second nature.
For I am persuaded, that neither death, nor life; nor angels,
nor prineipalitics, nor powers; nor things present, nor things
to come; nor height nor depth ; nor any other creature, shall
be able to separate us from the love of God, which is in Christ
Jesus our Lord.

Whn.t is Antithesis?
·what is remarketl oi it?
Row is tl1is figure mostly om ployed?
What is said of a. continued succession?
Principal rules?

.,

CLIMAX .

§ 110. Climax is a figure of arrnngement, in
which the senses rise, by successive steps, to
what is more and more important, or descends
to what is more and more minute; e. g. "There
is no enjoyment of property without government· no bo·overnmcnt without a ma0<Tistrate ;
no marristrate
without obedience; and no
0
obedience where every one acts as he pleases."
l

OBSERV .A.TIONS .

l . -C1imax is nearly related to hyperbole, and
differs from it chiefly in degree.
REMARK 2.-A wri ter or i;:peaker, who by force of argument,
has established his principal poin t, may sometimes introduce
with an n.dvantacre
at ilie close of his discourse.
this ficrurc
b
0
'
REMARK

EXERCISES.
1. Transcribe tho following passages and underline tho words exemplifying the figure.

It is highly criminal to bind a Roman citizen; to scourge
him is enormous guilt; to kill him is almost parricide ; but
by what name shall I designate the crucifixion of him¥

2. Arrange the members in each of the following passages so as to
form a clim:i,x.
MovEL. -" ·what a piece of work is man I in action how like an
angel l how noble in reason l in apprehension how like a god l how infinite in faculties l in form and motion how expressive and <odmi.rable I"
"\:Vb::it a piece of work is man l how noule in reason l how infinite
in faculties l in form and motion bow expressive and admirable l in
action how like an angel I in apprehension how like a god l"

Nothing can be more worthy of us, than to contribute to
the happiness of those who have been once useful, and are still
willing to be so; to be a staff in their declining days; to
make the w1nter of old age wear the aspect of spring; to
allow them not to feel the want of such enjoyments as they
are not able to procure ; and smooth the furrows in the faded
cheek.
'
The history of every succeeding generation is this. New
object'> attract the attention; new intrigues engage the passions
of men ; new actors come forth on the stage of the world; a
new world, in short in the course of a few years, has gradually
and insensibly risen around us; new ministers fill the temples
of religion ; new members the seats of j ustice.
It is pleasant to command our appetites and pas.'lions, and

i'

i'

";.
i'.

;·
I

:·

,i

~

''

124

125

CRITICAL EXAMINATION OF SENTENCES.

CRITICAL EXAMrnATION OF SENTENCES.

to keep them in due order, within tho bounds of reason and
relig ion, because that is empire ; it is pleasant to mortify and
subdue our lusts, because that is vi ctory; it is pleasant to be
vi rtuous and g ood, because that is to excel many others ; it is
pleasant to grow better, because th:-it i:s to excel ourselves.

"There is a time when factions, by the vehemence of their
own fermentation, stun and disable one another."
"The man who has no rule over his spirit, possesses no nntidote against poison of any sort. He lies open to every insurrection of ill humor, and gale of distress. vVhorea.q, 110
who is employed in regulating bis mind, is making provi~ions
against all the accidents of life. Ile is erecting a fortress, into
which he may retreat wi th satisfaction in the day of sorrow."
"Since the time the reason began to bud, and put fvrth her
shoots, thought, during our waking hours, has been active in
every breast, without a moment's suspension or pause. The
current of ideas has been always moving. The wheels of
the spiritual engine havo exerted themselves wi.th perpetual
motion."

QUE ST I ON S.
What is Climo.x?
•
Who.t is romarkod respecting it?
W hen properly introduced?

CRITICAL EXAMINATION OF SENTENCES.

§ 111. vVrite a critical examination of the
following sentences, commenting on the figures
of speech and thought.

"A lover may bestride the gossamer,
That idles in the wanton summer air,
And yet not fall- so light is vanity."

EXE RC I SES .
Eloquence, that leads mankind by tho cars, gin's a nobler
superiority than power, which every dunce may uso ; or than fraud,
which any knavo may employ to lcau men by tho nose."
"In this p::issago, the antithesis is instituted by leading men by tho
ears, which is the business of oloqucnce, ruid leading them by the nose,
which is sa id to bo tho office of power or fraud. That eloqncneo should
Jo:id men by tho oars is nnturnl and intolligiblo, but where i~ tho 'Xln·
noction between fraud or power nnd tho no1<0? To mnko out tho
figure the author is obliged to havo recourse to a vul ~ar and metaphor·
ical sense of tho words "leading by the nose," in which they denote
leading in an ignominious manner, wi thout conviction. Deny this re.
source and tho antithesis vanishes, or consists merely in words."- - J aimeson.
MODEL.-

"

"Let us be attentive to keep our mouths as wi th a bridle;
and to steer our vessel n.right, that '"o may avoid the rocks
and shoals wLich lio every where around us."

l

I

I

"Daughter of heaven, fair art tl:1ou ! The silence of thy
face is pleasant: thou comest forth in loveliness; the stars attend thy blue steps in the east. The clouds rejoice in thy
presence 0 moon ! and brighten their dark brown si<les.
Who is like thee in heaven, daughter of the ni ght~ The
stars arc ashamed in thy presence, and turn aside their sp:i.rkling <'JCS. vVhithcr dost thou retire from thy course, when
the darkness of thy countenance grows 1 Hast thou thy hall
like Oi::sian ? Dwellest thou in the shadows of grief1 Ilavo
thy sisters fallen from heaven? and are they who rejoiced
with thee at night no more? Yes, they have fallen, fair light t
and often dost thou retire to mourn. But thou thysel f i;halt
one night fail, and leave thy blue path in heaven. The stars
will thou lift their heads ; they who in thy presence were astonished will rejoice."

..

126

I

ORIGINAL COilfPOSITION.

f

ORIGINAL COMPOSITION. -NARRATIVES.

127

l

"A very shower
Of beauty is thy earthly dower l
Twice seven consenting years have shed
Their utmost bounty on thy head :
And these gray rocks, this household lawn,
These trees, a veil just half withdrawn,
This little bay, a quiet road
That holds in shelter thy abode;
In truth, together you do seem
Liko something fashioned in a dream."

I

NARRATIVES .

§ 116. A Narrative is an account or relation
of the leading particulars of something that we
have seen, heard, or read, detailed in regular
order.
§ 117. Narratives may be regarded either
as Simple or Complex.
§ 118. In a Simple Narrative, the principal

ORIGINAL COMPOSITION .

events or incidents only are enumerated.

§ 112. To be able to write with facility, it is

§ 119. In a Complex Narrative, a greater

necessary to practise the various kinds of Original Composition.
§ 113. The great divisions under which all
composition may be classed are Prose and
Poetry.
§ 114. Prose is the art of expressincr ideas in
h.
b
t err natural order without reference to any
exact arrangement of sounds or syllables . .

latitude is allowable, comprising a brief description of the persons concerned, and the parts
they acted.
RU L ES .

§ 120. The following rules should be strictly observed : 1. Select for narration only those events or incident.., which
may be consi<lere<l of primary importance. Let these bo detailed in the order of time and pbce.
2. Reject all improper digressions or allusions to things remotely connected with the main object.
3. Let each pararrra h com rise the sentences that belong

§ 115. The following arc tho leading varieties of Prose
Composition : 1.
2.
3.
4.

Narr~tive ;'

Descriptive ;
Epistolary ;
Essays;
5. Argumentative Discourses.

(
I

4. Let your language be chaste and significant ; and each
sentenee neat and perspicuous.
5. Bring the whole to a suitable conclusion.

'
I

'

..
128

ORIGINAL COMPOSITION.-NARRATIVES.

r

ME1IORITER EXERCISES .

129

he haJ been articled as an apprentice, antl set off to scc:k 11is
fo rtune in New York. Disappointed iu finding busiucss tlicrc
he ·w ent to Pliiludelpltia. After remainiug there sometime be
went to Eugland, where he entered a printing-office and
worked for a year and a halt: This visit proved of great advantage to him, both directly in his business as a printer, and
in expanding his mind. His energy and perseverance made
him finally, what was to be expected, a successful tradesman.
When the difference between the American colonies and
the mother countries commenced, Franklin was sent as minister to France and England. The art of composition of which
he had become master, was cm )Joyed in drawing up addresses,
and declarations in defence of the politics of the new Republic. Ile was elected delegate to Congress and was foremost
in the struggle for independence. After having enjoyed many
honors, he died at Philadelphia, in 1790, at the age of 84.

§ 121. Th ese exercises are introduced to assist the Young
Composer; if they arc stu lied according to the diroctiowi,
they will be found both interesting and instructive.
DIRECTIONS .

1. Let the class carefully rertd the example two or three
times, aud the teacher notice the order of events, and the
manner in which they are conveyed .
2. After the 1ooks are laid asicle, let tho pupil reproduce
the whole in his own language.
3. J_.et the pupil's production be compared with the
original and the deviations and omissions carefully noti ced.
DR. FRANKLIN .

-Dr. Fr:i.nklin was a remarkable, rather than an accomplished
man. 'J'be an cestors of his family wero of English desce nt.
Dissatisfied with the government at home, his father and
uncle, who were dissenters, croRsocl the Atlnntic nnd settled in
New England. Ilere his father set up tho business of a soapboiler and tallow-chandler.
Benjami n Franklin was born in 1705, and was one of a
family of thirteen. Ile was tried at several trades, none of
whi c:h suited l1im ; but finally ho settled upon the business of
a p rin te r, one not much practised nt that time in tl1is country.
His father seems to have contribulccl much to form the character of l1is son. By example, ho tangl1t l1im to ni1n at l.1igh
atlll honorabl e objcets. Ho urged l1im to Lestow pains upon
t]Jc cultivation of an accurate and just t:lSte in composit ion ;
and by Lis own necessities, tangbt l1im to pursue tlte task of
earning his brcaJ with industry and honor.
Ai seventeen, Benjamin disagreed with his brother to whom

ORIGINAL cmrPOSITION.- NARRA.TIVES.

EXEROISE .

Read, reproduce, and compare according to directions.

"'
THE BOYHOOD OF SIR ISA.AC NEWTON.

I

I
!

!
I

Isanc Newton was born at Woolsthorpe, Lincolnshire, on
Christmas day, 1642. Ifo was remarkably small and tender,
as a child, and it was a saying of his mother's that at that
time she could have pot him into a quart mug. As he grew
up he became robust, and enjoyed the blessing of health and
a vigorous constitution until his eighteenth year. At twel ve
years of age, having received some previous instruction, he
was sent to school at Grantham, when, like Bacon, he showed
remarbblo proof of a gifted nnd thoughtful mind. Instead
of playing wi th the other boys, he was almost alw:ip bm~ied
in forn1i[Jtr
different kinds of models of wood; for this purpose,
0
6*

,..

i

,,I .

·,I

'''

130

ORIGINAL COMPOSITION.-NARRATIVES.

h o procnred saws, h atchets, hammers, and other tools; and
succecdctl in p rod ucing a wootlen clod:. Tlic ouj ect,
however, which chielly enga..~·cd li is attention, \HIS a new windm ill wLich was building near Grantl1am. vVatching tho
progress <Jf its constructi on, ho made one on a very small
scale, wl1ich in workmm1 ship was considered equal to tho
original. V/hen fiuisl1ed, he set it upon the top of the h ouse
where he lodged ; and, fitting a small piece of linen to each
of t bo sails, saw h ow the wind turned them. Ile put a mouse
into the mill , aud called it the miller; which , instead of helping to turn the sails, as his master wished, often stopped to
cat the corn that was put in to be ground.
We have not time, curious as it might be, to describe all
his plans of this kind, and tho pursuits which kept him low in
his class at school. · Little did his teac11er and school-follows
inug ine wh en, no ticing his neat kites which he flew at Grant l1arn, aml tl1e tran sparen t p;1per lanterns with can d les in focm,
fastened to their tails, looking like so m:my comet;;, that the
youn g inventor woui d one day astonif'h not only Europe, but
tb e wh ole worlJ , by the discovery of the intricate though
harmonious laws of creation itself; and aid in evincing the
wisdom of God in tho mo ' t wonderful of his works! And still
less did bis mother dream of this mighty result, wlicn she
took him away from school, to help to keep bis father's farm,
and attend market. Often, indeed, between home and tow n,
h e stopped to study some old book under a hedge, or when
sent to wnk h tho sheep. It has been said, that :m inge11ious
person is :scluom idle; a ud, doulitlcss, from tho period at which
Newton could think and reason, his mind was incessantly and
profoundly at work.

ORIGINAL COMPOSITION.-NARRATIVES.

131

CA.PT.A.IN COOK.

CVC IJ

EXERCISE .

Read r<'p rod uce, nn1l co mpnre acconling to 1lircclions.

I
l

Jam es Cook, a very distinguished navigator, was the son
of a farm-servant iu Yorkshire, where he was born on tho
27th of October, 1728. He was one of a family of nine children, and experi enced great hardships in his early years. A t
the age of thirty he was a common seaman; as soon as his
character and extraordinary capacity became known, he was
rapidly promoted.
In the beginning of the reign of George the Third, a great
spirit of g eographical discovery was excited by the attenti on
paid to the subject by government; and Cook h aving been
made lieutenant, was sent on a voy age of discovery in 17 68.
On the 30th of July that year, he sailed in the Endeavor, and
commenced a course of discoveries which tiave rendered h is
name irnmortc-il. He made three voyages, to whi ch we aro
indebted for the g reatest part of the knowledge we p o~~c~s of
the regions scattered th rough the Pacific Ocean. Of these
several haJ been visited by other navigators; but it was a
remarkable circumstance in his voyages, that, wher ever ho
touched, every thing relative to the place was determined with
such accuracy and fullness that the imperfect accounts of
former discoverers seemed to go for nothing.
From his tbircl voyage, Captain Cook never returned. T110
circumstances of his death are of the most trn g ical kind.
When his vessel was on the coast of tlie island of Owhyhec,
several articles having been stolen from the sliip by the natives,
the Captain took the imprudent resolution of going on shore
with a very few men to compel restitution. At first no sign
of hostility was manifested, but presently the natives were
observed to be gathering in great numbers, and arming them selves with long spears and clubs. The Capt<tin began lo
tbink liis situation d;1n•rerous
·, ho ordered his men to return
.-,
to the l>cach, au<..l We UL HlOJJ_!:\' with them, holding tlic Kiug uy

<:

.,

"

' ~

"

I

132

11!1

;~:

1,11

I
\l

:

B

"''
'1i

,I
~;

\
I

'''I'
"'

1.'

133

ORIGIN.AL COMPOSITION. -N.ARRATIVES.

ORIGIN.AL COMPOSITION.-NAnRATIVES.

tho hand, whom he intended to t:ike on board, as a h ostage
for the good conduct of his subjects. As they were approaching the boat, an Indian threw a stone at the Captain, who returned the insult by fi ring at tJie man; but the shot not
taking effect, he knocked him down with his musket. A
confused scuffie ensued ; the men on board the boat.<i fired
among the natives ; who ru hing among the former drove
them into the water, whence they got on board one of the
boats, the Captain alone being left behind. A t last, an Indian
struck him on the back of the head '';ith a club, an<l then
hastily ran back. Captain Cook staggered a few paces, and
then fell on his hand and one knee, dropping bis musket.
Anoth er Indian now stabbed him in th e neck ; others crowded
upon him, wi th whom he struggled violcutly, looking to the
boat." as if for assistance. At last, a savage struck him with
a club ; tl1is blow probably put an end to his xistence, M he
struggled no longer. Thus died this great navigator, about
the 20th of February, 1779.

prevailed upon him to abandon his design. After his disap·
pointment in regard to entering the navy, he dcvote<l much
of his timo to the study of mathematics and surveying. At
the age of nineteen, when the militin were to be trained to
resist the encroachments of the French, he recei\•ed the appointment of adjutant-general, with t he rank of major. In
the unfortunate expedition of General Braddcok he served as
aid-de-camp; and on the fall of that brave but rash command er, he conducted the retreat of the corps under Colonel
Dun bar in a manner that displayed great military talent.
At the commencement of the revolutionary war he was selected ns the most proper person to take the chief command
of the provin cial troops. From the moment of taking upon
himself t his im portan t office, be devoted the grc1tt powers
of his mind to this favorite object, and by his prn<lf>n1.:e, his
valor, and presence of mind, he deserved and obtained tl1e
confidence and gratitude of his country, and finally triumphed
over all opposition. The record of his services is the history
of the whole war. ·when the independence of his country
was established, he resigned bis high office to Congress, and
followed by the applause a.nd grateful admiration of his followcitizens, retired into private life. H is high cb1tractc r and
services naturally entitled him to the high est gifts bis country
could bestow, and on tl1e organization of the government he
was called upon to be th e first PresiJent. It w a~ a period of
great difficulty and danger. The unsubdued Rpirit of liberty
bad been roused and kindled by the revolution of Frnnce, and
many Americans were eager that the freedom and equality
which they enjoyed should be extended to the subjects of the
F rench monarch. W ashington anticipated the plans of tbe
foetious, and by prudence and firmness subduC'd in;.urrection,
and sil<:>ncea discontent. In 1795 he completed the lrnsinci.<s
of his office by signing a commercial treaty with Great Britai n,
and then voluntarily resigned his power at a moment when

EXERCISE.

R ead, reprod'Uce, and compare according to directions.
GEOR GE WA SH ING TON.

George Washington was born in the pari sh which bears
his fam ily name, in the county of \.Vestmoreland, Va., on the
2Zd of February, 1732. Ile was the third son of Aug ustine
W asbington, a planter, of respectable talents, distinguished
integrity, and large estate. At the age of ten he lost his
father. The patrimonial estate descended to L awrence "Washi11gton, his elder brother. At the age of fifteen he entered
the British navy as midshipman. Every thing was in readiuoss for his departure, when the fears of an affoctionate mother

'

I

134

ORIGIN AL COM.POSITION . -NARRATIVES.

ORIG INAL COMPOSITION.-

all liands :md all hearts were uni ted again to confer upon him
the !"o,·erl.!ig11ty of the country. Re::;tored to tho peaceful retir~ment of Mount Vernon, lie devotcll hi mself to the pursuits
of agriculture. Ile <lied after a sh ort illness, on the 14th of
December, 1 790. His last words were, "Doctor, I am dying ;
out I <lJil not afraid to die."

135

canes and sbrul>s that covereJ tho bank, while clv,;l'ly puNiCll
by th e nlligator, a fi erce and fe rocious tiger sp run~ towards
Lim, at the instant the jaws of his enemy wern cxkndcd to
devour bim. At tl1is a wful moment Campbell was presc n·cd.
The cager tiger, by overleaping, fell into the gripe of tl10 alli<rator.
A Lorri lile confl ict then ensued. The water mt'l
0
coloreJ with the l>l ood of the t iger, whose efforts to tear tbo
scaly covering of the alligator were ineffectual, while the latter
had tho advantage of ke('ping his adversary under ' rnter, l1y
whi ch tho vi ctory was p resently ol>tained, fur tho ti ger':> death
was now effected . Tl1ey both sank to tho bottom, and we
saw them no more.
Campbell 'was recovered, and insta ntly conveyed on l>onr•l;
he d i<l not speak wh ile in tho boat, though his dangl.!r b:vl
c~mpletcly sol>ered h im. The moment he lcapeLl on <leek,
he foll Oll ]1is knees, and return ed thauk s to I'roviJencc th at
ha<l so signal ly protected him ; and wl wt i::; most ~ingular,
from that day to the present, he has never l>ccn seen intoxicated, or hoard to utter an oath.

EXERCISE.

Read, 1·eproduce, and compare according to directions.
TIIE ADVENTURE OF A SAILOR .

Tho ocean was smooth, :mcl the heat very great., which
made us so languid, that almost a ge11eral wi~h prevailed to
batl10 in tl1e waters of the Congo. Joh nson and I \Yero dctene<l from it by an apprehension of shai-ks, many of wliich
had been obse rved in tho progress of onr voynge. Campbell,
alone, who bad been drinking, was ol>stinntely l1cnt on goinoover.b oard, a~d altLough wo used every means in our };owe~
to dissuade him to tho contrary, be dashed into the water, and
Lad swam some distance from the vessel, when we discovered
an alligator maJ~ing towards him behind a rock that stood a
short ~i~tance from th_o shore. Jiis csc:1pe seemed impos. ible ;
yet w1llrng to do all 111 my po wer, I ordered the l1oat to be
hoi8ted, and wo fired at tho approacLiu o- all io-:itor but wi th otit
.:'.)
Cl
'
effect, fo r tho halls glided over his scaly co \·ering- like hailstones on a tiicd-p oni house, and his progress w:is in no ways
im peded.
. The report of the piece made Campbell ncq nnin tcd with
ln s danger; he Raw the creature making towa rds l1im and
wi tli all tl1e skill of which he was master made fo r the ~li ore'.
Now n 1'.rn111cnt arrived beyond tl1e l'b!l of my Jli' ll :uleq uaf;c·ly
to d · ' <.: nGc. On approacliing wi tl 1iu a sl1 ort Jista1 1ec of sorno

NARltATIVBS.

'"'.,
EXERCISES .

Read, reproduce, and compare accordjng to the directions.

TIIE FATAL JOKE .

,l
(

I was once present, when a small party of young persons
were warmly discussing the subj ect of practical jokes. A fter
an interesting debate, a gentleman whose singular melan choly
and ckj ected air had attracted our attention relaterl the fol lowing story :
In my younger Jays I was fond of a joke, and never suffered a gvod vpporluui ty to pass unimproved. It was late
I

·;

'

/

136

ORIGINAL COMPOSITIO N. -NARTIATIVES.

one eYening that my cousin Robert and myself returned to
my room. I had just been on a visi t to New York, and had
b rought home many curious toys; nmong them was a mask,
tl1e use of which I exp1ained to my unsophisticated cousin.
I was in my gayest mood, just rcaJy for an ad venture.
Some evil spirit., I know not wh at else it could have been,
impelle<l me on. M y phns were these : My cousin wn s to
<lress l1imse1f in a suit corresponding with the mask, return
l1ome, and by rapping call his sister to the door; I was to
stand near and participate in the joke.
At first he refused, but after much persuasion suffered himself to be arrayed as my fancy suggested. \Vhen at length
h e was dressed, I placed the mask on his face. W e advanced
cautiou:;ly to l1is foth er's re. id ence, each took l1is station,
Robert at th o door, and I at tho win do w near l1irn . The curtain wa:; partly drawn aRi de, so th:it I could easily <li8tinguish
every oliject in the room. AB we had an ticipated, she was
nl ne. The domestics lrn<l nll retired, and I know my old
uncle too well to believe that he was anywhere but in the
arms of Somnus.
Robert's sister was sitting by a sm all table in the centre of
tho room, absorbed in a book. Iler fair hand supported her
head, and her hair hung down h er neck in beautiful ringlets.
A loud rap was given. She paused for a moment, arose
and approl.l.ched the door. As she opened it, tho mask
steppe<l before her. Ilow slwll I describe the ~ccn o that followed. I shudd er to think of it. Instnntly nll emthly hue
left her face ; wi tJ1 a. pierci ng cry she fell heavily on the floor.
Quicker than lightn ing I was at her side; I grnsped her
wr1st ; its pulsations had ceased. She was dead .
E:S::ERCISE .

Read, reproduce,

~1.n<l

compare according to directions.

ORIGINAL CO"MPOSITION. -NARRATIVES.

137

TIIE LITTLE HERO OF ll.A..A.RLEi>L

At an early period in the history of .Holla~~' a boy was
born in Haarlem, a town remarkable for its varieLy of fo rtu.ne
in war ; but happily still more for its manufactures a ~cl rnventions in peace. His father was a Sluicer-tlrn.t is, on.o
whose employment was to open and shut the slui ces tliat close
the entrance of the canals and secure H olland from the dan ger
to which it seems exposed, of finding itself under water, rather
than above it. '\Vhen wanted, the sluicer rai ses t1ic gates
more or less as required, and closes them carefully again at
niO"ht · otherwise 'the water woul<l fl.ow into the cannl s, then
0
'
overflow
them, ancl inundate the whole country; so thrit even ·
the little children in IlollanJ are fully aware of the import:rnco
of a punctual discharge of the sluicer's duty. A boy wlio "·a:1
about eight years old, asked permission to ta~e some cakes to
a poor blind man, who lived at the other. s1Jo of tho dyke.
His father gave him leave, but charged him not to stay too
late. The child promised, and set off on his little journey.
The blind man th ankfully partook of his young fri end'ti cnkef',
and the boy, mindful of his father's orJers, d id not wait as
usual to hear one of the old man's stories, but hastened home.
As he went along the canals, then quite full, for it was in
October, and the autumn rains had swelled the watcrs--thc
boy stopped to pull the blue flower his mother loved ; o well ;
now in childish gaiety, hummed some merry Rong. 1ho road
gradually became more solitary, and soon neith er the joyous
shouts of the villager, returning to his cott.:1ge-home, nor th o
rouO"h voice of the carter grumbling at his bzy horsef', was
0
auy longer to be heard. The little fellow now perc:i~ed t.hat
tho blue of the flowers in his hand was scarcely chstrngu1shable from the green of the surrounding herbage, and he looked

I',

. i

., '

up in some dismay.
.
.
The night was falling ; not, however, a dark wmter mght,

.

',

, '

138

ORIGIN.AL COMPOSITION. -NA.RR.A.TIVES.

but one of those beautiful, clear, moonlight nights, in which
every ~bj ect is perceptible, though not as distinctly as by day.
Th~ child th?ught of his father, of his injunction, and was prepan~g to qmt the ravine in wl1ich he was almost buried, and
regam the bwch, when suddenly a slight noise, like the trickling of water on pebbles, attracted his attention. Ile was
~ear one of tho large sluices, and he now carefully examines
it, and soon discovers a hole in the wood, through which the
":~tc r _wns flowing. Wi th the instant perception which every
c111ld m Holland would have, the boy saw that the water must
s~on enlarge the hole through whi ch it was now only droppmg, and that utter and general ruin would be the consequence of the inundation of tho country that must follow.
To sec, to throw :i:way tho flowers, to climb from stone to
stone till he kid reached tho bole, and put his finger into it,
wns but the work of a moment, and to bis ddight ho finds
th:it he has succeeded in stopping the flow of tho water.
This >Yas well for. a while, and the child only thought of
the success of his device. But the night was closing in, and
with the night came the cold. The little boy looked around
in vain. No one came. Hes houted- he called loudly- no
one answered. Ilo resolved to stay all night, but alas ! the
col<l was becoming every moment more biting, and the poor
fi nger fi_,..;:cd in the hole began to feel benumbed, and the
numbness soon extended to tho hanf1, :md thence the arm.
T li o pain became f'till gruatc r, still l1nrrlcr to bear, l>ut still tl10
boy moved not. Tears rolled down his checks as be thougl1t
o [ h i:< father, of his mother of h is little bed where he mi ;rht
'
'
0
now be sleeping soundly; but still tho little fellow stirred not,
for ho knew that did he remove the small slender fincrcr
which
0
he had opposed to th o escape of tho water, not only would ho
himself bo drowned, but Lis father, his brothers, bis neighbors
- nay the whole village. \Ve know not what faltcrinrr
of
0
purpose, what momentaryT failures of courarro
there
mirrht
0
b

I
r

I

ORIGINAL COMPOSITIO:N. -NARR.A.TIVES.

139

have been during that long, terrible night; but certnin it is
that at day-break he was found in the same painful pof'i tion
by a clergyman returning from attem1ance on a death-b_ed,
who as he advanced, the ught he heard groans, and bend mg
over the dyke, discovero1 a. child seated on a stone, writhin;
from pain, nnd with pale face and tearful eyes.
" In the name of wonder, boy,'' he exclaimed, "what arc
. t11cre i."
you dorng
"I am bindcrinrr
the water from running
out,'' . \Yas t110
0
.
answer, in perfect simplicity, of tho c1nld, who, dunng that
whole nigh t, bad been evincing such heroic fortitmle arnl un-

J

·..
.

daunted courage.

'.·'

'

EXERCISE .

Read, reproduce, and compare according to directions.

THE WOLF CTIASE.

During the winter of 1844; being engaged in the .northern
1
p:-irt of Maine, I had much leisure to devote to inc w1l~ sports
of a new country. To none of them was I more pass10natcly
addicted than .s1rnting. I had 1eft my friend's house one
nigh t, just before du~k, with the intention of skating a short

J

1

.
.
distnnce up tl1e nob1c Kennebec.
I ]1a(J gone up the river nenrly two mile~, when comm~ to a
little strea m which empties into the larger, I tumell to explore
its course. I~ir and hemlock of a century's growth met overhead, and formed an nrclmay radiant with frost-work. Al:
was dark withi n, but I was young and fearless, and as I pas;;cct
into au unbroken forest that reared itself on the borders of the
stream, I laughed >rith very joyousness, ~y '~ild hurrah ran ~
through the silent woods, and I stood ~1stemng to the echo
that reverberated again and again until all was hut;hccl. 1

. .f:'.

'i

' ·.

"'•

.':..·,

')
140

ORIGINAL COMPOSITION.- NARRATIVES.

thought how often the Indian hunter had concealed himself
behind those very trees- how ofteu his arrow had pierced tho
deer by this very stream. Then turning from fancy to reality,
I watched a couple of white owls that sat in their hooded
s~'tte, with ruffied pantalots and long ear tabs, dcbati no- in
silent conclave the affairs of their frozen realm. Suddenly a
sound arose--it seemed to come from beneath the ice · it
'
sounded lo w and tremulous at first until it ended in one wild
yell. I was appal.led. N ever before had such a noise met my
ears. I thought it mortal- so fierce, and amid Sllch an un• broken soli tude, it seemed as if a fiend had blown a blast from
an infernal trumpet.
Presently I heard the twigs on shore snap, as if from tho
tread of so~e animal, and the blood rushed back again to my
forehead wi th a bound that mado my skin burn and I felt re..lrn.v~ d tnat
1
I h ad to contend wi th things earthly,' and not of a
spm tual nature- my enero-ies returned, and I loQked around
me f~r some means of escape. The moon shone through tho
openmg of the mouth of the creek by which I had entered tho
forest, and considering this the best means of escape, I darted
towards it like an arrow. It was near1y a. hundred yards distant, and the swallow could scarcely excel my desperate fli ght;
yet as I turned my head to the sl1ore I could see two dark
objects da bing through tho underb~ush at a pace nearly
double t~1e speed of my own. By their great speed and short
yells which they occ11Sionally gave, I lrnew at onoo that tbeso
were the much drcn<led grey wolf.
. Tho b~shes. that skirted the Rhore flew past wi th tho velocity of ligl1tnm;r as I dasbeu on in my fliglit to pass the narrow opening. The outlet was nearly gained ; one second more
and I wo~ld be comparatively safe, when my pursuers
appeared . directly on the bank above me, which here rose
to the height of ten feet. There wns no time for thouo-ht
so I bent my beau and dashed madly forward. Tho wolve;

01UG IN AL COiitPOSITION .-NARRATIVES.

I

I
I

141

f'prang behind, while their intended prey glided out on the
river.
Nature turned me toward home. The li gh t ihkes of snow
f'pun from t110 iron of my skates, and I wa;; some <l ist:rnc:c
from my pursuers, when their fierce howl told me I "' [IS thr ir
fu ffitivc. I di<l not feel afraid, or ;;orry, or glad; one thought
ofl 1omo, of the bright faces awaiting my return, of their te:irs
if they should never sec me ; and then every ener~y of t.hc
body and mind was exerted for escnpe. Nearer and neai:cr
they came-I he:ml their feet pattering on t~e ice n~arer st111,
until I could feel their breath and hear thei r snufl1rng scent.
Every nerve and muscle in my fr:ime were stretched to the
utmost tension. The trees :ilong the shore seemed to dn.nce
in the uncertai n li~ht, and my brai n turned with my ow.n
breathless 8 peed, yet still they seemed to hiss for th their
breath wi th a sound truly horri1le, when an involuntary motion 011 my part turned mo out of my course. The wolves
close behind unable to stop, and as unable to turn on the
'
1 .
smooth i~e slinpecl ancl fc11 , still going on far a.bead; t 1cir
'
1
.
.
.
f
1 .
tongues were lolling out, their white tusks g1anng rom L1:1 r
bloody mouths; their dark, shaggy breasts were fleeced w1 th
foam , and as th ey pa.s."en me their eyes gl:l.red, ancl they
howled with fury. The thought dn.<1hcd on my mind. that by
turnin ..,. aside whenever they came too near, as th ey were unable t~ run only in a straight li.ne, I could avoid them ..
I immediately acted on this plan.' The wolves havin g re. gained their feet, sprang directly towards me. The raoo was
renewed for twenty yards up stream; they were al ready close
to my back, when I glided round and d~hed directly pa..~t my
pursuers. Had my skates failed for an mstant; hau I tnpped
on a stick, or caught my foot in a fissure of the ice, the story
I am now telling would never have ~en told.

' ,.

'.;

142

NARRATIONS FROM: IIINTS.

N.ARR.ATIONS FROM HINTS.

EXERCISE .

formation in a plain, direct, straightforward manner, and used
to say, Whether you quote or collate, do it fairly :rnd accurately; on one occasion he said, he never remembered any
thing but what he had transcribed three times, or read over
six times, at the least, and any one would have as good a
memory who did the same, he often said he had not naturally
a good memory, what he had obtained in this respect was the
effect of discipline, his recollection really wonderful , has been
known to cha1leng<01 any one to repeat a line or phrase from
any Greek dramatic authors and would in, tantly go on with
the context, Porson by no means excelled in conversation, he
neither wrote nor spoke with facility, in Porson were blended
very opposite qualities, in some things he appeared to be of unshaken firmn ess, in others he was wayward capricious, di:i.covered the weal-ness of a child, sometimes he would confine
himself for days together in his chamber, at other times, he
could not resist the allurements of social conversation, he was
a man of inflexible integrity, had an invincible regard for
truth, possessed the most determined perseverance, would have
been a greater man had he been a better man.

Read, reproduce, and compare according to directions.

NARRATIONS FROM IIIN TS.

§ 122. In these exercises, the pupil is fur··j

nished with hints briefly expressed. These
must be arranged into appropriate paragraphs;
~he sentences constructed with neatness and
perspicuity, and the ideas involved in each
clause fully developed.
PROFESSOR PORSON.
From the following hint~ arrango u connected narrative.

.

"

Richard Porson, born Christmas day, 17 59, parents poor,
persons of sound sense, when Richard could speak, bis father
taught him reading and writing by means of a piece of chalk
or finger on the sand, his fancy was thus delighted, an ardor
of imitating whatever ·was put before him was excited, the
walls of his house were covered with characters, those attracted
notice from their neatness and fidelity of delineation, excellence of penmanship was ever after one of bis accomplishments, his father taught him arithmetic up to cube root without a slate, before he was nine years of age, l1is extraordinary
memory soon developed itself, ho was noticed by several gentlemen, sent by them to school, made r:ipid progress, read
everything that came in his way, sent by the same friends to
Eton, subsequently to Cambridge, became Greek professor
there, afterwards appointed librarian to the London Institution, enjoved this for several years, died in London in 1808 in
the 49th year of his age, he is said to have communicated in-

143

MARQUIS DE L.A. FAYETTE.
From the following hints arrange a connocted narrative.

Gilbert Mottier, Marquis de La Fayette, born 1757, nt
Chavagnac in Auvergne, married at the age of 17 the granddaughter of the duke of N oailles, inherited a large fortune,
was of high rank and powerful connections at court, came in
1777 to join the war of independence in America., ra.ised and
equipped a body of men at his own expense, fought as a
volunteer in the battle of Brandy>vine and of Monmouth, and
received the thanks of Congress, then proceeded to France to
obtain reinforcements, returned with the armaments under

~

.

.....

.. ..
144

145

NARRATIONS FRmr HINTS.

NARRATIONS FROM IIThTTS.

General Rochambeau, commanded \Vashington's vanguard at
the time of the surrender of Lonl CornwalliR, peace followed
the capitulation of Yorktown, he returned to France, was
elected a member of the notabl es in 1787, on the breaking
out of the revolution took a pnrt with the friends of liberty,
in October l 78D he was made commander-in-chief of the
national o-uard ordered and assisted in the demolition of the
b
'
Bastile, on tbe 6th be marched to Versai1lcs, saved the royal
family from the outrages of the mob, placed them under the
protection of the national assembly, in l 790 he proclaimed
the sacredness of the right of insuncction, with Bailly established the club of Feuillans, on the attempted escape of Louis
the lGt.h Lafayette lost some of his popularity, was accused
of conniving at it, dissipating these calumnies, he fought
a<rainst the cmirrrants and allies in Flanders, mutual accusa"'
b
tions of counter-revolution pnRscd between him and Dumouriez
and Collot D'Ilerbois, returned to Paris to denounce them and
protest against the violence offered the kiog, the mountain
was too strong for him, was burnt in effigy and obliged to
escape, fdl into the hands of the Austrians, was imprisoned
at Olmntz five years, was liberated at the special demand of
Bonaparte, was consistent in ltis prin ciples, when Napoleon
became an aposta.te from liberty he voted against the consulate
for life and withdrew from public affairs, after the battle of
Waterloo, he reappeared to protest against a <lictatorsliip,
having protested ngninst the dis.o.olution of the legislative body
by rrussi:m bnyonets again withdrew to l1is estates, in 1825
he made a visit to the United States, was received with distinction and enth usiasm, as the joint founder of American
liberty wi th Washington and Franklin, the unconstitutional
violence and ordinances of Charles 10th 1830 brought Lafayette on the stage once more, he appeared in the character
with which he commenced his career- commander-in-chief
of the national guard and the advocate and supporter of a

citizen king, be soon after resigned the command, Laving seen
Louis Philippe recognized king of the French lie retired to
domestic life, died at an advanced age in 1834.

- L••'

PATRICK HENRY.

From tho following hints arrange a connected narrative.
This distinguished orator and statesman was born in Virginia in 1736, received only a common school ctlucation,
spent a portion of his early life in t rad e aod agriculture, :-ibandoned these pursuits for the profession of the law whi ch he
commenced after a preparatory study of only six weeh, after
several years of poverty with the encumbrance of a family lie
rose to distinction in the management of a popular controver~y
between tLc legislature and clergy, in 1765 was elected a
member of the house of burgesses with express n·forencc to
oppose the British stamp act, in this assem1ly be olJtaincd th e
honor· of being the first to commence the opposition measures
of the British government whieh terminatctl in tho revolution,
one of the delegates sent to Virginia to the first general
congress of the colonies in 17 74, in that body he distinguished
himsel~ by his boldness and eloquence, in I 77G be was appointed the first governor of the common weal th, was repeatedly elected to this office, in l 7SG was appointed by the
legislature one of the deputies to the convent.ion l1cld at Philadelphia fo r the purpose of revising tho federal constitution,
in 1788 he was a member of t.he convention which met in
Virginia to consider the constitution of the UniteJ States, in
1794 he retired from the bar, he died in l 790, with out extensive information on legal or political topics he wa,'l naturally
an orator of the highest order possessing great powers of
imagination sarcasm and humor united with a deep knowleclge
of human nature.

was

\

t·

li,1:.

146

ORIGINAL NARRATIVES. -DESCRIPTIONS.

ORIGIN AL N ARR.ATIVES .

§ 123. In these exercises the pupil is presented with a subject which he is expected to
treat according to the directions previously
given.
SUBJECTS.

The History of a Dime.
The History of a Day.
The H istory of my Boyhood.
Tho Old Man's Story.
An Account of Progress in Music.
Tho Indian's Revenge.

DESCRIPTIONS .

§ 124. A Description is a detail of the particular circumstances, appearances, or qualities
by which persons, places, and objects are recognized and distinguished.
MEMORITER EXERCISES .
PYRAMIDS OF EGYPT.

Tho three pyramids that are most noticed by travellers, as
exceeding all the rest both in size and beauty, are situated on
a ridge of rocky hills, on the borders of the Libyan desert,
about ten miles westward from the village of Ghiza, which is

DESCRIPTIONS.

147

supposed to be the spot where an cient Memphis stood, t11ough
t here are now not the least traces to be found of the ruins of
that great and renowned city.
The largest of these pyramids, which has suffered least by
time and weather, is six hundred and ninety-three English
feet square at the base, and its perpendicular height is four
hundred and ninety-nine feet. If the height be taken as the
pyramid ascends incl ining, it is six hundred and ninety-three
feet; which is exactly equal to the breadth of the base, so
that the angles and base make an cqu1lateral triangle. Tho
whole area of tho base contains four hundred and eigh ty-two
thousand and forty-nine square feet, which is something more
than eleven acres of ground.
On tho outside of this pyramid there is an ascent by steps;
the breadth and depth of every step is one entire stone, and
several of them are thirty feet in length. The top of the
pyramid does not end in a point, as it appears to those who
view it from below, but in a little square consisting of nine
stones, besides two that are wanting in tho angles. Each
side of the platform is about sixteen feet, so that a considerable
number of persons may stand upon it. From this elevation
there is one of the most beautiful prospects that can be imagined.
On the north side of the large pyramid, sixteen steps from
the bottom, there is a narrow passage leading downwards into
the body of the structure. Those who have explored this
passage find within, galleries, chambers, and a noLlo hall,
built of Thebaic marble, situated in the centre of the pyramid.
In this stately hall stands a tomb, which consists of one entire
piece of marble hollowed, without any lid or covering; and on
being struck it sounds like a bell. The general opinion is
that it wa.s designed for the tomb of its founder. There is no
appearance, however, of any corpse having been l:i.id in it.
The utmost uncertainty exists in all that concerns the con-

'·

"'

'

l'

:

.. ,. !'

:;·.

.h...
{.

•I

'I

I

.,

I

J ",

'I

\j
'

,,
L

148

I
II

l

DESCRIPTIONS.

DESCRIPTIONS.

st.ruction of the pyramids. Their builders, origin, date, and
purpo~e, are entirely lost in the night of ages. As the sides
of a11 the pyramids face the cardinal point~, and of cou rse give
the true meridian of the plrices where they are situated, it
would seem that their builders had made some progress in
scientific knowledge; and the structures themselves, under all
circumstances, notwithstanding their plain exterior, clearly
show the advanced state of art in those early time.

149

and then, dropping upon the waves, sat floating on the surface. Meanwhile, the light tint.<; in the east began to change?
and the skirts of a line of clouds below to assume a hue of
tawny red, which gradually became the orange and _the purpl~.
We could now perceive a long tract of coast, h~e a dari>:
streak of vapor hovering in the south. The moonhght faded
fast from the waters; soon the long beams of the sun shot
their lines upwards through the clouds and info the clear blue
s1.. above, while all the sea below glowed with fiery reflec7
tions for some time before the disc appeared. At length he
i·ose from the waves, looking from under the clouds of l~u'.Ple
a nd b<Yold ' and as he seemed to touch the water, a distmct
vessel passed over his disc, like a dark speck.

EXERCISE.

Read, reproduce, and compare according to Jirections.

.

'

.·

SUNRISE AT SEA .
I

'i

\Vith the earliest dawn of morning we were on deck, in
hope of seeing the coast, lmt the mist veiled it from our view.
A spectacle, however, most grand repaid us for the disappointment., and we found the circumstances of a sunrise at sea yet
more interesting than those of a sunset. The moon bright
and nearly at her meridian, sl1ed a strong lustre on the ocean,
and gleami ng between the sails upon the deck ; but the dawn
beginning to glimmer, contended wi th her li ght, and soon,
touching the waters 'vith a cold grey tint, discovered them
spreading all around the vast horizon. Not a sound broke
upon the silence, except the lulling one occasioned by the
course of the vessel through tho waves, and now and tl1en the
drowsy song of the pilot, as ho leaned on the helm, his
shadowy figure just discernable, and that of a sailor pacing
near the head of the ship with crossed arms and a rolling
step. The captain wrapped in a sea-coat, lay asleep on the
deck, wearied with the early watch. As the dawn strengthened, it discovered white sails stealing along the distance, and
the flight of some sea-fowls as they uttered their slender cry,

EXERCISE.

Read, reproduce, and compare according to directions.
THE PUMP.

ll
'i·

l

The common or d!9'tnesti.c pump is employed in rai sing
water, and depends for its efficacy, 'on the principle of atm_ospheric pressure. It consists of a long tube or barrel , which
reaches from ·a few feet above the ground to near the bottom
of the well. At the lower part of the tube is a valve, opening
upwards, ca1led the pump box. When t~e pump is not, in
action, this is always shut. At some d1s~ance above the
lower valve is placed a short movable cylmder! calle~ t~e
piston. The piston has an apert~re through it, which is
closed by a valve opening upwards hke the lower valve.
The following is the mode of working the pump : -Suppose
the piston pressed down towards the lower valve, then, on
depressing the handle or lever at the top, a v~cuum would be
formed between the piston and lower valve, did not the water

·1

!

"
·'·

"·

.

"

..
150

.. ..

DESCRIPTIONS.

DESCRIPTIONS.

:in foe well rise, in consequence of the pressure of the atmosphere on that around the tube in the well, and take the
place of the air thus removed. Then on raising the end of
the lever or handle, the lower valve closes, because the water
is forced upon it, in consequence of the descent of the piston,
and at the same time, the valve in the piston opens, and the
water, which cannot descend , now passes above the valve.
Nex~ on raising th e piston, by again depressing the lever, the
port10n of water is lifted up to the piston, or a little above it
while another portion rushes through the lower valve to
.
1
!
it_s p ace. After a few strokes of the lever, the space from the
piston to the spout is filled with water, where, on continuing
to work the lever, it is discharged in a constant stream.
·

fill

EXERCISE.

Read, reproduce, and compare according to directions.

INGENUITY OF BEES.

In tho fonµation of their combs, bees seem to resolve a
prob'.e~ which would be not a little puzzling to some geome~ncians; namely a quantity of wax being given, to make
of it cqu;il and similar cells of a determined capacity, but of
the lnrgcst sizo in proportion to tl1c quantity of matter emp~oycd, and disposed in such a manner as to occupy in the
hive the least possible space. Every part of this problem is
completely executed by the bees. By applying hexagonal
cells to each other's sides, no void spaces are left between
them ; and though the same end might be accomplished by
other figures, yet they would necessarily require a greater
quantity of wax. Beside, hexagonal cells are better fitted to
receive the cylindrical bodies of theso insects. A comb con-

151

aist-, of two strata of cells applied to each other's ends. This
arrangement both saves room in the hive, and gives a double
entry into the cells of which the comb is composed. As a
further saving of wax, and preventing void spaces, the bases
of these cells in one stratum of a comb servo for the bases to
the opposite stratum. In a word, tho more minutely the construction of these cells is examined, the more will the admiration of the. observer be excited. The walls of the coils are RO
extremely thin, that their mouths woulJ be in danger of suffering by the entering and issuing of the bees. To prevent
this disaster, they make a kind of ring round the margin of
each cell, and this ring is three or four times as thick as tho
walls.
It is difficult to perceive, even with the assistance of glass
hives, the manner in which bees operate when constructing
their cells. They are so eager to afford mutual assistance,
and for this purpose so many of them crowd together, and are
perpetually succeeding each other, that their individual operations can seldom be observed. It bas, however, been plainly
discovered, that their two teeth are the only instrumentsthey
employ in modeling and po1isbing the wax. With little
patience and attention, we perceive cells just begun, we likewise remark tho quickness with which a bee moves its teeth
against a small portion of the cell. This portion the animai,
by repeated strokes on each side, smooths and renders compact, and reduces to a p roper thinness of consistence. "While
some of the hive are lengthening their hexagonal tubes, others
are laying the foundation for new ones. In certain circumstances, when extremely hurried, they do not complete their
new cells, but leaYe them imperfect till they have begun a
number sufficient for their preiient exigencies.
When a bee puts iL-, head a little way into a cell, we easily
perceive it scraping the walls with points of its teeth, in order
to detach such useless and irregular fragments as may have

.....

·•.•

,: i

~

.

..
152

153

DESCRIPTIONS.

DESCRIPTIONS.

been left in the work. Of these fragments the bee forms a
ball, about the size of a pin head, then comes out of tho cell,
and carries the wax to another part of the work wh ere it is
neeclod . It no sooner leaves the cell than it is succeeJ ed by
another bee, which peiforms the same office ; aml iu tliis
manner the work is successively carried on till the cell is
completely polished.

in bis heart. He never praises us among our friend s ; and
then joins in traducing us among our enemies. Ono part of
bis character is not at v:iriance 'vi th another. In his manners
he is simple and unaffected , and in all his proceedings open
and consistent.
EXERCISE .

Read, reproduce, and compare according to directions.

..,.
(

,

EXERCISE.

Read, reproduce, and compare according to directions .

,11

,,,!1
f

!

·.

i·

I

1 ~
:<J ,,.
.. I
~

''!

I·
I

i

,'•

!

i

r.
~

•~
I

T HE MAN OF INTEGRITY .

It will not t:1ke much ti me to delineate the character of ihe
man of in tegri ty, as it is a plai n one, an<l easily understood.
Ile is one who makes it his constant rulo to follow tho road
of duty, according as the word of God, and the voice of his
conscience dictates. He is not guided merely by affoctions
which may sometimes give the color of virtue to a loose and
unstable character. Th e upright man is guided by a fixed
principle of mind, which dete rm ines l1im to esteem nothing
but what is honorable; and to abhor whatever is base or unworthy in moral cond uct. Hence wo finll him ever th e same;
at all times the trusty friend, the affectionate relation, tho conscientious man of business, tho pious worsh iper, nnd tho public sp irited citizen .
Tho man of integrity assumes no borrowed 11ppearance.
He seeks no m:isk to cover him; for he ·acts no stu<lic<l part,
1 u t he is indeed what ho appe:irs to be, full of trntli, candor,
and hum:inity. In all l1is pim:;uits, he knows no patl1 but the
fair an<l direct one; and would much mther foil of success,
than attain it by reproachful means. Ile never shows us
a smiling countenance, while he meditates evil against us

THE .A.NGLO-S.A.XONS.
From tho following hints given in regular succession, write a description of the Anglo-Saxons.

Ilm;pitali ty reckoned a national virtue, no nation more
liberal; received all travellers without exception, entertained
them in the best manner circumstances afforded. These
people described by ancient writers tall, strong, hardy, delighting in war, military exercises, accounting it more honorable to obtain the necessaries of life by force than industry.
They were free, beautiful in manners, cheerful in temper,
fierce savage to enemies, 1.-incl liberal to each other. Long
after settlement British island, remarkable fo r symmetry shape,
fairness complexion, fineness of hair. Dress simple, loose
tunic, ornamented patches of 131..-ins; large stockings clum~y
manufacture, reaclrnd knee, frequently went b:ircfoot. Ilead
rude cap of skins. Saxons never went to war without consulting their wives, advice paid regard. Arms consisted <'pear
or lance, carried in hand, long sword appended to side and
shield.
Shields much importance, soldier lost it, prohibited from
participating in sacred right'l, privation severely felt, many
who incmTed it destroyed themselves rather than exist under
imputation of dishonor. In peace wore on heads bonnet,
going to war placed on beads metal helmet. Went singing

7*

~·

"''1

....

>

155

DESCRIPTIONS.

DESCRIPTIONS.

to war, canying before images of gods, certain characters engraved on spears, considered mngic spells.
Every tenth prisoner taken. in battle sacrificed to vVoden ,
supposed highly pleased ba rbarous slaughter. Believed every
one slain sat at case i11 \Vodcn's ball, quaff ale from skulls
former cne111ies, honor to wLi eh none admitted died of d isea:;e
or in bed . From these people Britain, some time name of
Sa xony; Angles came, became more powerful, country called
Angieland, people Anglo.Saxons.

tbo peach and cherry rival them in sweetness, whilst tho
ground is strewed with flowers of every hue.

154

ALHAMBRA.
From tho following hints write a description of the Alhambra..

Alhambra, ancient fortress and pa1ace of the Moori~h kings,
its situation on the top of a hill ovcr1ooking the city, surrounded by a. wall l1igh and thick. The road by a winJing
path through wood, lofty elms, poplars, ?leandcrs, ornngo ~n<l
lemon-trees. By siJe of the path beautiful marble fountains,
streams transparent rusl1ing down. Entrance an arclmny, .a
key carved over, symbol of the Mahomedan monarchs. Tlus
gate called the gnte of justice, according to Eastern forms,
where kings administered justice.
Leaving gate of juJgment, passed through another now
converted into a chapel; witb fatigue arrived at squa.rc of the
cisterns, under which water is brought from anotli.cr hill,
distance of a Jcnguc. These reservoirs large, contamcd an
ample supply fo r tbe numerous inhabitants former]~ d wd1'. ng
here. From this prospect Sierra N ovada seemed irnpcndmg

:MAY.

From the following hints wTito a description of tho month of May.

Considered the most pleasing in the year; whole earth
covered with verdure, one uni form picture of bloom and
beauty. In this month trees in full folinge--first sC'e the willow covered with slender leaves, then &c., &c.- sltortly the
stately onk, &c., &c. -all tlrnt was necessary complete landscape. Trees when iu full lc:if, most beautiful ol>jects and
excite the admiration. Different colors, variety of shapes,
sl1adc in k eeping with the se::ison.
In this month also most of our trees flower or blossom. In
the fields the eye is delighted wherever it falls, by somethiug
full of beauty, &c., &c. See the massy foliage, pendent branches
of blossoms smelling sweetly, alive with bees nnd other insects.
One of tho most splcndi<l ol>jects in M:i.y, is the orchard.
It is now that the apple-trees arc loaded with their dclicnte
blossom, which is by far the most attractive of all bloom. It
is not possible to imagine any prospect more charming than
that which we meet with at every step during a country walk
at this ~cnson . On one side the apple an1l pear-trees are
loaded with fragrant blossoms; and on the other, the plum,

'

•,

I
l

over us.
Apartments iu this palace of enchantment numerous, should
fear fa tigue by describing. Character of the wh ? le rcrr:otc
from all the oLjects to which we are accustom ed, 1rnpress10ns
of wonder and delight excited, afford pleasing recollections
durin()" the remainder of my life. This noble palace l1astening
to de~ay, without repairs, finance~ of Spa.in inadequate, in a
fow years this will be a pile of ruins; its voluptuous ap:i.rtments, stately c.olumns, lofty w:i.ll s, mingled togetl ~er; no
rnemrJri:tl to be left in Spain of a people once governrng tho
peninsula.

.

.·''

i; .

t• ·
·:.

'

)·

:

. ~}

j•t .·

~ f

/

l.

•

56

STARLIGIIT NIGHT.

·''

From tho follovving hints wri te a description of a Starlight Night.

;

...

i.

'

•

•}.
I

t•

'

.
;,

1
.~·

f"

Tbe clear and frosty air of January affords opportunity not
t~ ~e neglected, contemplnting heavens, in order to learn to
d1stmguish principal sk'l.rs. This exercise, besides much
clcaror understanding what bas been said motions of the
heavenly bodies than otherwise obtained will elevate minds
purify hearts, " h~avens declare glory of God, firmamen~
sboweth his handiwork."
Some most remarkable stars attention to be directed, are
Polar Star, Orion, Arcturus, Pleiadc!'-, mentioned iu the book
of J_ob. ~11 stars in the heavens, numberless as they sel.'m,
port10ncd mto groups, called constellations, more easy findin<r
any. particular one. In the northern part of sky, or part o;
posne to what see the sun at noon, are seen lirigl1t stars,
known to most name of Charb1' \Vain. Of these seven stars
three arranged curved line, four others a square. If notice
these Ja;;t, shall sec outer two point in a direct line to anoth~r
further north, Polar Star. Astronomical name of Charles'
Wain · is Ursa :Major or Great Bear. Polar Star bclon<rs
0
another constellation, called Ursa Minor or Little Bear.
Pleiades or Seten Stars form cl uster in south-east part of
heavens, part constellation Taunis or Bull one si!!lls
of the
0
'
od"iac. At a distance from Pleiadcs are, but
in sa.roe direction , observe four bright stars forming oblong square, inclosing
three others slanting line. Tliis constellation Orion. Far
south-cast of the three bright stars n.'l Plciades are to northwest, we ~bservo brilliant star which is Sirus or Great Dog
Star. . This largest probably nearest wh at seemed Fi xed Stars,
but distance from earth at least 80,000 times as that of earth
fr.om sun. Earth at one period year 1()5,000,000 miles nearer
S1rus t.han at another, but size of :'itar not altered thereby, to
be noticeable even by most powerful telescopes.

z

DESCnIPTIONS.

DESCRIPTIONS.

I

157

Arcturus, brilliant star, situated not far from tail of Great
Bear, included in constellation Bo0tes. A little south of
Pleiades b1ight star called Aldebaran forms one of eyes constellation Taurus ; at distance to east are two others, Ca..«tor
and Pollux, are principal stars constellation Gemini or Twins,
another of signs of Zodiac. If notice any of these stars for
short period, observe all shift their places in same manner as
moon, except Polar Star, which same place, whilst others rise
in east, travel south, and sink in west.

;1.

.

..

< •

)•,

'

>

LIFE-BOAT .
From the following hints write a description of the Life-Iloat.

Ma1focrs indebted this wonderful invention to Mr. GreathcaL1, a boat-builder of England. Resembles in form the
Greenland boat- more flat in bottom. It is lined on the inside and out.;;ide of the g unwales (e<lgcs), two feet broad with
cork. It is roweJ by ten men, steered at each encl by an oar,
its form is alike nt both ends. Draws very little water, will
carry twenty persons when full of water. The cork renders
it buoyant, and being used on1y in the upper porlion of it,
preserves it from all danger of oversetting.
From its peculiar structure able to contend against most
tremen<lous sea. In saving the lives of crews of wTecked
ships has exceeded expectations of most sanguine. Comparatively a recent invention thousands of lives have been saved
whi <;h but for timely aid extended through this means must
have been lost. The inventor received a gold medal from the
Society of Arts for the model. His name should be classed
with llowarJ. and other distinguished philanthropists.

;o

\

'"

TIIF. TI'tANSFORMAT I ON OF WINGED INSECTS.
From tho following hints writo a description of tho Transformation
of Wi n~-~~u Insect».

.}

,•
")

158
.:
:

,.

~·
•,

1G9

DESCRIPTIONS.

DESCRIPTIONS.

T~ld by natun;.lists that life of this class insects consists of

flowers. Instead of a few smooth eyes it possessed in worm
and caterpillar state it is furnished with eyes smooth and con-

three p,,riods; present different scenes to student nature.
First period larva, worm or caterpillar, body long, cyl iudrical,
consists of a succession of rings which are generally membrancous and incased in each other. By the aiJ of its riugs or
se\'eral pair of legs it crawls about in quest of food . llcad
armed 'Yilh pincers or teeth, by which it eats its food . BlooJ.
moves from the tail towards the head. Respires through
apertures on sides of body or several tubes situated on the
posterior that have the appearance of so many tails.
Second period, the insect appears under form of a nymph
or chrysalis; in this state generally inactive, seems to possess
no power of life. Sunk into a kind of sleep, but little alfocted
by external objects, can make no use of their eyes, mouth or
other members; all imprisoned by strong covering. Deprived
of faculty of motion, they remain fixed in those situations
chosen for tl1eir temporary abode until their clia1igc from thi .~
state to another. Some nre capable of changing their place,
movements slow and painful. Blood circulates, but iu a contrary di rection from the caterpillar state. Respiration goes
on, org:msdifferentlysituatccl. In the caterpillar the principal
orga ns of respiration were placed at tho posterior part of tho
body ; same organs now found in the anterior.
Third period, im;ect acquired peifect organization correspondent to rank in scale of animation. Bon<ls of tlio nymph
or chrysalis arc burst asunder, and the insect commenc~'! a
new mode of existence. It.'i members forn1erly soft nn<l inactive, and fold ed up in an envelope arc expanded, strengthened, and exposed t.o obsen-ation. Under form of cn.tcrpillar
it crawled ; under that of chry alis power of motion alrnost
annihilated ; under last form furnishecl with six kg;;', and two
or four wings with whi eh it can tly through air. Insteid of
teeth or pin cers, with whi ch it div id ed a gros:1 aliment, it l1a
trunk by which it extracts refi ned juices of most delicate

vex, several thousands.
\.

B.A..ROMETE R .

·'

From the following hints wTite a description of the Barometer.

Barometer philosophical instrument, measuring weight of
atmosphere. Invention of Torricelli, observing. column of
water al.iout 33 feet equal in weight to one of air sarne b:ise,
concluded that column of mercury only 29t inches would be
60 too, such column of mercury equal weight to 33 feet
water.
Common barometer glass tube about two tenths inch diameter, its length at least thirty-one ~ nches. This ~ube filled
mercury so not to have air over it, the maker placrng finger
on ~nd , immerses in basin of quicksilver, and then takes finger
away. Quicksilver in tube by own weight endeavors to ~es­
ceml into ba.<:in, but external air pressing on surface of quick silver in basin without, no ai r at top, quicksilver continues in
tube, raised by air on surface in basin.
The usual range barometer in this country from 28 to 31
inches; when tbo air is pure and heavy, mercury rises to
nearly 31, when light and full of vapors falls to nearly 28.
In fine <lry weather, air pure, free light vapors, conse'luently
extremely heavy, prcs..'ICS up the quicksilver. In moist rainy
weather atmosphero charged with vapors, oloud!'l, fog'! air
lighter, presses on quicksilver less force. When ~igh '~iods
blow, atmosphere light, quicksilver generally low, n ses higher
in cold weather than warm. During frost, air purest heaviest,
barometer rises highest points. Instrument serviceable measurin()" hi<rh mountains. Ascending mountains quicksilver foun1.l
si;k about tenth an inch in niucty feet; if quicksilver fall an
inch have ascended nearly &c.; but this subject to variations,

':

i.

Jrp •

'

~

.

.·., !

,..
."
.'· ..
,•
·/; .
I•,
J ,•

'.
l·

...

160

DESCRIPTIONS.
DESCRIPTIONS.

from change of temperature, and other causes, render corrections necess.'lry. General method, however of determining
altitudes by baromet-Or and thermomet~r extremely useful and

MY FRIEND.

State the circumstances und er w11ich your acquaintance
commenced ; describe his personal appearance, figure and
general manners; detail his intellectual atta inr:ie~ t.c;, moral
principles an<l general habits; notice ~ny pccul.iar:ty or• eccentricity which he may have; mention any m: 1dent chat
may have occurred; your opinion of farther acquamtance.

~onvenient.

JERUSALEM.

Jerusalem; its situation; remarkable localities in the city
"lnd neighborhood; when first mentioned in history; to whom
')rigi nally belonged ; when the citadel taken by the~Isracl­
ites ; by whom {llade the capital; the most famous of its
1rnblic buildings; how many times taken and plundered; the
most remarkable eyents in its history; by whom destroyed ;
'">y whom rebuilt; present state.

A

T HE FOP .

TRIP ON TIIE RAILWAY.

State the place of your destination ; in what class you travelled ; the fare; the time of setting off; what you noticed at
the station from which you started ; describe your fellowpassengers ; detail any conversation you had wi tb them; mention ' Yhat stril..-ing objec ts you met on the way; incidents;
your arrival.

1

i

t

FIDELITY IN FRIEND SHIP REWARDED.

Damon and Pythias intimate f1iends; Damon condemned
to death by Dionysius ; demanded to go home to set his affairs
in order; his friend Pythias becomes his surety, offers to submit to death if Damon sboulJ not return; every one condemns
J1im for so rash an action; confident of l1is friend's integrity
wai ted tl1e :ippointc<l time; Damon roturn eiJ at appointed
time; Dionysius admi red their fid elity, pardoned Damon,
prayed to have the friendship such worthy men.

161

J

'i

Notice Lis dress; cut of his coat; his hat ; cravat how
tied·1 watcb-O"uard; &c., &c.
H is g1ass ;b attitude in walking ; objects of his ad_miration._
His atTuctecl pronunciation; topics of conversat10n; sentiments; &c., &c.
The manner he spends his mornings; eveni ngs, particularly
Sundays.
The necessary ·state or his own feelings ; how regarded by
others.
THE VILLA.GE COBBLER.

Notice his personal appearance, and that of his shop ; the
appearance of his wife, children, :urnitur~.
.
. .
His political propensities, favonte candidate, gossipers m his
shop.
His evening employment; how he spends his Sabbath.
His private character; remarks.
T II E B 0 .A.STER.

Notice the chief cauS-O of boasting; the excessi ve love of
self-fondness of exaggeration,--disregard for strict veracity,
_,~ant of moral courage and fortitude,-the want of inclination or capacity for exertion and hardship. ·

.:

,:; ,]!':; f
l

t

•• ;,

~

~

•

I' : I I

.

, i<l; ..
; j ,, .

I.

..
162

DESCRIPTIONS.

DESCRIPTIONS.

163

TOWN LIFE .

Draw a character exemp1ifying the preceding constituents.
Show the unpleasant position in which a character of this
kind is frequently placed, conclusion.

State the habits of the business men and citizens in general.
Mention some traits that you admire ; others that you condemn.
Describe the different k--inds of amusements innocent or
otherwise to be found.
Relate an anecdote illustrative of the style of the evening

THE INDECISIVE MAN.

Notice two chief causes of indecision, the love of ease, and
th e want of earl)' trainin<r
o·
This cbara~ter after much wavering detennincs to pursue
some fixed ObJect; progresses for a time; suddenly his views
are altered; ludicrous description of this stnte .
.n:e determines to make an excursion ; after changing his
ong1nal purpose forty ti mes in the last ten minutes he sets
out, as a ma ~tc r of course the day ends in disappointment.
Resolves m future to be more decided· sudden chanO"e ·
'
b
'
effect of tl1is.
Life progresses,- his good resolutions broken,- necessary
results.

..

l

i
l

'

OUR PASTOR .

De cribe his personal appearance in the pulpit.
Notice his pronunciation, mode of deli very, and gestures.
His particular choice of subjects, the arrangement and
divisions adopted in his cliscourses,~langua.ge, structure of
sentences.
His sentiments· whether evangelical or otherwise.
llis power of rcasoning,-mode of illustration, whether by
figurative langunge, historical allusions, or pertinent proofs
from the Scriptures.
The effec ts produced on the audience.

OUR REPRESENTATIVE .

State bis general appearance,- mode of securin<r
the atten0
tion of au<lience.
Dc11cribo his ·tyle of delivery, accent, and gesture.
Tho nature of tho topics on wbi ch he more generally
d well», wh ether \ Vh ig or Democrat, Know Nothing or Anti;
local or general, &c., &c.
Ilis mode of reasoni ng,- c1car or confused, cogent or irregular. Adduce inst..'lnces.
Power of illustration; striking or feeble, refiuc<l. or common
place.
· The effects on his audience- proofs.

parties.
Express your opinion of town life.

THE DRUNK.ARD .

State how tliis vice is formcd,-in some there is perhaps a.
Mtural proneness-some bav~ cont~act?d ~h~ habit by .imper:
ceptible degrees from a.5sociatrng with md1V1dual~ so d1sp?sea
-others agnin from want of employment, vexation or disap-

\

pointment, &c.
_
The consequences of this course is a distaste for all r:.t1onal
enjoymcuts- loss of reputation-of ~roperty-:-~f fricn<ls- selfderrr:.1.clation- conscience blunted-rntellect lDJ Ured-loss of
hc~lth-miscry to wife and children- picture of woe.

.·

164

EPISTOLARY

CORRESPONDE...~CE.

EPISTOL.A.RY CORRESPO:NDE:NCE.

THE MISER .

. :1\~
••

j

/

~

l!

'•,

·V,',
·.~11

'~i
. t .

I

(~

"• •J

.'..ti

as nearly as possible to a familiar conversation
between friends.

The miser one ,,-ho amasses money by every possible means
for the fancied pleasure it affords.
the former
Distinction
between covetousness and fruo-ality•
0
a VJce, the latoor a virtue.
·
Trace the origin of covetousness-sometimes the effect of
?Overe h~rdsbips expcrieuC'ed under the stern hand of poverty
-sometimes rcact10n produced on he mind by exhausted
extravagance- sometimes arises from want of early parental
advice and example.
Misery of this state.

The following arc the principal rules to bo observed in
letter-writing : 1. On a separate piece of paper draw out the various heads
of your letter.
.
2. Begin about two inches from the top of the page by writing the name of the place, day of the month, and the year; e. g.
Boston, March 3, 1856. ·when the place is obscure, or tlie
writer has reason to suppose that his correspondent does not
know where it is situated, th'e name of the State should also
be written; e. g. Itudson, Ohio, March 3, 1856. All lelters
for foreicrn
countries should bear the name of the coun try from
0
which they are sent; e. g. Boston, U. S. A ., March 3, 1856.
3. In the first line of the address give the name and title
of the person · to whom the letter is written. On the second
line, if addressing a stranger, Sir or Madam, if on familiar
terms with the party Dear Sir or D ear .Madam, or some
suitable address.

As happiness must sprino- from the

posse~sion of good habits, the control of the appcti~s, the rec-

'I

·~i

j'

"

·1

'
•·

,J

I

•( .
J i·"

"J

A~

'l 1~i..
j

f~

4

)

I

'4

..,.,.(

~{

~ t;J
~ t;
,.;;" 4 '
r.;·

.

•~!

':';~

'f

1,'.

!,;:

··i

"I
~

oll:ctwn of acts of kindness, when these do not exist, the
void must be most unpleasant. As the miser is not conscious
of any benefits conferred, he must feel alone in the world
perhaps abandoned and despised by all. Draw a picture. H~
may be subject to other annoyances-from a desire of exacting more interest than he ought, his investments may fail-his misery at the loss of his only good.
Other sources of misery are found in tho apprehension of
r~bbery or ~eing cheated, his feelings in sickness or afflictions,
his fear of ueath and a future judgment.

RF:MARK.-A relative should bo addressed by the namo that indicates
tho relationship; o. g. ".My Dear Mother;" "My Dear Uncle."

~

.1 -·1;:

t~~

!

'·

EPISTOLA~Y CORRESPONDENCE.

§ 125. Epistolary Corrcspon<lcnce or letter
1

writing! may be divided into two kinds1- business or friendship.
§ !26. Business letters should clearly state, as
concisely as possible, the requisite facts and
nothing else.
§ 127. Letters of friendship should approach

165

1

!

I

4. Let your Orthography be correct; your sentences clearly
and grammatically constructed ; and properly pointed.
5. Let your penmanship be such as can be easily read.
A voi<l as much as possible interlineations. Make no abbreviations in ortJ.10graphy except such as are warranted by tho
practice of correct writers.
G. Close with a clause of respect appropriate to the indi\'1.dual addressed.
7. Amid postscript.c;, except when some circumstance necessary to be mentioned has occun-ed after your letter was written.
MODEL.

ANALYSis.-1. Acknowledge reception ofletoor. 2. Propose
correspondence. 3. Consider inducements to. 4. Compliments. ·

~

166

EPISTOLARY CORRESPONDENCE.

EPISTOLARY CORRESPONDENCE.

~z.

1\

~~

~

~uendlow, Qr{/a,., Jan. I, I &5tf.

and

i

,,
·~

'r
ti~

'.

·~

(~
'I

~

I•
I'~·

..

,

Cfjota /avoz o/ th 7 tlf

~~;:

1.·

•1;

?n,a,ck

a count'7 unuval!ec! /o-z. th pzttdi,y
dOt'I and tn~6?Zee
ettJ t?wfah.tanttJ .
,
t?i

o/

~ we

au

and dtdtanctJ ~J-ztvM

UtJ

acoUdtmncd to

/~ jzk.n tl!'at

c1y7 l{o·zc

i f can devtde

t?ztt?nacy t:tfat d'atJ ea;&dtccl

dO

p

many yeau, t::,

!;'.

''

i'I.
y,

ttfat we com?1u1:neCa,a to eac:tf ot~z

.•.

','t
1·
C·

t'j,

d
ohttdht7;f the
you

to

i f jtztp()tJ(}

tn a /ue
anclpunclt} nzannez, wtfatcvu ocetliZJ o/ t1r/J1cW!Zt
t7njzoztanc8

to

fe

wut!&n .

o/

well J'zeat!}

zjun ouz rut~! t?zttmacy tnlo a fin·;,
dutt?1:f' -/uC.ndJ..lrjt, czo. well atJ to occujtjf ouz

o/

Gef cozUtJjwnclenclJ
ttf't::, £t?zcl wt'lt fe
mutual aduant'5fe· ~wt/I ttmcf to t?njuovtJ
otn d~!e °I wu-lt-?z;t atJ we./! atJ ott:·z Lnoiudr7e oj'

mo1JU-nt.; jtlca<Jantly. QJ'/ ;you o/Jl-wve
t& jtzojt011al, i f "o;UJ ru wt'!! 1udtl} con~

&tdUZfJ

-!i
•·

o/

~:

pt}/

~-

'

f

f·

l

,{

o/ t~ doccal t7ztezcotczde

v zat?ztatn a Uj'udz,z cozzMjumden()(}.

",,
t\

o/ (,~

dejuzzatccl Jin /zom eaclf otdei,

r,;,

~~

t& tzt}-

wdkut acodent, and au ?WW jttaoant{1; d£tuatecl

wc weu
(··
<'),i1·'·

i§fec. ed. at dand.

i fam J'zatr/Ucl to .dazn tkt ru

tlfed- couue

'Ii

tend to

~ @feaz ~a.Jt?z.,

'ii

Gfj.ain,

167

wti:tf ti, and /avoz vu wd~ a

o/ruz tuf to <27ezatJ.

:!!.&(}dent niy h?zd~ ~ to ;yota /atlfez

and tlfe /amt~, and accejit ?nJI

·f

;youz

:i
"

'"''

dUCCf'f

~

;

tetJt wt-dtfN

~.

~

),

~ \

i'

L;

:

joz-

.

andjizo1teztiy.

~uz t~

.~

/zU:ncl and coUtJt?z,
#~

:!!7l.

Whvez11.

t
/~

!,

!
!:

f·

t'

o!.

&eMe &ld~n~, &ttM.1
1:

'f

'~

·t

&nJ1"'enclence1
~ex.a~.

I

(:·;

I

.·,
•,
·I

.

i; ·:·

'

11
l.

t

ffl acoount

I

f

l
168

1•

ESS.A.Y.

169

EPISTOLARY CORRESPONDENCE.

REMARK 1.-In the superscription of letters, avoid using
two titles implying the same thing. Instead of directing the
letter to "Dr. F. M. P0tergon, M. D." it ~Lould oo directed
either to "Dr. F. M. Peterson," or to " F. M. Peterson, M. D."
REMAHK 2.-As envelopes arc mostly used for inclosing
letters, directions for folding arc unnecessary.

2. The result of the want of attention;
3. No ~nowl edge acquired without it;
4. Tl 1c power of attenti on dependent on will ;
.
5. The ignorance resulting from the want of lrnb1ts of observation;
O. Common objects ;- daily affairs of life, &c.;
7. Conclude.
I
1'

v\Trito to your brother on company.
EXERCISE .
Write to your father from Marion, A.la., to Columbia, S. C.

."
.·

'".1'
i;

1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.

Inform him of your s:ifo arrival ;
Detail what occurred on your journc>y;
State of the weather ;
The appearance of tho country ;
Improvement of premises ;
Studies engaged in ;
Conclude with dutiful regards.

Write o. lotter to your sister in tho city of Philadelphia.

1. Express your pleasure in wr~ing;
2. Mention several requests t11at you make ;
3. State some anecdote that has struck your attention m
the course of your stuJi0s ;
4. Mention incident that occurred at JuJson concert;
5. D escribe the progress that you arc making.
\Vrito to yonr mother on tho subject of education.

1. Express your gratitude to her for care;
2. Show the advantnge of present studies;
3. The importance of education ;
i ":
•\''

4. The punishment adopted for the indolent;
5. Your determination to be industrious.
Write to your cousin in Montgomery on the advantages of attention.

1. The necessity of frequectly cxeroising th.is faculty;

1.
2.
3.
4.
5.

State your observations ;
Notice variety of taient displayed ;
Describe the different characters;
Notice what subjects they were interested in;
Request advice in what manner you ought to conduct
yourself.

I·'.
::·1'

:t

,..
" '"

Answer to preceding letter.

1. Express thanks for confidence ;

2. I n promiscuous company best not to intrude our sentiments, wnit proper opportunity;
3. Not to speak that we do not understand;
4. By readiug endeavor to become acquainted with useful
know ledge ;
5 . Never to assert with confidence ;
6. Endeavor to please and improve those with whom we
converse;
7. Avoid censorious disposition;
8. State when a company should be abandoned.
''

I

ESSAY.

§ 128. An Essay is a composition, gcnera11y
on some abstract subject, devoted rather to an
8
I I

'I

''

'

,I

170

ESSAY.

investigation, than an examination of visible
and material peculiarities.
O DSE RV AT IONS.

1. This sty lo of writing, though not so ropular as formerly,
may be use1.l to great a.tlvantage by the young.
2. Brief descriptions and narrations may be introduced with
advantage.

§ 120. In order to facilitate the progress of the learner in
t his style of composition, and ena1le him to discover not only
the mode of argument in each division, but also the chain of
reasoning by which it is held together, we present an analysis
of No. 441 Spectator.
THE PLEASURES OF IMAGINATION .
l. "Our sight is tho most pe rfect and dclighLful of all our senses. It
fills the mind wi th tho b rgcst variety of iuea.«, convc n;cs wi th its objects
at tho g reatest distance, :ul@. continues the 1 0111.~c st in action without
being tirc<l or satisfied with its proper enjoyments. Tho :;cnso of fe eling ean, indeed, give us a noti on of extension, Hhapc, anti a ll idea.'! that
cuter at tho eye, except color~; Lut at th o sam e t ime it is very 8traitened, and eonDncd in its operations to tho numhor, bulk, and distanco
of its partieular objects. Our s ight seems design ed to supply all theso
defects; and may bo considered a.9 a more tlelicato and iliffusivo kind
of touch, that spreads itsolf over nn infinite multi tu uo of bodies, co!llr
prehends tho largest figures, and b ring'S into our reach somo of tho most
remote parts of tho univorso."

··~}·

The author having propo~ed his subject, "The Pl easures of
Imagination," commences Ly stating his opinion in favor of
the sense of sigl1t; the sen~e from wl1i ch the pleasures in
quest.ion t..'1.ke their rise. Tbis is followe<l by three reasons
for that opinion. He then compares the sense of seeing with

ESSAY.

171

that of feeling, showing in what they differ, and in wh at respects the one is superior to the other. This may be termed
the preliminary paragraph.
2. 'It is tho sense which furni slics tho imagination ;v"ith its iLkas ; RO
that by tho pleasures of imagination or fancy (wliiclt I shall n so promiscuously), I hero mean such as arise from visible objects, either when
we have them actually in ou r view, or when wo shall call up th eir iricas
by paintings, statues, descriptions, or any tho like occa~ ion s. \ Vc cannot, indeed, havo a single image in tho fan cy that did not make its entrance through the sight; but wo have tho power of rdainin::r, altering,
and compounding tboso images which we have oneo received, into all
the varieties of picture and vision that arc most agreeable to th o irn:igination: for by this faculty, a man in a dungeon may ho capable of •'n·
tcrtaining himself with scenes a nd landscapes, moro beautiful than can
bo found iu the who lo cornptlSS of nature."

: , l

The writer here proceeds to affirm that it is from the ~euRC
of sight that the pleasures of which lie treat:; take their origi n,
and mentions some of the various occasions which call them
forth.

..
.:
'

3. "Thero are few words in tho E nglish language which a rc employed in a. more loose antl uncircumscribed scn::o that those of tho
Fancy and tho Imagination. I th erefore thou glit it necessary to fix
and determi ne tho not ion of these two words, M I intend to mnko u ~o
of thorn in tho thread of my following speculationR, th at tho reader may
conceive ri g htly wh at is tho suhjoct wl1i ch I procce•l u pon. I mui;t,
therefore, dcsiro him to rem ember, that, by th o plea.~ nre8 of the irn a~ i n ­
ation, I mean only such pleas urcf! as arise origin:1lly from Hight, aud
that I divide th ose pleasures into two kinds: my design Leing, first of
all, to discourse of those primary pleasures of tho imagina ti on wl1ich entirely proceed from such objects as are before our eyes ; and in tho ne)...1;
place, to speak of those secondary pleasures c._f tho imagination wliich
flow fl-om the ideas of visible objC'Cts, wh en the objects are not ::ichially
before tho eye, but are called up into our memories, er fom1 cu in to
agreeaLlo visions of things that are either abstract or fi etitious."

Here, in order that the reader may clearly understand th e
question before him, the author goes on to point out the sig-

';

~

~

'.

.

:'

'

. ~ I

,~;: ~

"!

...'·"',,.I

..

.,rt
I

.· ,,
. I

~

172

ESS.A.Y.

n~fication in which be inten ds the terms fancy nnd imagina-

another light ; and discovers in it a multitude of charms, that conceal
thomsolvcs from the generality of mankind."

twn to be unJerstood ; and secondly, notifies J1is intention of
considering tl1e s u1je ·t und ·r t\ro he:tJs; tliose of primary
am! second ary ple:isures.

•t'·:~·1·..

·!
~·.'

173

ESSAY.

4. "'l'lio pleasures of irunginalion, taken in tli o full ox tent, arc not
so gro"s as tltoso of sense, nur so refi ned ns those of ULH.k rstandin".
Tho last aro indeed preferabl e, bccau;;o they nro found ed 011 somo ne~v
knowlcd~o or improvement of tho mintl; yet it must be confessed that
tlio3c of the imagination aro as ~rent and transporl in~ as tho other. .A.
beautiful prospect delights the soul as much as a dL'lllo n~tration; and a
.d o~eription in Homer Las charmed more rea•k rs t!Jan a chapter in
A ristotle. Besides t he pleasures of imagination liavo this advantage
above those of the understanding-, that they :ire more obvious, and more
easy to be acquired. It is but open ing the eye and the scene enters; the
colors paint themselves on tho faocr, with \'cry little attention of
thought or application of mintl in tho kl1older. \ Yo are struck we
know not how, with the symmetry or anything wo sec; nod imn:ediatcly assent to the beauty of an object, without i.uquiring iu to the particular causes and occasions of it."

In this p:irngrapl 1 the pleasures of t;istc arc compared with
those of sense :iml i11tellect, and though the author admits,
that in tellectual pleasures n1·c more pure and refined than
those of taste, li e aHinns th:it the latter afford quito as much
enjoyment) which opi llion j,.. o; upport ed in the two followin(J'
"'
sentences. He then proceeds further to recommend the cultivation of tl1eso pleasures on the score of the fa cili ty with
which they may 1e obtained , and conclurl es tho passage with
:i fow remarks illustrative of thi::1 latter as:ertion.
5. " A m:rn of polite imagination is let into a great many pleasures
that tho vulg:1r arc not ca pable of recci1·ing. JTc c:m converse with a
picture, and find an agreeable companion in a statue. Ile meets with
a secret refreshment in a description, and oflcn fee ls a grouter satisfaction iu tho prospcot of ficltls and mcuLlows, than another does in the
pof!se8><io n. It gives ltirn, in<lct'<l, a kinu of property in every thing he
sec~, an<l makes the most rude, uncultivatctl part~ of nature administer
to his pleasures ; so that ho looks upon the wLole world, as it were, in

Tl1 is paragrnph contains another argument in favor of the
/ cultivation of the im:-tgin:-ttivc faculty, on the pri11ciple that
it increases our power of being happy, and almost i11 fi1titcly
multipli es our opportunities of mental gratification.

."

6. "There aro intleed, but very few who know how to be icllo and
innocent, or who have a relish of any pleasures that aro not criminal;
every diversion they take is at the expense of somo one virtue or another ; and their very first step out of business is in to vice or fully. A
man should endeavor, tlierofore, to mako tho sphere of his inlloccnt
pleasures as wiuo as pos.~iblo, that be may retire into them with safrty,
and fintl in them such a satisfaction as a wi<;o man would not blush to
take. Of this nature are those of the imagination, which do not require
such a bent of thought as aro necessary to our serious omploymonts;
nor at tho same time, sull'or the mind to sink into that ncgligcnco and
remissness which aro apt to accompany our more sensu:i! delights; but
like a gentle exercise to the faculties, awaken them from sloth and
idlenes.g, without putting them upon any labor or industry."

A powerful argument is here used in support of the wri ter's
recommendation, i. e. the expediency of multi plying th o~e
pleasures which may be indulged in without risk. Uo sets
out with the assertion , that few men, in their intervals of relaxation from business, know how to escape the snares of vice;
and then sl1ows tho necessity of filling up our leisure hours
with such pleasures as shall not affect our innocence. Lastly
he concludes by asserting that the pleasures he recommends
are precisely of this nature, showing also the advantage they
possess in requiring a moderate exercise of the faculties, without too laborious an exertion of the intellect.
'l. "We might here add, that the pleasures of the fancv are moro
conducive to health than tl1ose of the understanding, which ~tro worked
out by dint of 1'.'hinking, and attended with too violent labor of tho
brain. Delightful scenes, whother in nature, or in painting or poetry,
have a kindly influence on the body a.s well as the mind; and not only

. ; .'

'

.I

(t ,.

174

ESSAY.

serve to clear and brighten tho imagination, but nre able to disperse
grief and melancholy, a nd se t tho ani mal spirits in pleasing and agreenlJ!e motion. For t his reason Sir Franci~ nacon, in his E~ay on
IIealil1 1 has not thought it improper to prescribe to his reader a poem
or :i. prnRpcct whero h o particularly dis madcs !Jim from knotty and
subtle disquisitions; and au vises him to pursue stuilies tbat will fill
the mind wi th splen<lid and illustrious objects, as llistorics, fables, and
contemplation of nature."

The concluding division of the essay contains three parts;
I. Another assertion in support of the question; 2. An illustration; an<l 3. Tho authori ty of an eminent writer, a<l<luced

to prove the justice of the asHertion.
If we now retrace our steps, and once more consider the
construction of this essay, we shall find it consists of seven paragraphs or divisions.
I. Tho su periority of the sight over tho other senses.
2. Tlie pleasures of the imagination derived from sight.
3. The definition of the author's meaning in the expression,
" pleasures of the imagination ."
4. A comparison with other pleasures.
5. The extent of these plcasmes.
6. The advantage of these pleasures.
7. llow they are preferable to purely intellectual pleasures.

EXERCISES .
Tho pupil may now writo nn cssn;r from tho following outlines.
Each head as introduced is to bo p;1rupllra.':led, amplilled, anti variously
expressed.

ESS.A.Y.

175

2. The necessity of distinguishing between the real and
pretended student.
3. A literary life, when prudence and virtue are not absent,
is perhaps the most safe and pleasant.
4 . The general character of the literary man, contrasted
with the world in general.
5. Idleness frequently the cause of vice; the literary man
ne\·er idle.
_.
6. The utility of the literary man.; his benefits to society.
II.- P 0 LIT EN ES S .
1. The origin of the term.
2. The ordinary acceptation of it.
3. Should express that benevolence artificially which religion

requires practically.
4. What Christian maxim the foundation of true politeness 1
5. Correspondence between politeness and religion.
III.-T HE LOVE OF ORD ER .

1. Order is of the utmost importance in the affairs of life.
2. Love of order is the love of beauty, propriety and harmony, in the material world.
3. Love of onler appears in the regulation of our expenses,
spending of our time, choice of company, and our
amusement.
4. Arg uments from Scriptures.
5. Connexion between love of order and other virtues.

L- THE ADV AN.TAGES OF A LITERARY LIFE.

1. The literary man withdrawn from turbulent scenes and
pursuits.

IV.- .A. REMEDY FOR DISCONTENT.

1. Those often complain most who have the least cause.

176

··'

ESSAY.

2. Remedy- consider the state of those below us in rank.
3 . "One lialf of the worlJ knows not how tLe other lives"
- explain it.
4. One of the cliief duties of Christianity- to in quire into
tlie evils of those 'rho aro helow us in rank.
5. Tho scenes wi tnessed hy ministers and medical practitioners.
69 ConcluJing observations.
V . -A. Fl~ E CT AT I 0 N.

1. Affcct:ltion is <lpp:uent l1ypocrisy.
2. Has its origin in vaui ty.
3. Affectation l1urts the pride of others by endeavoring
eitlier to impose upon them or to excel them , and
therefore makes t11cm its enem y.
4. N othi ng more exposes affectation than contrasti ng it
with its Ojlposite. Affoctation wears a r}isguise, is a
douLle character, and creates suspicion; simplicity is
what it appears to be.
5. It is a folly by whi ch we gain notliing but contempt.
G. An affected character may be compared to a palace built

clioo.

177

ESSAY.

VI I.-ll I ST 0 RY.
1. Ilistory a most interesting branch of study.

2. History is a representation of human character, tho
record of human experience.
3. Tho vari ous kinds of information we derive from the
study of history.
4. Some of the great moral lessons it teaches.

•

VIII.-Til E IMPORTANCE OF GOVERNING
T ilE TEMPER.

1. A bad temper a source of constant unhappiness; the
necessity of keeping it in subjection.
2. Arises from flattered vanity, and the neglect of the cuit ivation of tho mind when •voun()".
0
3. The culture of the understanding, one of the best methods
of subduing the evil passions of our nattire.
4. Tho effects of an ungoverned temper in families- virtues
to be instilled into young persons, proper for preventing these effects.

'1

•

7. Affodation tarnishes the most shining qualities.
VI.-)[ B 11[ 0 RY .

'

1. 1\fcmory t11e storel 1ouse of t11e mind.
2. To f'Ome not a treasury of tli i116:;, Lut a !um lier-room of
words.
3. 'What ought to be the effects of obsernition, discourse,
and reading.
4. To what persons will memory bring constant causes of
regret and misery?
5 . To whom is it a never failing spring of pleasure t

IX.- P A.REN T At INDU L GENCE .

1. The love of offap1ing strong in every !!pecies -implanted
by Providence for wise purposes- this purpose sometimes abused.
2. Vi cious illllulgences of parents enumerated- capricesappetite- mind and body both ruined.
3. Contempt fo r superiors- a most pernicious indulgence.
4. A strange propensity to indulge common to all parents
- per11it:ious dfocts of a bad example.
5. Tho difference between a father's and a mother's treatment of children.
8*

.,

173

ESSAY.

ESSAY.

X .-GENER 0 SIT Y .

I. Generosity is Joing more than we arc obliged to do.
2. vVc must do jnstice to escape the censure of the laws ;
bu t to be generous we m ust do more than the laws
r eq mre.
3. Clni:;tian m orality is trne generosity.
4. Generosity rroduccs generosity.
5. Rem·arkaLlo examples.

X L -PROF L IGACY OF TIIE LOWER C L ASSES .
1. The degraded state of tlie lower orders.
2. Their depravity, drunkenneFs, fraud .
3 . ilfoch arises from ignorance- necessity of ed ucation to
instil good prin ciples.
4. O ur d uty to alleviate the m isery of th is cbss.
5. l\foral education preferaLlc to pecuniary relief.

XI I.- S TYL E 0 F II IS T 0 RY.

1. Ollject of Ilistory-a style suited to.
2. The style of orat0ry nnd poetry- Tfo-tory should be
w1i Uen with. i111 plc and maj cs1ic dig11ity.
3 . The vivaci 1y of the historian requires not the arts of
orn:nncnt.
4. Livy, Tacitus, H ume, Robertson, Irving, &c.

X I I I.- S I M P L I C I T Y 0 F S T Y L E I N P R 0 S E .

1. Plain food pleases the longest--same true with mental
food .
2. Th n c(];__.ets of immo rl (~rat o rmb.~ lfo:l 1m e nts.
3. Pvdical prose generally uu"tH.:ccssful.

179

4. Style of many modern sermons.
5 . Simplicity of tho Bible never tires.
() . Cl1aracter of Xenophon's writings-Julius Cre;;:ar.
7. Irving, Channing, Franklin,-difilculty of writing in a
plain style.
XI V.- T HE P .A. TR I 0 T.

1.
2.
3.
4.

"\Vhat is necessnry to prvduce heroic virtue?

Name often improperly applied.
VVhat constitutes a patriot?
Qualities necessary in chief rulers.
5 . Designing views of demagogues.
6. As much true patriotism iu pri vate as puLlic lifo.

'h.

XV .-C II 0 I C E 0 F .A. P R 0 F E SS I 0 N .
1 . The diffi culty of lletermini ng at an early ::ige.
2. The ch anges tLe mind undergoes in the course of a few
years.
3 . "\Vlrnt disposition best suited to the pulpit.
4. L aborious study required for the bar.
5 . Profession of medicine--difilculty of acquiring eminence.
6 . Tenrlency of the mercantile pursuit to contract the miilll.
7. All profrs;;ions have tl1ei r advant:-iges and disa 1Jvantage;;:
- any better than a fife of idleness.
X V I .- A M USE ME N T S .

1. Amusements should not form the business of life.
2 . The meanings of the terms amusement, relaxation, and
recreation may convince us of this.
3. That which is made the lmsi ne~ of life censes lo Le
:rnrnsernc11t.
4. The U()(::mJ>loyeJ, u uhappy.

·,

.,

; .. d

180

ESSAY.

ESSAY.

XVII.-THE INFLUENCE OF FASHION.
1. The tyranny of fashion, and inconvenience it

2.
3.

4.
5.

6.
7.

causes to

its votaries.
The exclusiveness of fashi on- no real merit in bcill'''Q
fashionable.
The folly of desiring to he considered fashionable.
The middle ranks most worthy, and most capable of.
enjoying natural pleasures.
The absurdity of submitting to the form prescribed by
fashion .
'Tirn evils of fashion-morali ty affected by its influence.
The fascinating influence of example.

XV I I I.- F IL I AL DUTY .

Wlia.t ID!\>Y be
reasonably hoped of the child that displays it.
2. It is a virtue of tho heart; is also the sanction of th
understanding.
3. Remarkable examples.
1. The earliest virtue we can practise.

XIX .-T IIE FEAR OF GROWING OLD.
1. The natw·al misery of life increased by this fear.
2. A defecti ve education the cause of this weakness.

3. The wretchedness of a despicable old age.
4. A mistake to suppose old age of no value.

181

3. A model for imitation-useful-imitation not servile.
4. Judg ment to be used-no principles to be adopted which

'

are inconsistent wi th our duties.
5. A moral courage required to act rightly.
6. The fear of appearing singular leads the young into
many follies and vices.
'"l: Debts incurred from this want of courage-ruin of
health-fortune-peace of mind.
'!

XXI.-SE L F-D E NIAL.
i ~'

1. This virtue consists in abstaining from present indulgence

XXII.-B UFFO ONER Y IN CONV ER SATION.

XX .-T HE FEAR OF APP EAR ING SINGULAR.
1. Men think in parties, or fvllow a leader in adopting

opinions.
2. The etlect, when the leader is in terested or injudi~ious.

1i 'I. ·J,>

for the sake of greater expected good.
2. A great principle both of religio n and morals.
3. To a certain extent necessary to real enjoyment.
4. Remarkable examples.

1. The delights of occasionally laying asiJc gravity, anJ
indulging in cheerful conversation.
2. A caution against suffering our conversation to degenerate into noisy mirth.
S. A particu1ar instance of this folly.
4. The tendency of indulging in low mirth weakens the
faculties- the necessity of restraint.
5. Moderation to be observed-wit and elegance allowable
in conversation-:-buffoonery to be banished.

X XIII.-READING MERELY FOR AMUS IDIEN T.

1. Some read merely wiLh the view to pass the timepamphlets, novels, &c.

'".r-''

;-1

182

ESSAY.

ESSAY.

183
'•

2. This kind of reading may be innocent- but h as bnd
effoctc;- vitiates the taste- history, poetry, &c., preferable.
3. Our information depends not on the quantity, but the
quality of the books we read.
4. The young should not indulge in reading of this sort.
XXIV.-PAINTING.
l. The origin of this art.

2 . Styles- IIistorical, Landscape, Portrait.
3 . The most celebrated painters.

4. The inconyenienees of excessive sensibility.
15. A medium to be observed between apathy and extrerne
sensibility.
6. The frequency of this affectation-its effects.

j.

XX VI I .-C C>.N VE RS .A.TI 0 N.

1. Ability to converse li ttle appreciated, because of familiar
use.
2. Improvement derived from conversation.
3. The pleasures derived.
4. R emarks on subject.

4. The objects and effects of pa.iuting.
5. Conclusion.

X:XV. -.A.DVANT_;_\.GES OF AN INT E LLECTUAL
EDUCATION.
I. The superiority of the body on~r tlie mind.

2. The auvantnges of ed ucation result from the culture of
the meufal faculties.
3. An exp1anation of these advantages.
4. A comparison with other atlvantages.
5. The extent of these ad vantages.
6. The effects of these advantages.
7. llow preferable to othe r advantageg.
X:XVI.-AFF ECT AT IO N OF EXTREME
SEN SIB ILITY .

I. Unknown among the ancient".
2. Cause" ;:toic pl1ilosopliy- - i1s effects.
3. Tlwsc dispositions mn ~t be clicrishecl tliat tend to soften
wi thout weak ening tile mind.

·'·

I

rr .•

,~:1 '1

:

..i

i

. 'J

XXVIII.- THE ART OF PRIN TING .

I.
2.
3.
4.

When and by whom discovered.
In what way it operated in the diffusion of k nowlcJge.
What have been its effects.
What benefits we may hope from it.

XXIX.-P .A. TIE:N" CE DISTIN G UI SIIE D FR 0 M
APATHY .

1. All not equally affected by the same misfortunes-tho
causes of apathy and patience.
2. A contrast between the insensible and the patient man
- the different merits of each.
3. Sensibility, with all its inconveniences, is to be cherished.
4. The utility of feeling forcibly our own affections.
5. The necessity of opposing our sufferi ngs-reason and
religion.
XXX.-CONDUCT OF EARLY MANIIOOD .

1. The propriety of addressing moral precepts to the young.

I,.

. ' ~· ~
;

· 11

,j

I'

184

ESSAY.

ESSAY.

2. Passions implanted for the accomplishment of nature'•
purposes; these to be regulated.
3. This may be accomplished by an honest endeavor.
4. Tbc rnornl and physical effects of such conduct. '
5. Vanity to be carefully guarded against-ridicule despised
- truth cultivated .
6. Ch cri~h au bumble disposition- make allowances for
others.
.
7. These precepts lead to honor and happiness.

XXXIII.- COMPO SIT ION.

185

1. The general meaning of this word, its arplic~tio~ ~o
particular arts, and the branch of study to which it is
usually limi ted.
.
2. The importance of studying compositi.on, _kno.wlcc1ge ot
little use without the art of cornmurncatmg it.
3. The best means of acquiring this art.

XXXIV. -FORMING A TA STE FO R SIMPLE
PL EA.S UR ES .
XX X I.- S Y MP AT RY.

1. Pleasure th e natural pursuit of all men-perni cious

1. What it is.
2. Supports :md adorns our nature.
3. Guards our infancy, instructs our childhood, and performs all the kind offices of our riper years.
4. Consoles us in our last moments and defends our character after death.
5. A man without sympathy, the basest and most odious
of all creatures.

. .
pleasures should be avoided.
2. To effect this substitute sim ple for pernicious plc:tsure.
3. Simple satisfaction of nature easily acquired.
4. Filial piety- fraternal affection--domestic plca::;ures. .
5 . Worldly pleasures- loss of innocence-no real happi-

·'

ness.
6. Pleasures of cultivating 1..'""1nd and benevolent feelings
towards our fellow-creatures.
l

XXXII .-EDUCATION .

1. Consists not in acquisition of knowledge, but formation
of habits.
2. Station in society depends on education more than fortune.
3. Fortune we may inherit, education we must acquire.
4. The superiority of one man to another depends more on
r.•d ncat ion than 11ature.
5. Since so much <l<'pends on it should suffer no opportuniti es to pass unimproved.

xxxv. -TEMPERA.NCE REQUISITE TO IIEA.T,TII
O F MIND.

1. The mind affected by a disturbed state of health .
2. Connection between body an<l roincl mysterious, but a
fact of which an must be convinced.
3. Proved by the mind recovering its vigor with the body.
4. Abstinence and early rising recommended.
5. Reasons why the principal meal of the ancients was th e

supper.

' I

.

186

ARGUMENTATIVE DISCOURSE.

ARGUMENTATIVE DISCOURSE .

§ 130. An argumen tative discourse is a com-

p~s~tion in which the ·writer bys down a prop?s1_tion, and endeavors to persuade others that
it is true.
§ 131. The facts and r easons adduced in
support of the proposition taken, are called arguments.
§ 132. Argumentative discourses delivered
before popular assemblies, when on sacred
subjects are called sermons, on other subjects
speeches or orations.
A regular form al discourse consists of the following div1s10ns : 1. The Exordium or Introduction ·
'
2. The Statement and Div:ision of the Subject;
3. N arrntion ox:_ Explicati on;
4. The Reasoning- or Arrruments ·
~
b
'
15 . Tho Pathetic, or Appeal to the Feelings;
6. Conclusion.
RmrAnK.-In mn.n~ oxcellont discourses of the present day, several
of those parts a.re entll"ely wanting.

OB SER VATIONS .
. I. The design of the exordium is to conciliate the good
will of.tho hearers, to excite thei r attention, and dispose them
to rcce1ve tho arguments advanced. This part of the discourse
should be short, easy, and natural. As a general rule it should

.ARGmrENTATIVE DISCOURSE.

187

not be p1anned until th e writer has arranged in his mind the
suhject he designs to treat upon.
2. After the in troduction follows the statement and divi;o;ions
of the subject. Tlie statement should Le clear anJ lfo:tinct,
and expressed in a fe w words. Tho divisions should exhaust
the suujcct ; -care must be taken to have tliem dis tinct from
each other, anJ foll ow in natural order. In laying down your
m ethod, above all tl1ings study precision.
3. The next constituent part of a discourse is narration or
explication. These may be classed together, because they fall
nearl y under the same head and rules, and commonly answer
the same purpose.
In pleading at the bar, narration is often a very important
part of the discourse; the facts related are the groundwork of
all the future reasoning. 1n sermons tbere is seldom occasion
for narration ; the explication of tbe subject to be discoursed
on takes its place. As a general rule, it must be clear,
concise, and distinct, the style chaste, rather than highly
adorned.
4 . The reasoning or argumentative part of a discourse is
of the greatest consequence. The great end for wh ich men
speak on any serious occasion is to convince their hearers of
the truth of the point in question, and by this means influence
their practiec.
Of the two modes used by speakers in the conduct of their
reasoning, the synthetic is bettor adapted to popular discourse
than the analytic. By this meth od, when the point to be
proved is fairly laid down, one arg ument after anoth er is mnde
to bear upon it, until the hearers are convinced. The following rules should be observed :-Avoid blending arguments
that are of a separate nature confusedly together. Place your
argu ments so that in degree of strength they advance in tbe
order of climax. When your argum ents are strong and satisfactory, the more they are distinguished and treated apart

I

.i
~

.

'
,.

·l.
i''
I

·'

188

ARGUMENTATIVE DISCOURSE.

rom each oth er, th e b etter. Arguments should not be oxt enJcd Loo far or be mult ipl ied too much.
, 5. Th e next part of disco urse is the pnthetic, and is often
one of the most import:mt cli\isions. Under this head the
fo1lowing directions may be found useful : -Consider whether
the subject will admit th e pathetic; and if it does, what part
is the .most proper for attempting it. Let it come without
warnrng. Remember tlwt the o nly effectual way to move
others, is to b e moved yoursel f. \Varm emotions are too
violent to be lasting; study the proper moment of retreat.
6. The conclu~ion must be Yaried accordil'lg to the strron
of the preceding discourse. Ao, a general rule nothing should
be introduced that would have a tendency to break its unity.

EXERCISE .
Copy tho fol lowing c ~s::ty, divide it into par:i.g-r:-iphs, and note whother
the regular div i!sions have l.Jccn strictly a<lhcrc<l to.

THE I1LMORTAL I TY OF THE SO"(T L.

'i

...

•

...

I was yesterday walking alone in one of my friend's woods;
and lost myself in it very ag reeably, as I was running over in
my mind the several arg uments that establish the g reat point~
which is the basis of morality, and the source of all the plea&ing hopes, and secret jor, thnt can ari~o in the heart of a
r eason able creature. I cousi<lcr those se,·cral proofs drawnFirst, from the nature of tlie sou! itsc1f, :mcl particularly its
imm:cttc11ality, whi ch though not absolutdy necess::iry to the
eternity of its duration, has, I think, been evi nced almost to a
demonstrati on. Secondly, from its passions 11nd sentiments,
al'l , pnr lic.ularly, from its love of existence ; i ts horror of annil1ilation; and its hopes of immortality; with the secret
satisfaction it finds in tho practice of virtue ; and that uneasi-

ARGU1fENTATIVE DISCOURSE.

189

ness which follows upon the commission of vice. Tliir.Jl y,
from th e nature of tlic Supremo Being, whof'O justice, gooJ ness, wis1.lom, and voracity, aro all concerned in this Jl• >'. nt.
But among th ese and other excellent arguments for the 1111 mortality of the soul, there is one drawn from the ~c~·ix:tua~
progress of the soul to its perfection, wi thout a poss1l>il1ty ot
ever arrivi ng at it; wl1ieh is a hint that I do not rcme1~1er
to have seen opl:ned anJ improved by others who have wntkn
on this subj ect, though it seems to me to carry a very. gn.:at
weight witlt it. Ifow can it eutcr in to the th~ug'.1ts ot man'.
that tho soul which is c:ipable of immense perte~twns, ~tnll ·o·~
receiving new improvements through all eterrnty, sball al1
away into not hing almost as soon as it is cr~ated 1 Ar~ !'- UC~
abilities made for no purpose 1 A bruto arnves nt a pornt o~
perfection tlrnt he can never pass; in a few years he h:i.s all
the en<l o,:'ments Le is capable of; anJ were lie to live ten
thousand m ore, ,rnuld be the same thiug he is at present.
Were the Lum an soul thus at a stand in her accompfoJ1111 ent.s ;
were h er fal:nl ties to Le full blown, a11 d incapable of .rurll~er
enlarcremcnL<; · I coulJ imagine sh e might fall away rnto m sens1'b0·1·t
1 1 y, ,and' drop 'at once into a state of annilJil ati on. But
can we believe a thinking being, that is in perpetual progrc~
of improvement, :rnJ travelling 011 fro~ perfection to perf_'12c~
tion after h:winrr just looked abroad rnto tho works of lier
Cre~tor and m~do a fe w discoveries of Lis infinite goodne"~,
wisdom: and po wer, must perish at her first setting ou.t, an<l
in the very beginning of her in quiries 1 Man, consid ered
onlv in bis· present sta.to, seems sent into the world merely to
pr;p:-igatc his kiml. Ile pn1vides himself with a s~ cce"so r,
and immed iately quits bis post to mako roo~ for. him. Ile
does not seem born to enjoy liD>, but to deliver it Jowu . to
others. Tl iis is not surprising to consider in anim ab, wl11ch
are formed fo r our use, and can finish their business in a short
life. Tho silk-worm, after having spun her task, lays her eggs

.. ''.

"

.

• I

,•

.,

190

•i

f'

ARGUl.rEKTATIVE DISCOURSE.

and dies. But a man cannot trike in his full me:1surc of
knowledge, has not time to su b<lue his pa:<si orni, estali1i~h his
soul in virtue and come to the perfection of his nature before
f he is hurried off the stngo. \Vould an infinitely wis~ Beinomake such glorious crc:itures for so mean a purpose ? Ca~
lie delight in tlie production of such abortive int{)llio-onces
l l
.
b
'
s_uc 1.s 10rt-lived reasonable beings? Would he give us talents
that arc not to be exerted ? Capacities that are never to be
gratified ? How can we find that wis<lom which shines
throug h all his works, in the form:ition of rnnn, wi t11out lookinlY
on this world as only a nursery for the next ; :mJ without
lieving that the several generations of ration:1l crentures, which
rise _up an~ disappear_ in such qui ck successions, are only to
:ece1ve thmr first rudiments of existence here, and afterwards
be transplanted i~to a more friend}y climntc, ,Ybere they may
spi_·e~d :md flouris h to all cterrnty '? There is not in my
opiwon, a m ore pleasing nn<l triumphant consideration in religion , than th is of perpetual progrc:-s wLieh tbe soul makes
towards the perfection of its nature, without ever :irrivinO" at a
period iu it. To loo~ upou tbc soul as going on from str~ngth
to strength ; to consider that she 1s to shine forever wi th new
accessions of glo l'y, and briglitcn to :ill <:tcrnity; that she will
be still adding virtue to virt11e, nt1ll k nowledg-c to knowledo-e ·
carries in it somethi ng ngreC'able to that ~ml)ition whid; j~
natural to the m iu<l of man. Nay, it must be a prospect
?1ea.~ing_ to Gou himi:;clf, to. f'Ce J1ii:; cre:ition for ever beautifyrng m his eyC's; and <lrawrn.!:'." ne:irer to l1im, by gre:iter degrees. of rcscmlilance. Methinks tliis singl e consiueration of
the pr0grcss of a finite spirit to perfection, will be sufficient to
extingnislt all envy in inferior nainrcs, and all contempt in
superior. That cherub, which now appears as a God to a
human soul, knows very well that the pcriocl will come in
eternity, when the human soul shall be as per fec t us he himself now is; nay, when she shall look down upon that degree

b:

.i
r.·

..
l

l

•i

..l

'i

",

.,
·!

,\

.'

l

.ARGUMENTATIVE DISCOURSE.-

QUESTIOKS.

191

of perfection as much ns she now falls short of it. It is true,
the higher nature still -advances, and by that means prescn·es
his distance and superiority in the scale of being; yet be
knows thnt, how high soever the station is of whicli he stands
possessed at present, the inferior nature will at length mount
up to it, and shine for th in the same degree of glory. \Vith
what a~ tonishm eu t anJ veneration, may we look into our own
souls, where there are such hidden stores of virtue and knowledge, such inexhausted sources of perfection! \Ve know not
y et wliat we shall be; nor will it ever euter into the heart of
m an to concei ve the glory that will be al ways in reserve for
him. The soul, considered with its Creator, is like one of those
mathematical lines, lh:it may clrnw nearer to auotlier for all
eternity, wi thout a possibility of toucl1iug it ; aml can tl1ere
be a thought so transporting, as to consider ourselves in these
perpetual approaches to him, who is the standard not only of
perfection, but happiness !- Addison.

.1

.:.

QUESTIONS .
Wbat is necessary to bo able to write with facility?
What aro tho principal div isions of Composition?
Wliat is Prose?
·w1i:i.t aro tho leading varietic;, of Prose Com position?
vVh at is a Narrative?
How rcg-:1rdcd "?
What is a Simple Narrative?

;

J'

Complex?
Principal Rules?
Wh:tt i:i a Description ?
Wliat is said of Epi:>tolary Corrcsponclcoce?
Busi ucss Letters?
Le ttcrn of Friendship?
Tllo Principal Rules?
What is an Essay?
What is obsen·ecl of this sty lo of writing ?

,.

192

QUESTIO:N"S. -

.•

LIST OF SUBJECTS .

~t

\\nat

is an Argumentat ive Discourse ?
What arc the facts and reasons adduced called?
1-Vhat is a Sermon?
\Yhat is :\n Oration?
Wbat arc tho divisions of a Formal Discourse?
What is the design of the ExorLliurn '/
- 1.Vha t is .said of this p::i.rt of di:;cot1rsc?
General rule.
What foliows tie Exordium?
What is ,said of the Statement?
Divi,,ions.
Wh at is the next part of discourse ?
How classed?
lleasons for this cla:isi6cation.
What is saitl of :Narration in pleadi ng 'l
Jn sermons?
General rule to be observed in explication?
What is the next p:wt?
1-Vhat is obsei-veu respecting it?
Di.ilereut modes.
\V liat rules should be ohscrved?
"ff !Jat is the next part of disco urse?
Rules to be obse rv ed.
N ext part.
Wliat is rcm:.u·kcd in regard to it?
How yarierl?
General rule.

3. The Ilistory of Uncle Sam.
4. The Reformation.
5. Ad ventures of a Young Sailor.
6. My Trip to California.

7. Cromwell and his Posterity.
Story of the American Frontier.
The Wounded Robin.
The Guardian and his ·ward.
My first Legacy.
TJ1e History of Joseph.
Haman; the Misery of Pride.
Lady Jane Grey.
The Ilistoy.Y---of a Dime.
Robert; or, the Trials of Integrity.
My Childhood.
The History of Gen. Tom Thumb.
11) . The Battle of Trenton.
20. The Boyhood of Washington.
21. Burg;oyne's Surrender.
22. Sir John Franklin.
23. The Deserted Sailor.
24. A Book .Without P ictures.
25. The Modern Crusoe.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
13.
14.
15.
16.
17.
18.

A LIST OF SUBJECTS .
As m nch time is oftt•n lost in tl 1e cl1oicc of a suliject, a
copious list is here subjoined to aiJ tlw young student in a
proper selection.
NARRATIONS .

1. The Mysterious Compact.

2. TLe Discovery of America.

193

. ,_,

DESCRIPTIONS.

26 . The Idle Boy.

27.
28.
29.
30.
31.
32.
33.

My Friend.
The Old Church.
New York.
Fire En!;ine.
Thermometer.
Carlo.
A Printing Office.

34. Piano.
35. The Fop.
3G . The Farmer.
37. The Gipsies.
38. The Miser.
39. A Thunder Storm.
40. -winter.
41. A Hunicane.

i.

9

'''

~

.,
i

194

LIST OF SUBJECTS.

LIST OF SUBJECTS.

40..,. Tbe Spendthrift.
43 . My Visit to the Museum.
44. Trip to B oston.
45. Th e V ain Mau.
40 . Tlio Elc·phant.
4 7. Lon;rs' Leap.
18. Sleigh Hide.
49. The Honest Boy.
50. Desert.
5 1. Electric Machine.

52.
53.
54.
!35 .
50.
5 7.
58.
5<J .
GO.
G1.

The Good Citizen.
The Fox.
Tho C3.'3cade.
Steamboat .
·wiJfom';; Garden.
Th o \Vol f Chase.
Convention.
The Telegraph.
Our Sunday School.
The Microscope.

L ETTERS .

02 . \Vrite to your cou:;in in ·wasl1ington, auJ. invite him
to spend hi::i vacation with you .
OJ . \ V.ci lc
letter to Messrs. Gould & Lincoln, Boston,
applying fo r a situ:ition as hook-keeper, stating your
gualilicaliono;, rv fe rences, &c.
04. \ Vritc to your Lrot1ic r on co thluct.
05 . \Vrite to your fati1er asking l1is aJ;•ice relati ve to going
i uto Lusiucss .
GG . \Vri tc a can.I to P rof. B. requesti ng tho loan of tho

a

Spectator.

E SS A YS .

67. The I'rof!:ress of Error.
GS. K nowledge is ro wer.
GO . Hen.son ancl In stin ct.
7 0. I'uulic Opinion.
71. lfoncsiy t he Best P olicy.
72. I'njml ico.
73. l'ruJcnco.

74.
75.
70.
77 .
78.

Fortitude.
Amliition.
Pati cncC'.
ArcliitC'ctur0.
In tom pernn ce.
7D. Pleasure.
80. AdYcrsity.

81.
82.
83 .
84.
85.
86.
87.
88 .
8D .
00 .
91.
!J2.
93.
94.
95.
96.

Religion .
101. The Art of Pleasing.
Goo<l Manners.
102. A Good Education.
Parental Affection.
103. Contemplation.
Tho Evils of Pride.
104. Beauty and Fash ion.
Love of Ord er.
105. Procrastination .
Evils of Obstinacy.
100. Anger.
On Solitude.
107. Resentment.
The Senses.
l 08. Ou Time.
Tbo Mental Powers.
l 0 9. Courage.
Delays arc Dangerous.
110. Good Humor.
Truth.
111. P unctuality.
vVell Begun IIalf Done. 112. Rashness.
1 13. Discretion.
Ilospitality.
First Impression.
114. Habits.
Magnanimity.
115. Friendship.
Mirth.
116. Self-Government.
97. A Good Character.
117. Early Improvement.
98. Flattery.
118. Good Manners.
99. Dress.
llV. A ttention.
100. Il istory.
120. Cheerfulness.
121 . An effect presupposes cause.
12 2. The Influence of Christianity on the vYorld.
123. Tho Immortality of the Soul.
124 . Achptation of Animals to the Country in which they
live.
125. N ecessity tho Mother of Invention.
12G. Evil Communications corrup t Good Manners.
127. Example better than P recept.
128. Ile Labors in Vain who Strives to Please all.
129. Every ·workman is known by his Chips.
130. S ilenee gives Consent.
131. One Good Turn deserves Another.
132. Worth makes the Man.
133. Look Before you Leap.

'.

t

196

LIST OF Sul3JECTS.
LIST OF SUJ3JECTS.

13·t.
135.
130 .
137.
] 38.
130.
140.
141.
142.
143.
144.
145.

None al'e complcte1y happy.
Vice brings its om1 Punishment.
Fortune farnrs the Brave.
No Pains no Gains.
It ne\·er R ain s uut it rours.
Nutl1ing Venture nothi11g lia\·c.
One Swallow docs not make a Summer.
I'ru<lcuce will Thrive when Genius would Starve.
A \ Vord to the \Vise.
Live ·within your l\Jcans.
Poor an<l Content is rid1 enono·h.
The \V<nth of a Thing is best known by its ·want.
14G. Forgiveness is the noblest Rcvcn rrc.
14 7. It is good to have two Strings to your Bow.
148. No Man is always \Vise.
~

AR GU 1£ENTATIYE DISCOURSE .

149. Happiness is founded in Rectitude of Conduct.
150. Are Capit:il Punishments j ustifiable ?
151. \Vhi ch affo rds the best field for eloquence, the Pulpit
or the Bar 1
152. \Vas England justified in her treatment to Napoleon 7
] 53. Is Conscience au Invariable Gu ide?
154. \Y as our Government justifiable in removing the Ind inns from tl1cir Homes?
155. Is a Lawyer justifiable in defending a bad case 1
15G. \Vhich was tho greatest General, \Vashington or
Napoleon?
'
157. Which affords the best Mental Discipline, the Study
of the Classics or Mathematics ?
158. Are the Planets Iuhabi ted 1
1.'i9 . Has a State a 1igl1t to Secede from the Union 1
1 GO. Is \Var ever justifia1le?

1 .

-~
j

:12

!M
. '~
'~~

.:.r:~

.>'~

161.
162.
163.
164.
105.
lGG.
107.
1 GS.
l 69.
170.
171.
172.

""~
•,•.,_ .•

173 .
174.
175.
176.
177.
178.
179.
180.
181.
182.
183.
184.
185.
186.
187.
188.
18 9.

197

Is Modern eqml to Ancient Patriotism?
Is it over right to MaiTy for Money?
Is it expedient to wear Mourning Apparel ?
-Which is preforablc, Anarchy or Despotism?
Is Corporeal Punishment necessary in Schools?
Is Utility a Safe Guido?
OugLt Theatres to be .Abolished?
Sliou!,I the Truth nlways be Spo1(cn?
·which is prefe r:iblc, a City or Country Life?
\Vould a further Extension of the Union be I'olitid
I.s Transportation a justifiable mode of Punishment 1
Can the Immortali ty of the Soul be proved from tho
L ig ht of Nature?
·wo uld a Division of the Union be justifiable?
Is Man Accountable for his Opinions ?
Is there such a quality as Disinterestedness~
Can Morality be separated from Religion?
vVas the Execution of Major Andre justifiable~
Have the Aborig ines of a Country a Right to its Soil ?
vVas tbo last \Var of the United States with England.
justi fiable?
Is Childhood the most happy period of Iluman Life?
Are all Mankind the Descendants of One Pair?
Ought tho Liberty of the Press to be Restricted?
Is Roman Catholicism compatibfe with Free Institutions?
Are Fictitious Writings more Beneficial than Injurious?
Ought Lotteries to be Tolerated?
Are Banks more Beneficial than Injurious to Community ?
Is Pride Commendable?
Which exerts the greatest Influence, Wealth or
Knowledge?
Are Lawyers Beneficial to Society ?

, r.
1.''

·'·

) . ',

.i
! I
i

~

1.~

'"
' :

~

" f
'

.i.~

198

LIST OF SUBJECTS.

1 DO. Do Ghosts :mcl Spectres appenr?
1D1. Ought Rcli.o:ions Institutions to be Supported by
l D2 . Is u niversal Sulfra.~· E xpC'dic11t?

Law 1

1 D3 . ·which is most . 'C'rvi ccalilc to l\fankincl, Gold or Iron 1
Hl4. Should Impri.~ollm C'n t for Del.i t bo Abolished?
lD5. Is there any Limit to the Progress of Social Improvem ent?
196. Is U ni versal Peace Probable?
1D7. Are Brutes Endowed with Reason 1
lDB. ·was Cromwell a Patriot?
l9D . Is Party Spi1'i t Beneficial to a Country?
200. Had the Ancients more Virtue tlian the Moderns?
201. Are there more \Vorlds than One?
202. Can there bo Virtuous Ambi tion ?
203 . fa Language a IIum an Inventi on ?
20J. Ought Civilization to be Propagated by Force ?
205. Is the Characte r of a Nation Affocte<l by Climate?
20.6 Is tho l\fi nd of Woman Inferior to that of Man?
207. Is the Pen :Mightier than the Sword ?

ABBREV IATION S .

A . or An!'!. answer.
.
SoA. A . S. A cademue Amencane~ican
cii~s, F ellow of tho Am
Academy. . .
la
.A. B. or B. A. artmm bacca ureus,
bachcl?r of arts.
Ahp. ard1l.m;hop.
Acct.
account.
A C ante
Christum be1roro Clin"st·
. .
. : '· tho year of
A. D. an~o Do-mint, ill
ou.r .LOrd.
Adj. auJect1_"~·
A<lmr. ad m1 mstmtor.
Adv. ad n~rb.
Ala. AlalJamn. . .
~
.
A. M. ante mcridi~m,i:~;~~
oy:~~f
1
or,
1 .
tllo anno
. or. artiummuy·
i•ster,
,,·orldmttnl
' ·
ma~ter of arts.
.A non. anonymous.
A pr. April.
Ark. Ark ansas. b.. :. cond L.1m Jn
. tl10
A· · U · C. mmo
"' [Rome.
...., ]
f h ur ·ty
year o __t o Ct •
Au g. Au gutst.
B:1 rt. barvnct. ,
}fol. barrel.
.
n.
c. before Cbnst._ . .
l l n li·H:'iC'lor of d1v1mty.
· . - • '. . .
JJC' llJ. ncnj~Lllllll.
Jlp. lJishop.
C. or cent. a hundred.
Capt. ~ptniu.
Chap. c.iaptcr.
Chas. Ch:lrles:
Chron. Chromcles.
Co. company ; . county.
Col. colonel
Col l. ~o,' l_C'go:
Cor. Connthu:ms. .
Cr. credit, or creditor.

Ct
Conn. Connecticut.
Ct~.oreeuts.

ICwt. huudred weight.

D. (cl.) d.:narius, n. penny:, or pence.
D 0 District of Culu mlJt::i..
T). D. doctor of divinity.
D~a. ·d eaco n.
Dec. December.
Deer
,.,. clogroe' or degrees.
Del. Del aware.
Dcp. th• puty.
Dcut. Deuteronomy.
Do. or ditto, tho same.
Doct. doc to r.
Doll". or $, dollars.
Doz dozen.
D r. ·debtor ; do?tor.
D vt pcnuywcwht.

' ·
0
E. cast.
Eccl. F.cclcsia.c;tes.
Eel. Olli tor; edition.
E. g. exempli '}rati:r, for example.
J"n"
Fnrrl i~h 1 or England.
• ,.,. ' ,.,
J"P
· I1• 1"1)l1
esians.
•
•
·•
J~~r[. csqnire.
Etc. et c~f.,~ra) and other, and so on.
Ex. .Exodus; exam ple.
Fx.r cxt'cutor.
i.;~b· Ji:euruary
. ·,
Io' 1g-. lt).(uro.
Ji'l:i.. lo'lori<ln..
Fol. folio.
}'r French.
F. ·R s. Follow of tho Royal Society.
G:.L. Georgia..
G-al. Galatians.
Gall. gallon.
Gen Genesis· general.
'
Gent.. gentleman.
Goo George.
·

I
•

t

··r•

• ~

200

G<>v. g-overnor.
/ Mo. llfaine.
Gr. g r;;i n.
Messrs. .Messieurs.
JL or hr. hour.
::\1.i. or ~fiss. Mississippi.
H . B . .H. His or Ilor Britannic Mich. Michig::in.
!lfo. .Missouri.
Mnjesty.
Tieb. Hebrews.
M. P. member of Parliament.
] lhd. li og-::;llo::id.
Mr. Mister.
Jr. M. J !is en- Her Majesty.
Mrs. Mistress.
Hon. honorable.
!IJS. manuscript.
Hund. lrnudred.
MS8. manuscripts.
Ia. or lml. Indiana.
N. Korth.
lb. or ibid. ibidem, in the samo N. A. North America.
place.
N. n. nota bene, take particular
Id. idem, tho same.
/
noti<.:e.
l e. id est, that is.
N. C. 1\orth Carolin:i..
Ill. llJinoi"l.
N. E. Now EDglancl; north-east.
Inst. instant, i. e. present, or of thls Nern. con. nemine contradicente., no
moot b.
ono opposing.
Ineog-. incognito, unkno\Yn.
N . IL N cw lfampshire.
.;\_ J . Xcw Jersey.
Isn. Isaiah.
Jnn. January.
Xo. nmnbcr.
Jas. or .fa. James.
N. 0. New Orleans.
Jno. John.
Nov. November.
Jona. Jon:ithan.
~- f;. No\'a :Scotia; new style.
Jos. J oscpl.J.
I l'·. T. X cw Testament.
J o;:li. J oslrna.
X um. Nu rn uers.
.Jnn. or Jr. junior
N. '\V. north -west.
Kt. knight.
N. Y. Xcw York.
Ky. Kr·utucky.
0 . Ohio.
La. Louisi:u111..
Obt. ouedient.
Lam. L:uo •otations.
Oct. October.
Lat. la tit.u<lc.
0. S. old style.
L. C. Lower Canada.
Ox:on. Oxonia, Oxford.
Lev. Levi ticus.
Oz. ounce, or ounces.
Lieut. licutcn:rnt.
I'. page.
LL. D. legurndocwr, doctor oflaws. Pn. or Penn. PonnRylvanin..
Lon. longitude.
/• Per cent. 11er centum, by the hunLond. London.
·
clrctl.
L. s. locus siyilli, tho placo or tue I Pct. 1'1: f er.
Real.
/ Ph. D. doctor of philosophy.
1L miOe. a thous.~nd.
: Pl. Plur:il.
M. A. m::i.5kr of arts.
P. ~L post-mas_ter.
1
J-faj. mnjor.
i P . M. pu.<t ?11eruL1em, afternoon.
:Mar. .March.
j P. 0. post-ollice.
Mass. Massachusetts.
Pp. pnw·s.
llatt. Matthew.
Pres. president.
f. C. member of Congres.<J..
Proh. prolJlcm.
·d. Maryland.
Prof. proli.•ssor.
D. medicinre d-Octor, doctor of Prop. proposition.
medicine.
P:i. Psalms.

I

I
I

201

.A.nilREVIA.TIONS.

.ATIBREVI.ATIONS.

.
· t.
pos tscrip
P . S. post scrzptum,
o or q1 1• question
fj!Wll
w} l .l"'' \'"US
"
,u •

Qr. quarte r.
Qt. quart. .
.
Q v qiwd vule, wl11 ch soo.
R~v. rovcroml · Revelation.
·
' d.
R I. H.hoJo Islan
R ...N . roral navy.
RobL Robert.
Rom. Ro°:1ans.
Itt. bon. nght honorable_. . .
S Sou th · sliillio" or shillings.
·
, '
"'. .
S. .A. ~onth ~mc:1 c,i..
s. c. oouth Carolina.
Sec. secretary.
s. K so~1 th -east.
Sen. sen10r.
Sopt. September.
Sq. squ:ll'e.
.
><s sci/i,cel to wit, namely.
St. saw t ; titroet.
.
S 'I' D saur:he theol.ogiw doctor,
· ·doctor
· · of theology.
... t.
S. W. soutl1-1Hs
'l'cnn. Tc nnc;isco._
Thess. Thl's:;a.lomans.
9 ,\:
•

•

,.

T'

eratbcledmonslratndi
tt~ i~t.' tr~;~~ator;C treasurer.
to 0 OillOnS ra U •
d

er K D.

l;

IThos.
Thomas.
Tim. Timothy.

,

U. c. Upper ana ::i..
U lt. ultimu (Z,.~ t), tho la.st month.
U S United States.
· · .cl. 'de see.
V. orV~ 1 . ~i '
V::i.. irgm1::i..
J v·· vi4elicet to wit, namely.
lZ. volume.'
Vol.
Vols. volumes.
Vs. versus, against.
Vt Vermont.
·
W . w est.
W. L W est Indies.
·wk. week.
Wm. \Villiam.
Wt. weight.
yd. yar<l.
y ds. yards.
& an(L
,_'
t •-a ~nd others, and so
.._)jc. e cew1 ' "'
forth

5

t.

1to' quar
·t o·
Svo, oc av 0 . .
l2mo duodoe1mo.
l Smo' octodocimo.
'

.. ,

. !
, .. I

! ·.
',;,,

,.
t;··,.

...

t ''
..1

: .i'

.,

"
, ,'

'

GLOSSARY OF TERMS.

203

. '•t<

'•

Chorus, persons supposed to behold what passes in tho acts of a tragedy,
and sing their sentiments bctwcon_thc acts.

GLOSSARY

OF TERM S.

Cunto, a division of a poem.
D iscussion , tlie treating of a subject by argument for tho purpose of

discovering truth.
Alliteration, tho recurrence of tho samo letter in several words, or soveral

syllables of tho samo word.
Alexandr ine, a term applied to tho sixth form of farn bic vorse.
.An Addre.ss, tlio n:uno applied to any thing spoken or written from one
persou Lo anotl1cr.
.Acrostic, a poom in which th o first letters of tho lines make up the namo

of a person.

An A nngram, tho change of ouo word into another by the transposition

of its letters.

A llusion, a figure by which somo word or phrnse in a sentence calls
mind, as if accident:1 Uy, a similnr or aun.Jogous subject.

to

Argument, a reason allc·gc<l for or awi.inst somo proposition.
Anecd<Jte, tho relation of some little incid<'nt of an interesting character.
.Anti-clima.r,, a sentence in which tho last part expresses someLhiug
lower than tho first.
Bathos, a siuking in poetry.
B omlmst, -a pompou~, inthtcd style. .
Burle.<·qlle, a term used to express tl10 conversion of a dignilled subject

into ridicule.

tran~action, wri tten in easy verse,
80
that it may be sung by tho~o who havo littlo skill in music.
B w:;oli.c, a kind of pastoral poetry.
Biogr(/phy, the history of tho life and charncter of an individual.
B ook, a term sometimes appli cu to tho parts of a tnJo in vorse.
Cwsum, a pause in verso wi thout rcfu renco to sense, but merely to
prc ;·cnt tiring tho car.
B a/Jarl, a poetical relation of some

Co11fcrcncc, a discoun;o between t wo or more persons, for the purpose

of instruction, con~ultation, or deliberation.

Cull<Jquy, u. species of dialogue.
Co nstruction, n term applied to tho formation of sentences, or the mode

of understanding them.
Comedy, a dramatic composition in which the common incidents of life
a.re amusingly introduced.

D issertation, a formal dL':!courso, intended to illustrate tho suhjcct.
D escriptive, a term to designate the view of tho subject and represent
i tl:l character.

Dram atic, a te rm applied to composition picturing human life.
Didactic, a sLylo of writing designed to instruct.
E wgy, a mournful poem.
E nigmr1, a questi on containing a hidden meaning.
Epic, a term applied to a po..,m, narrating the deeds of some hero to
aflect tho mind with a Jove for virtue.

Epigram, a short poem ending in a point.
Epi')raph, an inscription on n monument in memory of the dead.
Epilogu.e, a ~pcech , or short poem, addressed to the spectators at tho
conclusion of a play.
E xpl.dives, words iuscrtcu for ornament.
..
Euwgy, a speech in praise of a person on account of some qualities or
services..
Episode, a story or incident introduced for variety. .
,.
l!,ssay, a composition to prove or illustrate some particular SUOJect.
Foot, a cnrtain number of syllables constituting a part of a verse.
l ''oreni;ic, belonging to courts of judicature.
Fable, a fictitious narrative, intondeu to enforce some useful truth or
precept.
.
.
H examder, a ver::;o of six foot ; tho first four may be either dactylic or
.
spondecs; the fifth always a dactyl, and tho si.."{th a. spon~co.
H i.swry, tho record of events, in tbo order they happened, with a notice
of their causes aud effects.
Ilymn o. song of prai~c.
Hiab~, a chasm in a manuscript where somo part is lost or effaced.
Idiom a modo of expression peculiar to a language.
I nqui1'.y, a term ap plied to a composition which examines into facts and
principles Ly discu Hsion aml other modes. .
Imagery, a term applied to tho use of figurati~e language.
I ambic a term applied to a verso composed of Iam buses.
Iron y, ~ mouo of speech in which the meaning is contrary to the words.
1
Lay, a song.

>I

.f
i)

'

::·f.;·
1•f
•

~· ~
•',1

•
.1

•

f
i

. i.'
'
>•
I

..'

<

, 1 I ~

; ,•

,,
<

'!

,•.,.
t

.1

204

-

GLOSSARY OF TERMS.

L1Jric, a term applied t

t

·

.
o poc ry to be sung and accornpaniod by tliD 1."""·
:1a. " a pastoral poem or song.
-t"'
Jlfurwlogue, a soliloquy.
1'luvel, a fictitious t·1lo dos· o- d t d'
'
]{arr . ,,
. ·.
. Jone
o ispbythooperation$ of tho ~
atwe, a p.'1,rt of a d1scourso IYhich recites tho nw.nnor tim0i Oi"
.
sccb1ucnees of an action, or simply states tho facts conn~ wl"· •J:.<.
su ~oct.
m ._
Ode, a short poem.
Orati:on, a public speech.
Ornament, t he use of figures, and tl
beauty to composit ion.
o 1er modes of exprossJon; to

],£< ri"1 1. l

' <«

IN writing for t1 10 press, editors and printers are ?ftcn

a kind of poetry which ends with the first strain re"""<.J
ornance, a fabulous story.
Sapphic, a term applied to verso
Satire, a composition, censuring ~ice foll \:;
Sarcasm, a biting jost.
'
y, " c.

....-wu.

.CU C'CS.

II 0

.

r

llCll•

T.1le tlio relic•"
.
' ....rsn.I o1~ n, 'sanes
....
T,- }'
· · of· •ad VCOcL1fCS.
' ior. l et', n, poct1cal foot consistino- of one lonrr .
Tra:;c:rl!I, a <1 l'amat ic c
.. . "
.
"' anrl one short syllo.b]~
. .
·
OITIJ>0:,< 1l1 on l ' llf] u JCr •·er . , ll .
.
1,rut'l'.!:it1c
a uu 1·J .. · 1.
.
.
· '°' ,., w r.L Y lll a fa l.al lSSUO.
'
e1;;•1 1e t1a11s/al10n of a work.

blamed for not making an intell igent, rcadab1e communication out of a man uscript not only badly wri tten, out destitute
of punctuation and other guides usuall y introduced to assi;c;t
the compositor. ~fany mistakes may be avoided wlicn the
writer and printer understand each other. The following
simple rules, propcl'ly observed, will greatly assist in the nccomplisl1mcnt of this o1jcct : 1. \ Vritc your communications in a clear, bold hand, and
only on one side of the paper.
2. Punctuate your composition with tl 10 appropriate mark<> ;
- not dashes of an indefinite length .
3. No abbreviations are a1lowable ; the compositor is expected to conform to the manuscript when not otherwise rnstructcd.
4. If you wish a word or part of a sentence Italicised for
emphasis or distinction, draw a single lino under it.. If you
wish small capitals, two lines; capitals, three lines.
5. If you do not understand the rules of punctuation, and
other marks usua11y observed, request the printer to insert
them for you.
The follo wing example of an article prepared for the press
is inserted for the 1cucfit of tho young composer : -

'.

ri
't. ;
~·.

; l'

WRITING FOR THE PRESS .

P.

S ong, a little poem intended to be sun'"
0
•
Sonne!.' n poem
· t·mg of fourteen Iine
· · consis
~feet.cl;, an outli~o or general description o~ any subject.
'}Jone ee, a poetical foot consistin.,. oft
1
Si
"'
wo oner syllables
,anza,
a set. of
lines
adit1stod
to O"cl
tl
o
•
.
.
·
, ·
" i o · 1er.
.
S ection, a d1stmct part or portion of a
·t·
S 111t
!l .
< ny wn ing.
. t ax, ' tat part of grammar which treats of tho constructio .

:;

APPENDIX ONE.
!'

Precision, exactness in the use ofword<1
Paneg11ric a
t'
.
u.
. ' n ora ·ion m praise of some distinITTlisb d
.
Parenthesis
o
o person or act.
P.
. . ' a sentence or clause insortod by way of oxplanntlon
~rspbcuity, tho quality of presenting the precise idea intended. •
~alm, a sacred song.
Pwan, a :'long of triumph.
P arody, a caricature of another's words.
Pa.swral, a poem descriptive of the lifo of she ,_ ·d
Poem a c
.. .
puc1 s.
"
ompos1twn in verso.
P un, n. play upon words.
P athetic, that which is designed to move tho
.
Paragraph~ a distinct part of a ~om position, pass10ns.
R uldtc. (::loo Enigma.) .

~ondeau,

APPENDIX .

i)

.:i.·,rl '
i

'::j: i •
'.! ~
'·..:1,;··. ,';
. ' j..

•

f •

I•

,.

. f··
[

'.·,

. I

'
L!

: 1,.
I•

~'.

'

•.·
;

d

"
.~

'

.. ·

1

207

APPENDIX.

~o.£ ·wad a Wco!c-'1ncm, a man

'•'

r-j wealt/,

1 tfet7 unf-cencll}; to th <2£mc~
ff!lfau?-';1 tk c/c',;~ufed r/ t-1.~
Grf.nuuccui azff1JI con<>c;uumt on tk cnvaJcon o/

and o~u'C!d
tcan

catMO .

~inu1a!lt~ and

i??,fti'04 t-n 17&1,

o/ th auny- hrd takn
oteeu /oi the a,;e o/ th tzo7M.
t1-a7

two

a

comJmJ:

o/ e;i:,c-/.!d

G/';(e

act :tf'ad

!an dluctt/ /;Jal; and on t& t:.Jtai't dd'nu:nt
o//u:ace, ciJ'l:,oh, on tk advteo o/ ~- C1/!owan,
not

a J'entdman

o/ o-onu

cltd-artctton eii tk

ttfoc~lft jt-ujiei lo !u~ an ac!ton

th"o

a;;:atnd-t

o/

comm;?a'jl, t-n

o/ tu'fwf

t22ftd-tuct C?lou'bt

/oz. th c!{e-nclant, and w d-afd to

cle;.yunted &.·md-e( ;n,
joyment

o/ tfw

t0=

:!!.ifktuctf ~nz;;

Q/ff;w !2lin,lon.

jzeaud

t&

law,

ttfe

caUtM

ku-'l.f, ttfe

to

tfave

th tnJ-ncie

en:

un/oztunale ~olf

ezcejtted.

<2£/oi

~- er~

taamze

a?Umatd

e:n

.'

..

:·

·.

~-

''.

'

>

209

APPENDIX.

tlfe catMc, daJH a coue1wndent,
.lfave

comfd!6

contw! ovcz.

adwnce ; at one ttine

r'nrJ-t

eY&o£;

count(}nance ;

udtcule

d'tin,

tl!e

£e

o.1f,

wtftclf th? twd

pt.

'

'

c-j kw

tit eve7

tn

e;.i; j tatittt:d tk dtd!lffCd

i;t tde

I

c£oo-e to ula:c an<!

wtfod ar.alc:Cnce w a .J

and 1naztfc

lo

fiulrj;mllr/ni

VC:r':teance Wad vt4.tlle

azvzy, exjtMec/, alJno,;.t natfd, to
wtn!ci

jta<10-cond

£c ezcth:! td'ccz

~atn, wl!en

o/ hu,ttftt:z.

th

£e oj/tc.auxl

'

' /;

tde

a waz

: ~. :
, I

I

1th

ujou

o/ a

.,

/z</x.en jlwtuu:! on

wttd' tde d'lood

o/ td'e·vz w Mhd

£e t1cud, wd'o .lfacl
an ~?Uuean d'cazt c}z, tfw /od-Om, wko would
not !!ave tlfwwn oju n d'w Jed&, tfcd !ainrJ, kd
ccl&M, tl!e doo'Z? oj'" tf'w d'otMe, and tlfe jwitat o/
tt'w d'ua.:Jt, to UC<Jtve wcil! oju:n a.zm.t tke ?neane,;t
?P"ku wa.t tk man,

o/

dttle land jamt#fecljzatuotd ?
tlf'e ·m an ?
Wkze k d!ruz,</,;., !fut

doldtci r:n that
/:f"',(eze ~

u1.!fet!:'ei
;,.

.,

·-

t 'i

·<

-$

,J
.,

tk

l!eait

o/ an

6Y

tlfe jwwa

8/2:

thn

o/ -tfw trnay/natwn

'

~~

'. , !i

0&neu'can Ceato en :Ir,;;

dotWm, J/°tt, ?ntdnu:n, a-ze to /Ut-{je.

caukcl tk 1cay

i'

j

,,

~

.. ,

,_

211

APPENDIX.

to

t.£e jtlat-/u

awmul fj/ouf,

the

r:1uzzenclez

o/.

tfad followed ,ylfoztt/ aj}ez th act com=
jtlat?icd o/: tfe djtr,Cta/ tk r:fU'?Zenrlcz tii tk
1no.;t J'dwtn? a1ul ?Wiie colou
tfw ;lo7uenctJ
- tho audience <J-aw lcfow t:tfet~ ey,co tb htnud~
attt n anrl ci;;cclcon o/ tb !!Z?lutt'dtf. ad tlf'r;y
mazc£cc! out tj tbtz tunctfeJ ; td'ey uaw tk
w:tftc£

o/

·~'

1

17.&cc1 tyz, evezy j iatuot'd f?ce,
A'eaul t.fe "d'out.J o/ vectozy, and t.£e czy oj
" //'!-r4k7zpton and SlZ!ezt-JI," ad tt zu7 and
eclfocd t£wtt;tlf t& Q,r{;nez,r,Can wn~, and wad
tuum/ttf ttfat

"~

j
i

)

~

-\

-~

J
;;!.

-[
!

;
;J

l

'
•

u:yJezated /wm

th t'ftdj

and (flfozeJ

ne;1d't0zt7~ uvez ; - " t!uc, tfau{ /

o/ tk

w!!at nottJrJ

o/ clt'dcouf au clfo(fe ti:at dcdtuzd' tk ~nezal17,
• a?U! ottbnu the acclamatton o/ vtcto7; tk;y au
tk noted o/-cfahi ~olf_ tfoauet} d'awd~
ttfwtt;tlf tk <;J//;neitCan camp, • 2?/ee/1

t«/l//, "-/Pac.

/c{//

';-,:

APPENDIX.

213

.,

HUMOR AND ELOQUENCE.

I

J

Hook was a Scotchman, a man of wealth, aud suspected of
being unfriendly to the American cause. During tLe distresses of the American army consequent on the invasion of
Cornwallis and Phi lips in 1781, a commissary of the army
had t;1ken two of Hook's steers for tbe m;e of the troops.
1110 act had not been strictly legal; and on the establishment
of peace, Ilook, on the advice of Mr. Cowan, a gentleman of
some distinction in the law, thought proper to bring un action'
of trespass against the commissary, in the District Court of
New Loudon. Patrick Ilenry appeared for the defendant, and
is said to have disported himself in the cause to the infinite
enjoyment of his hearers, the unfortunate Hook excepted.
After Mr. Henry became animated in the cau~e, says a correspondent, he appeared to have complete control over tho
passions of his audience; at one time he excited their indignation against Hook; vengeance was visible in every countenance; again, when he chose to relax and ridicule him, the
whole audience was iu a roar of laughter. He painted the
distresses of the army, exposed, almost naked, to the rigors of
a winter sky, and marking the frozen ground on which they
trod with the blood of their unshod feet. ·where was the
man, he said, who had an American heart in liis bosom, who
would not have thrown open his fields, his barns, bis cellars,
tl1c doors of liis house, and the portals of his breast, to receive
with open arms the meanest soldier in that little band of
famished patriots? Where is the man? There lie stands,
but whether the heart of au American beats in his bosom, you,
gentlemen, are to judge. He then carrieq. the jury by the
power of his imagination to the plains around York, the surrender of which had followed shortly after the act compla.i.ued
of; he depicted the surrender in the most glowing and noble

.. '.'

I,

. ..
'

l'

. i' '·

f. ·..
~

:.

'•''

~

. .

:t ' ~. '
·i
f

I
•!

I"

·;

,l

214

APPENDIX.

colors of his e1o u
tbe humiliation aqnde~c:~he audience saw before their voo
" GCJectron o~ th J3 · ·
•
out of their trench . tl
c ~rush, as they marched
cs ' rny saw t1ie trrum h th li 1
every patriot's face h
I h
.
P
at g lted up
"
' care t e shouts of victo
d .i.
of Wasliing ton and Libert " .t
ry, an w.io ery
the American ranks
. y, as 1 rung and echoed through
shores of the ne1· ()'hb' a~d -w ~s reverberated from the hi11s attd .
o onnonver· "b t h k
0
u' :r - ! what notes of
discord are those that d' t ·b
acclamation of vic~o ~s ~1 t e general Joy, and silence tlm
hoarsely bawlino- t~r: .h 1ey are t~e notes of John Hool;
beef! ! l' "- Wi:'t.
g the Amen can camp, 'Beef I beett
l

h-

MARKS FOR COR
· RECTION OF PROO F.
The
are th e pnnc1pal
· .
_ following
.
marks used b
·
•
h
1
t e eadrng and correction of . f. h
y pnntara .fl
proo -s eets : 1. When a wronoletter 18
. di scovered
b
r .
nl
I

a'~d the proper letter written in'

t;e ~U:rg:U .~wag.

1
The youno- sh lb b
th . d
o
ou
e made sensible th•lt it is
err u~y ~o be diligent and industrious' a~d
ploy their time in useful pursuits.
'
em..

REMARK.-The correction is made in th
word is to be substituted for another.
e same manner

+~

Ital.
Caps.

215

" Died in the city of El izabeth, on April 4th,
l85G, !2!j~~~/!S? aged 71 years."

word improperly iti1licisecl should be underscored, and
Rom. (i1blJrcviation for roman or common type) written in tho margin
agi1inSt it.
REMARK. -A

4. If a superfluous word or letter is detected, it is marked
out by drawing a stroke through it, and a character standing
for the Latin word dele (expunge) is writ ten in the marf,ri.n
against it; e. g.
" Virtue is too lovely to be immersed in a cell:
o the world world is the sphere of her action.
REMARK.-If a worcl or clause has been improperly marked out or
altered, and it is afterwards thought best to retain it, it L'! do tted beneath, and the word stet (let it stand) written in the margin agn.inst it.

APPENDIX TWO.

throtdj·h it,

APPENDIX.

when ono •

2(. A)n. inverted 1et_ter is indicated by its appropriat.e l..~--..~.
wr 0 m the mar
d 1·
Cw.-!KlW. gm, an a llle drawn under it. e g
J
" Idl
' . ' ..
eness, ease, and prosperity have u tond
_to generate folly and vice."
on 'f
3. Capital letters are indicated b th
J •
.
drawn beneath them • 8
. Y rec ionzontal lin:oa
.
' ma11 capita1s two lin
' L 1·
simple line; e. g.
'
es; lLUJlC.f.!, a

5. If a letter or a word is found to be omitted, a caret ( . . )
is put under its place, and the letter or word to be supplied
written in the margin ; e. g.
cl
"Sorates was not negligent of his external apof I

"'
pearance.
His cleanliness resulted from bis ideas
order and decency.

....

6. If there is an omission of several words, or it is necessary to insert a new clause, it is customary to indicate the
place of omission by a caret, :md write the sentence to be
supp1ied on tbe margin at the bottom, connecting it with the
caret by a lino drawn from the one to the other; e. g.
·
"Constantino tho Great was advanced to the
1 -~~~~~~~~-~---~--~--- .A

Roman empire, A. D. 325, and soon after openly
professed the Christian faith."
·-------tile sole dorninion of
7. The transposition of words or letters is indicated vanously; e.g.
"The desires of increase Iman with his acquisi-

; .

l
;

I

j,

1

216

omJ

tions. Every step which he advances brings smoothing in his view which he did not soo before, awl

tr j

which as soon so he sees it, he begins to want."

3

2

1

8. If two words are improperly joined together, or th JI
n ot sufficient space between them, a caret is interposed, and
ch aracter ( :i; ) denoting separation, placed in the margin <>ppositc ; e. g. ·
~
"A man who gives his children the hnbitof in.

*

...

industry, provides for them better than by giving
them a stock of money."
9. When the spaces between the words are too Inr~1 tho
correction is indicated by a curve line below the words; e. g.
.._

217

APPENDIX.

.APPENDIX.

" The man who distributes his fortune ·dth
generosity..__, and prudence, is amply repaid with tho
gratitude of those whom he obliges."

10. If the parts of a word arc improperly separated, th '1
arc to be linked together by a curve line above and below;
e. g.
When Aristotle was asked, " What a roan would
gain by tell ing a falsehood," he replied, "N"" ot to
be credited when he speaks the t ruth."
""

11. When a new paragraph is necessary, it is indicated by
placing its appropriate character at the beginning of the seir
tcnce and in the margin opposite ; e. g.
" It is oniy the outside of a licentious life that i11
,gay and smiling. ci;f Within, it con ceals toil and ·
trouble, and deadly sorrow, for vice poisons llUm n
happiness in the spring by introducing disorde.rs in
the heart."

12. VI.lb.en the parts have been improperly broken into two
paragraphs, the parts should be hooked together, and the
words "no break" written in the margin opposite ; e. g .

"'Men :ire often ing-.-·11i ow; in rnobn~ i1 1 f~1 n ,;,·\n~;.;
·
t t't l; .J l" Q\\'fl !;\Dt'V tho
rni-.;eral1lc, by aggravating
o l.
.;

!•:

0

no break cYils wl1id1 they endure.=::>
~fliey comp:trc themselves wi th none ])ut th ose
to be more h:11111y :rnrl cnrn .
:
'"hom t 1icy lm:tgrnc
• '
•lnt
on
them
alone
has fallen the ,r}1ol c loa•l
.
pl:un L •
of human sorrows."
. . d" t u by a sirn1)1c stroke of tl1c
13. A broken lin e is m ica c
pen in th<) rnar~in ; c. g.
. 1
a1 ,1e to
•
•• we !li'•~
"The Jv wcr arnmn1s,
ns f: n :1.'>
•
r
· 1 · l tl1c o1 y<;l,.:,,. o.
I · u,],rc arc entirely occupte•
wi t t
1
Jthei"'r 'present p<·rccy>tio11s,
·
· i "· iw•tr
an• l tlic cnsc
: ,)',, the
of PHI" own sp•'<:1cs.
snme \\' .l tl t tl 1c lower on1e rs
·
,.
'
r
is
in<1ie·tk•l
1
Jy
a
stroke
o1
tl1e pen
tt
1
14. A 1>l°IJ1;:Oil e
·
'
·
.
it anJ 't eross (+)in tl 1e 111:1r-:1n; e . .~·
' · ··
.
.
· . . ... . , , tr st
d rawn uuc1er ·
"\Ve oucrht to cons11h :r ti111c :1" .t ;;.11 ! ell u.
"tt i "'t<) U'' i , , <io1l · of whi ch we arc now tl 1c
e<
,, uJ '
,,
+ l001 mn1"toric"
·rn1l •trc to rcn<k r an account :1t h-;t.
Lepos1
~, ( - '
. . . ~ l b 11.. .,rinf,.
15. A letter too Rma1l or too lar~c is rnc11(' ''.'c·r y ' ,, "'
. . tl rou "·l1 it awl writin~ inf in tlt1· m:wglll ; c. ~a 1Jll \, l
l
1 .
t .,. ~ll"i ' S
"It is folly to prete 11 d, 1y H~ap111;.; u1: . .'rc.1. : :
1
· t tl
. l (,'1 1t "· of 111" ' :iir;i
to :um ourselves agarns
ic nec.11
"' 1n". •
v.if
" ·hieh n"C;tliing- can prot<'et us l111 t the goo•l pron dc11cc of our Heavenly I-':1t l wr."
. . . . •
. .. to 1H' de •1rc;;.;c<l 1t i,; 111.JH.::td'<l
16 . "\Vltcn a space HY[u 11 1·s
,
·1 . .
.
l
. 1 ]"
\., Lw< · . t wo li onz11 11 ta
in tl 1e n 1argi11 hy a pe r pcn< Iieu ar Ill'.) ,. ,,, 11
1

\''

...

1

I '

;::i

line:- ; c. g.

I

1
cHt
"Time once past never ret urn s ; t. LO rnon 1

wl1i dt j;; lost, is Jo;;t foreve r."
t l rn tl 1c rnarg m
17. The eommn. an•l semiC'.0101~ arc no e•
vith a rcrpcndic11hr line on the nght; c. g.
'
•
" I the pr0crres;; of Di \•ine worb an •l g'O\'t~Jn.n
"'
.
· . 1 "' l thi;; earth
mcnt 1· thcro arrivc1l a penod m w 11.; t
J was to \Jc calleJ. mto
. ex1.:stcnce."
10

'!
I

"
:.

i'

•'
".•-1

'

\

i!:

'.\·

,,.

..

I.

''

.

218

APPENDIX.
APP END IX.

18. Tlie colon an<l period have a circle drawn around
them ; e. g .
"Uc was ~1eard to say /, 'I have done with the
0 , world , and am willing to leave it/:"'
lD. T11e npostropl1c, exclam ation , nnd interroo-ation point
n.c; also tho pme nt11cf'i~::, brackets, and other mark~ are placed
between two convergent lines, like the le tter V. e. g.

FRIDAY NOT

21D

AN UNLUCKY DAY .

0

lJ horn" IIail,
holy light/, offspring of 'heaven's first
."
2?: The !iypLen and <lash are written between two perpenmcular lmcs; c. g.
• /-/

"Your brother Robert excels us all in horse mansl1ip."

A

~ 1.. YVJ1 en lines of pi-int are close th:1t should be separated
wn te m tho mnrgin tho term Lead or Leads .
'
"A I
· ·
, e. g.
Lead
s . was sittrng bst evening on the broken
.ont m the old church-yard and saw only the sea
moi.md ."

>I'. . .

\Vh en lin es arc a11nrt th"t
sl1oul·u1 b c c Jose say JJ ele lead ;
"

e.g.

a lead-

"It seemed to me as if I too " ·ere floating iu the
ocean o.f t li e univcrsr, m yself a li ttle world moved
by the breath of GoJ."
'

READING

PROOF.

Tho f~llowing cx:-rcises arn i11trorlucc<l to familiarize the
~ oung Co1.n poser wi th t ho use of the various marks used in
Lie correct10n of proof-sheets.
r

EXERCISE S .

~n dic..'\to (with

o. pencil) in tho margi n th o

th eir :ippropriato sign.<1 auJ marks.

necessary conllction~ by

From time imm emorial friJay has becu frowned upon as a
duy of il l omen And thoug h this p rcg u<lice is less i1rcralent
now tl1an w:is of yore, wh ;m superstition hacl ge11cral s11·ay,
yet tl1cre rn:u1y arc, even in this matter-of-fact age of ours,
who woul<l hesitate oh achy so unauspicious, to begin an un
<lcrtaking of m omen to us im port,
But to sl1ow wi th ho w
much reason tliis feeliug is indulged, let us examin e tl1c following import.'rnt facts in connection wi th tLc settkrncnt nnd
greatness of our own country, an<l we wo shall see how great
cause we Amerikans ln:vc to dread this dny.
On F riJ ay, Augu st 3d , 1492, Cliristoph er Columhtrn sailed
on his great voyage of di scovery. On Friday, 4th Janu:-1ry,
1493 , lie salccl on his return to Spain, 'vhi ch if be had not
reached in safety, the happy result would never ham Lee n
known, which led the settlement of the country. On F riday,
March 15th, 1493, he arrived at Palos in safdy. On Friday,
November 22d, 1404, h o arrived at hi sp:111i0Lt, on his second
Voy:igc to Ameri cn. On Friday, June 13th, 1494, unkno wn
to himself, he discovered the va~t coutinent of Am e rica.
On Fri11ny, March 5tl1, 1495, Henry VII of E11glanJ g:1vo
to Jolin Cabot h is commission, which led to the discovery of
North America; This was the First American state priper in
England. On F riJay, Sc p t~mbcr 7th, 15G5, 'Malendez fountlcd
St. Augustine, the oldest settlement in the U nitcd State's by
more tli:m forty years. On Friday, November l Otli, J G20,
the May Flower with the Pilgrims, made the harbor of
Provincetown; and on the same day signed that Aug ust
Com pact, the forerunner of our present glorious Constitution.
On F1iday, Decembre 22d, 1G20, the rilgrims made th eir
final landing on plymonlh Rock. On Friday, February 22d,
1732, George \Vashington , the Father of Am eri can Freedom,
wa.<1 born.
On Friday, Juno 19 th, Bunker hill was se ized and

t,::-.
! ~~~:

•,

:

..
~

[

i.

l

.

;

2:20

A PPEND I X .

APPE:i\ DIX.

fo rtifinl. On Frid:1y, Ortohc r 7th, 1777, the sm.ti:n1ler of
Sara toga \\' :1S m:Hh', \\'l1i ch l1 acl su<:h po we r ::tnLl infl uence iu
intlui'ing Frallcc to lkcla rc for om c:rnse. On Fri.Jny, Septl'rn ber 22d, 17 81, tho surrcnd·~ r of Yorktown crow11cd the
J\ mc ri c:nn arms witl1 glory. On Frichy, Rq1t. 'ith , 177G, the
rnoti c1n was m:111c hy John J\cbrns, Seconded by ri clianl henry
kr, th:;t tho lJ nit cil Colon ies were anll of ri·-'11t 0110-ltt to be
fre e ~rnd in(kpemlcrit. Thus l1y 111rn1erous c~ampl:~ sec that
however it rn:1y be \\'it 1t otl1 cr nations, Anwric:ms need never
drea<l begin on Friday any undertaki ng ]10,rcu cr momentous.

WIIAT I, ETTERS SH O U LD BE .

i\f:iny p0cpk, and "·ell -informcll proplc too, si t <lown to
writ e a LeUcr as if tl1 ey \rcrc alJ()ut to co11st rnct a Jen·al docu.
"'
rn cnt or p:ovcrnrncnt .Jisp:1tch. T'reci,..ion, formalit.T, and caro
folly -1ronlc.J nn1l rounded pc~riods arc c·o11 siden:\l nil essential,
eYen t11on~h tlie cpi,-Llc lJc i11te11d ed for a fan1i li ar friend.
friend . Other,.; :-tdpe:-ir ·to be writing for pul1lioat.ion, or fot
posterity instc-ail, of 111aking- q•istolary r om111u;ii c:1tion a simple conYersc betweC'n Fronds. J\ w:1y witl1 sui:h labored pro<l 11 cti1 JU>'. a Letter on l.u~in(' ~S slio11lcl lJo liril'f , to a friend
famili:-tr and c:1sy. I like U :lll11ah More's ideas upon tlie the
sul•j cct. Slie u ~ecl to s:iy : ".If I want wisdm, scntimnet., or
inforrn:ition, I can b et ter fii1ll tl 1cm in ho ok~ . '\Vliat I want
in a letter is tlic pi cllm~ of my f'rienll's rni xll, n11d tl 1e common
srnf'C ot' Lis life. I 1rnnt to kn ow wliat is lie is sayind and
doing; I wan t liim to turn the i11siJc of l1is licart out to me,
wi t l1 011t l1iH~uiso, "·itlwut :ippc arin.~ to be better than he is,
in
wi t.l1o ut AHi ting for character. I have the same feel incr
0
wri ting to l1i 111 . My letter is tl1crc·fore worth noth ing to an
i11d ill't•rc·11t persun; Lut it.is oC v:duc to the fr iend who cares for
me
Lc tk rs mnong 11 0 :11· relations are family n ewspapers,
m eant. to com·r·y par:1.~T:l)i l1!" of i11 tl'lligcn cc and aJAc1tisements
of prospet.:t::.:, :w tl not se11t.imcul:tl essays.

221

APPENDIX TIIRE E .
TECIINICAL TERMS RELATING TO
BO O KS .
to be in Folio wh en one s.ient of p:i1)f'r
I. A book is said
vVhcn th e sheet makes
makes b ut t wo leaves, or four pages.
four Jc:nes, or eight p:-igcs, it is sai•l to be in Quarto form ;
ci()'l it leaves or sixteen pages, in Octavo; t welve leave~ or
t'~~nti:-four p:-i()'cs Duo<lccimo; eighteen leaves, Octoclec1rno.
0
,
J
1' 1'
4
f
These terms are thus abbreviated : fol. for 10 ,10 ; to or
qu:uto; Svo for octavo ; 12010 for ~uoc~e~imo;. lSmo.' 2:1~~,
aml 32mo, i-;iguify that the sheet is chV1Jecl rnto Oigl1cce1. ,
.
t wenty-four, mid thirty-two leaves.
2. The Title-page is the first of the book, and conta rns the
title ; when a picture is inserted faci ng it, it is calkJ the
Frontispi ece.
3. Vicrnette is a French term, used to designate tl1c dcscriptivc0 or ornamental picture sometim es phccd ~n tho
titl e-page of the book, sometimes at the head of a c uapter,
&c.
4. T1 1c Running Title is the wor<l or sent_c nce l~bccd at tl:e
top of CYery page, and is g enerally printed m capitals or Italic
letters.
1 G. \ Vhcn a page is d ivided into several parts by a bank
space, or lines r unning from tho top to the bottom, each
d ivision is called r. column.
6. The letters A, B, C, &c., awl A2, A3, &c., :lt the l~ottom
of the page, arc marks for directing the bookbinder ll1 col-

~

lcetirw a.nJ fohlino- the sheets.
7. D ifferent na7nes am given to the various sizes of typ~ to
desig nate them ; the following are m ost used in book pnnting : -

:, t
I

,~·.

l

!,.

..

i··

I'

'

I '

~

: l;
I

'

.t

'
I

1;.

222

APPENDIX.

APPENDIX.

Pica. -A a, B b, C c, D d, E c, F f, G g, H h,
I i, J j, K k, L I, M m, N n, 0 o, P p, Q q, R r,
S s, T t, U u, V v, W w, X x, Y y, Z z.
Small Pica.-A a, 13 b, C c, D d, E c, Ff, G g , II b,
I i, J j, K k, L J, M m, N n, 0 o, P p, Q q, R r, S s,
T t, U u, V v, W w, X x, Y y, Z z.
L ong Primer. -A a, B b, C c, D d, E e, F f, G g, II h, I i,

J j, K k, L 1, M m, N n, 0 o, P p, Q q, R r, S s, T t, U u,
v, w w,
x, y, z.

v

x y z

Eourgeois.- A a, B b, 0 c, D a, E e, Ff, G g, H h, Ii, J j,
K k, L 1, 1f m, N n, 0 o, P p, Q q, R r, S s, T t, U u, V v, W w,
xx, y y, z z.
Brevier.- A a, B b, C c, D d, E c, F f, G g, II h, I i, J j, K k, L l,
M m, N n, 0 o, P p, Q q, R r, S s, T t, U u, V v, W w, X x, Y y,
z z.
Minion.-A a, Eb, Ce, D <l, E c, Ff, G g, II h, Ii, J j, K k, L 1, Mm ,
N n, 0 o, r p, Q q, R r, S s, T t, U u, V v, "IV w, Xx, Y y, Z z.
Nonpnrcll.-A n, Il b, Cc, D d, E c, Ff, G g, JI 11, I l, J j, K k, L 1, Mm, N n,
0 o, Pp, Q q, R r, S s, T t, U u, V v, "\V w, Xx, Y y, Z z.
Agnte.-A n, l3 b, 0 c, D d, E e, F f, G g, IT h, Ii, J J, K k, L I, M m, N n, 0 o, Pp,
Q

Q,

n r, s 8, T t, u u, v Y, 'v w, x

:x,

y y, z L

Pcnrl.- A n, ll ti, C c, D d, E e, F f, G g, II h, 1 i, J J, K le, L I, M m, N n. 0 o, J.> p, Q. q,
R r, S ' • T ~ U u, V ,., \ V w , Xx , Y y, Z 1,.
Diamoud.-A

11rrt.

APPENDIX FOUR .
CIIOICE OF BOOKS .
Formerly books were too few, and often diffic~lt to ~:i o~­
.
. . uite different. Were it poss1 e o
tamed; at present 1t 1s q
.
I woulLl sa there wero
ulti 1 ' thorn to too great an exteut,
.
y
. .
I c)
To read all published is impossible, 1ut tlns is not
m
too mLrny.
.
.
.
uirecl a . udicious selection is all that is necessa1y.
rcq
, J
.
works of stan<lard
. .
h
The follo wi ng list, embracmg many
d as a p·ufril guide to assist sue as
., ,
merit has been prepare
have ~o one to direct their ch01ce : Apology, Watson.
Astronomy, Smith's Illustrated.
Anecdotes, Arvinc's.
Analysis, Butler's.
Ancient llistory, Rollin.
B:uds of foe Bible, Gilfillan.
Biography, American, Sparks.
Cyclopedia of English Literature, Chambers.
Course of Time, Pollok.
Corner Stone, Abbot.
. l S' tu<l.1cs, s t.:a
. r'~, Ed wards' and Felton.
Class1ca
Comparative Geography, Guyot.
Colu1Ubus, Irving.

D b, C c, D d, E e, I! t, 0 g. ll h, I 1, J j, K k. L 1. M m, N n. 0 o, P p, Q q, R r, 8 1, T t,

Uu.. v,., Ww,X::s: , Yy,Zs....

RDrARK.-Tbe next two sizes of typo larger than Pica, arc called
English n.n<l Great Primer.

Deserted Villnge, Goldsmith.
D'AuuignU's Hcformation.

Tbo sizes above tlirso arc called Double

Pic:i., Two Lino ri ca, F ive Line Pica., Fifteen Line Pica, &e., &c., o.s
they exceed Pic:i. in size.

•

223

Earth an<l Man, Guyot.
Essay on Man, Pope.

22-1

APPENDIX.

APPE~DIX .

E1·i,Je11c0s of Christiauity, Alex:rn<lcr.
Edge wurtli'::; \Vorks.

Foxo's n ook of Mad yn:;.
Fvstl'!''::l Essays.
Gall ery of Literary Porlraits, Gilfillan.
Geology, Loomis.

P.lntarch.
Plurality of \Vorl •ls, Whewell.
P msui t of K11owledg:r, Harper'::; Family Library.
Political Economy, \Vaylan<l .
Plcas1m~ s of Ifo ic, Campbell.
Plc:::surcs of llllagination, Akenside.
P leasures of Memory, Rogers.

JT,,:11:1ns\\ Poems.
] [n1 11l' 1', Co wpl'r.
llistory of' Lit..ra!lll'C, JTal!:t111.
llistory of the Cl u1r('li, llasc.

Robertson's Works.
Hh eloric and Cri ticism, Boyd.
Ramliler, Johnson .

l1 1tdkct1 1::1 l'l 1i!o,-011hy, AJ.ercromliic.
Impro1·l· 1111·11L uf tlic ~ liml , \Vatts.

Studc11t',; M:urn:d, ToL1<1.
Seasons, Tl 1ornso n.
Sparks from the Anvil, Burritt.
Sallust, I:.0~e .
Sbakspcare':; Pbp.

J\:a111 ('s' Ell'111c·11 ts q(' Criti cism.
E:l·igl1tlry';; E 11g1and.

LoC'h:',; Es>:ay>:.
Lm l11vr's L•.:e t ure~.
LP,:.~:i 1r(•.Jg-e's.
Lady 1j f tho L:1k<', S1;01t.

i"

Mar;;l 1a!l's \\"a811i n_;ton .
f,J j t.111',; J'o t'lllS .
M1·xi('<\ Pn·scolt .
fllora l ~1 : i'-'n"e, \V;1 ybwl.

i\:1p<1lro11 :11ul l1is '\farsli:ds, Jfe:v_ll,,y.
1 ·;1tur:il l Ji,-forr, C ul.J ,-111it 1.
J\;it 11rnl Thevlngy, I'al<'y.
x .. ai's lfo•to ry of the P uri tans.
(),.., i:u1 .

Oi•ic's \York:.

22:)

'.
i·

;

':,

ii

'

s..1f-Cultm0, Sl:en rno1l.
• r-

'

Task, Cowper .
Tdcmacbus.
United States, 'Willard .
U11 ivcr:>al Ili.<tory, Taylor.
l.J:;cful Art:;, Digelow.

Virgil, Dry.Jen .
Vicar of \ VakefielJ.
'\Va."hin ,..,rrton and his General s, Ileadley.
"\Virt's Life of Patri ck llcnry.
X enophon, irarper's Cla.__c.sical Library.
Younrr's
Nirrht T1 1oughts.
:::i
.._,
Y oung Cbri$tian , Abbot.
10 .._,
~

,.
"

"

226

APPENDIX.

BOOKS OF REFERENCE .

'f;

•'

A General Atl as.
Anthon's Classical Dictionary.
Blake's Biographical Dictionary.
Buck's Theological Dictionary.
Encyclop:t!<lia Am ericana.
Gazetteer ·of the \ Vorld.
Webster's Dictionary.

'

INDE X.

PA(ll<

Co)rPOSJTTON- Dcfinition,

•

ll:.

5

0ltTII CJG IUPllY,

;:;

Capital Letters, Ruks for,
Spl·lliug, Rul s for,
PIJNCTU ATI ON- Design,
Period,
Comma.,
Rule I.,
Rulo IL,
Rulo III.,
R ulo IY.,
Rule \T. ,
Rulo YI.,
Rule YII.,
Rulo VIII.,
Rule IX.,
Rule :X:.,
Semicolon,
Colon,
Noto of Interrogation,
Exclamation,
Dash,
Other Characters,
USE OP WORDS,
Classes,
STRvCTUHE OF SENTENCES,
Classification,

G
3

n
l4

15
15
15
lG
17

4

17
18
19
20
20
21
22
23
2-1
25
2G

2G
29
29
31
31

'I

{

228

L.~DEX .

IKDEX.

229

'."

'

PAG£
r AOP.

J'11orosn1ox,
~u l •.il'C:t,

) iod ilic:1tions Of,
Modi icalio u of .l'l[odifyini; Worcls,
Prc<lil'atc,
nfvLliUc::.tions Of,
SE::-:TEXCE,
Simple,
Compound,
CL ACSES,
Imicpcncleut,
DcpcnJent,
ConnC'Ction of,
l'H Ol'OSlT IOXS- AIJritl gccl,
A rran~c· mcuL of , 'cntenc.:s,
Ur:tmm:itic::d,
Hltetorical, .
SYXO:'\ D!R,
l'OETitY, A:'\ALYSIS OF,

1 i:j

Apostrophe,
Rules fo r,
Ifypcrliolo,
llules fo r,
An t ithesis,
Climax,

:;~

.

:\

:n
'12

13
'15

llC.
117

Divitiions of,
Prose,
Lea.ding V a.rietios,
Narratives,
Rules for Writing,
Mcm oritcr Exercise::;,
Karrations from Hints,
Orii;i na.l N arm.ti vcs,

G2
52
(i :l

G3

,., ..,

u ..

GG
5G
(i!J

DESCHl l'TIOX S,

G!J

Mcm oritcr Exercises,
Dcseriplions from llint.'l,
ErrSTOLARY Co1mESPONDENCE,
Rules to bo Observed,

GG
71

STYI.E,

74

Purity of,
l'ro pricty of,
Precision of,
Critical Examination,
STRCCTURE- Ckarucss of,
l'ositiou of A tl,·crb~,
Clauses and Adjuncts,
Po>'ition of Pronouns, &c.,
U nity of,
Strcn~th of,
Harmo ny of,
FrGunATI\' Jo: LAXGUAGE,
:Meta phor,
Rules for,
Comp.1. rison,
H.ulC's fur,
A llcg-ory,

7-1
71

ESSAY,

81

AnG U )J ENTATlVE

3,1

8G
87
88

Obscn-ations on,
List of Subjects,
ABUl'tEVIATIONS,
G LO~SARY OF TER11S,
APPE:'\DIX OxEWriting for tho Press, .

!Jl

A.PPEXIHX:

Rnk:i for,
1\·rsr111 i ucation,
Rules fur,

85

!JI
101
102
103
J OG
1 OG
108

ion
11 l

153

•

Observations on,

85

Drscounsi::,

Two-

:Marks for Correction of Proof,
Al'P Exnrx TrrmmTcdin ical Terms relating to Books,
ArPENmX :FounChoico of Books,
Books of Rcfcrcnco,

~
~

i

,···

118
l'.lO

CO)fPOSITION,

(i2

1:;,

122
12G
12G
12G
12G
127
127
128
1·;2
gr,
1-1">

UG
l ~>:l

lG~

165
lG!J

l iO
181)
lSG
l '.) 3
Hl!"l

20:.l
205

214
221

221

22G

. I

.;

I ~I P 0 R T ANT

LITERARY AND SCIENr IF C \VOR.KS,
GOULD

l'Uil.LI S Ji l:D

Il Y

AND

LI NC OL N,

5G<li WASHINGTON S TREET, :BOSTON.

A NNUAL OF SCIE:N"TIFIC DISCOYEiff;
Or, Y<'n r Jloo'k of F acts in S cience and Art. lly DAVID
cloth , $1.25.

~\.. ' YX LI.S,

A. ::u.

12mo,

0

T his work . com m rn,...cd i n the yc n.r l .q,~.o , n.n d ip;111ucd in t ho m r,n th oi Jnn n!:lry , nn mrnlly . c-rn hrn1= ·~ ~
a n C'llU !ll<' rntion und dt•scription o f e ve ry imror tnnt Jnv<'11ti on , Discnv Ny , o r ~cic::-ntific Th~ o r y , r cp ortt-11 du ring the y c-n r . F.nc h. vol u me iio cli~ti n c l i n it111t.: l f, nml conl'1ins: E"'TLHJ-: LY :-> J-:W ~u.rrr.R ,
w i th a tln c i>ortrui t vfsornc p erson Uis tin g ui shcc.l fo r bi11 a l t.u.inmc nt.Jt in sci ence o.n U o.. rt.

LAKE SUPERIOR;
It.• I'l1 p icnl ChnractN, v <>getntir>n , and Animnk Jl y L .
volume, octavo, clcguu tly lll ust rntctl . C.:lotl.l, $3.50.

AOASBi Z ,

and others. On e

TlIE P LURALITY OF \ VOR LDS.
K ew F.di t ion . \Yith n SUPT' LY.MEXT A RY
ers arc reviewed . 12rn o, cloth, $ 1.00 .

DIALOOU i c,

in " "hich the author"s rc•ie"--

This m nRtn l y prod uc tion, w h ir h h as cxci tt'd so mu c h in t('r('11t in th il'I country nn <l in F.nr('Jp<\ will
n ow hnYC iucrcusc U u.ttrn.c ti on. in th e S t; l'l'LE>1 K:O:T, i n wh ich tho autho r '11 r e v ie we rs arc triuinph1u ttly
r e view ed.

C O~IPARATIVE

ANATmIT OF TIIE AKDIAL K IX GDmr.

Hy rro f. (' . T rr . "VON Srnn0Ln nn d TT. STA NN i u~ . Trnn,JntNl, "·i th
<lit ion", &.c ., By \ V A L VO J. ll u tt;o; .>:1.·r , 111. ]). One y oJ., octa vo , cloth,

Kot~"'
~3.00 .

,.TI
'

i;,.

'f.

Ad ·

This io unq ucsti on nbly tho best and moot complete worlc: of it. class over y et pu blished.

"
t;'...
I

f
W ORKS B Y HUGH

MILL ER.

T TTE VOOTT'TU"l\IS OF T i m CRE ATOR ; TrT P, 0 L D TIED S.A:i\l)STOXE; or . f\ow
or, T ile A:<h· rol PJ>i" o f Stroru n""'· \\' itli
\\' alk s in a u O lrl Fi elcl . Illnst rated ,·ith
l ll11,.t ra1io11 ". ·i'lcm oir of t hc .An thorl>y l'l n1cs n nr\ Geol ogical Sections . 12mo,
lA>UIB A U A 8!l!Z. 12rno, cl oth , :J:<l.00.
cl oth, $ 1.00.
MY S<'l fOOJ ,S nnrl S\ ITOO L7'f ASTEH S; FJHST H £T'RESS TONS 0F El'iG LA l'i T)
or , Th e Story of my Edu cati on . ' Vi t h AND 1TS 1'EOl 'L E. \\"ith u lin e l-:11u n elegant Ll kc 11 e8~ - 12mo, c lot h , :t::l.25. g m ving of the Autho r . 12m o, cl.. ,,, J .(JI) .
A th ri1l in,1Zly interel'lltin.$Z. nn<l ve ry i 11 t1trut· ti "c
T h i l'I ji;r a ft(' Timnn1 nn.rr nth·c ofn flc<'ply int<'TCRt· hoo k o ftri\vcl s : p rc~ cn t ing the m ns t pcrfrl't h· lif.··inp nn <l in Rtr11rtivc char:wtn. conce rnin g o n e or pik e vi <' w~ of E n g lo.nd and i ts people, to Oe l'ou u tl.
t he uw ~ t rcmark1'll.ilc m c u of th e 1ige.
.in the language.

Dn. lloCT!.LA.'<D an.id, .. lie \<OU!d give hi• Jen ha.nd to possess such powers or desc ri ption aa llti•
man."

TIIE NATURAL IIISTORY OF THE Hm1:AN SPECIES.
It• T q1 icnl Form• nn d T'rim cvnl D i,trihuti on . Ry

Cn A R T. "F: f' R A M U .TON s ~nrn ,

'Y itl 1 an J nt rodnct ion , co nta ining nn .A l>•trnct of th e V iews o f P. lnme nlmch,
) ' rid 1n n l . ] lnchma n , _J\ ):!a.•, iz, a n<! othe r . w rite1·• of r epute. n,·_S AM U EL li:ro,;i,;.
l .A1" 1>, J r., .ill.. D . \\ ll h Cie;.(ant I ll ust.rnt1oas. 12mo, clot h, $1.25.
·
Tt il'I I\ 1~1 k o r Jenrn i n,::i:. nn 11 full of in terest, and m a.y be r egarded u amon g the compn.rati vely fe.,,.
real co ntrl buti on e: ti) scii: nce.-[Chri eti :m \ VitncH.
(1 )

f:·

f

t

'

VALUABLE WOR KS PUBLISHED IlY GOULD

& LINCOLN, BOSTON.

~~~~~~~~~

VALUABLE WORKS PUBLISHED BY GOULD & LINCOLN,

:E O;!TO~ .

CICLOP.EDL\ OF A\ECDOTES OF LITER.\TUI:E A\D TllE Fl\ E AiiTS.
or

~t · ll' c li 11 11 o f .A11 cccl <1 : ('~ of t he Y :l ri o n~ fo rn1 8 o f T. it(' r ntnrc, nf tl H' ;\ r t ~.
~\ rcl1 i ll'l'f 11n · . E11 .~r a \ i 11 ,!.(:-: 1 .\lu :-" ie 1 l '11d r y l ' ai11 t i11 .~ H111l :-'c:nl plllrl.' , :u1d uftl11· ltH1~ t
1
c e! d J r:J {4•d L ih·ra r.v <' li ar a l'f e r:-\ il llfl ..l\rt1 :-:t.'i ofd i ll t· r1 ·11 t ( '11u11tr it·..: a11d "'" \ ;:1·..: . .\.c .
] {y 1\.1\Z l.l 'J 'T .1\J:.Y1~ .1.:: , A.. Ill. 'Yi t h utw1 c ruus Jllu !"l rati o u s.
l :.!0 ii:t t;L'M, octa\ tJ ,

A c h oice

1'

clutll, :;,;;J .tl\J.
T h i!'! iM 11nqn er4 !i 1t11 n?Jl .'· th e
T1111t ' '-l ,\ .\' P

1t

i~

·' " ' '

Ch()i rr~ t

r nllc rti on

0 f " :oo :c: n()T E~ ~ vc r pu hli ~ h c d .

Jt

Cl)nlf1i 1111. TH 1: n~

11 r · :-.." 1>1 : Efl .\ _:'\ 11 l' IFTY 1 1.1.1 ~ I HA I !' • '"I .
111t· 11, io nr 1i -i t:-1 , 111t·1 · l w 1ii ~·r4 , nn• I .. tht'f'4 , 11~ It l n 1·-

.-·., 1:T Y A .... F1· 11t • r 1, : 1, 1111d 11 111 rt: t hn n n ;<: t-:

11d111 in d dy ud 1q 1!t'1 l t11 li h·n1ry n 11d r41'i1·1iti!ic

TJ11:'1 .\lt 'l l'' uH JtKFJ::Hl~ S c~ , in rdu.ti u u tu 1".J..c tlJ o n tlio utuul; 1.: rlc s!f .su!ijcct:t u.u<l. ch u.ntu...: r:i i :1tru-

duccJ.

l\lTTO'S POPU \P. CYCLOP.EDL\ OF IllnLIC\L J.ITER.mnE.
Co1 Hl1 ·11c:: c t1 f ron1 1l1 r- 1 :ir.~<" r w 0 rk , h y th e au t hor , .TuHN J\ tTTO. D. D. ..l\ ~~ i :- l •·d l' Y
~J .A .\I I-..:-\ T .\ Y Lu1 ~ 1 U . D. \\' j t h OL" r UOU lll u.~lr<tlio 11 s. O c ta v u) 8 12 p p., cl ut li: :3:). ll'J .
T his w .. rk un :-i w t·rei t he JlHr p<Ht(" o f n cnm 1ncn tnry . wl 1il c n t th e 1m 1nc ti i nc it f1 1 rni !" h•~ 'I a r"111q1lt·t"
J) 11' T /ll \'.. \l( Y 11t-• T i ii·: H1H1.~:. (•1 11l1otlying t in! p r ..t ll ll' l tot r• f th e h 1 · ~t tl lltl 11111.!4 1 rt·1·• ·11 t n ·~ c an· lw.".I
in hilJ lit'u l lit.·ru t 1in·, in wlsi t· h th e l'll'lit1!:u-!'l 11f En ni p<~ a11ll Arn1:rir u. h n, ·c lJl•1·n ..: 11µ-:11-=1·•1. l t i~ ll t•t
o n ly i11t. ·11dnl l ~ •r 111 i 1d ~ t. · r~ un d thl· 11 l( 1~it ' o ll fit ll dl· Jlt ...;, h t1l i!'f nl :So ptlrticulurly u.ll:.111 tc tl to l)n.n:nt:1 ,
Su.IJbath-scl w ul h:ut.:ll crs, un tl the g: rcnt Uut.ly o f the r c ligiuut1 puLlic .

I:y l'ru f. ,\

lt:\" OLD G l.I Y OT .

\\'i1h l l lu ~trn t i ou s. 12mo ' cloth ) <i.i!ll:l ."'l).
""

H ISTORY OF

L\ H U ·;x ci; or Tll.T. HISTORY 01' .. CI EXCT: U'O X IXTELLECTUA.L EDUCATION.
l1y 'V ILLIA~[

'\'HEWELL ,

l>. D ·

) Gino , c '' otl 1, .,...:J ccn t s.

TI1· y o 1Hl ull <li ~1rntc thi !! is th e h cf't lii <t triri cnl co mp(~n cJ imn o f tlic H 11ly J,an tl . fr•Jlll tlie lb.YI< uf
.ALraha111 tu th u~c u f th e littc l'ash n of Egy pt, ,.\ I c hc1uc t Ali. - l Ld inLurg h H.c ,•icw.

I'lG:'.\ C'l l'JJ·:s OF 7. 0lj LOGY.
l\'i l h Tllu•tnition ·• · Jl ) , I " <)U•JR • \ o.\~:-: ; ;.i;
T !ii ;i w..

•

.

1

,. ..
.
.
~ 1 1 H ' ,.itt:oi 111 P' 1"l'('.h111n

.

f

ni 1d A L" t ' t" Q Tt·~

1 11 fon11 ution

"11 rKs11 11 r l11~,..,doj1·1· t. - l ' 1< • 1 F . ,J .\ ll 1 : s I I. u . 1..
. \ ""."rk

•'1 11 :111 :1l i 11;: ft.,11 11

,i o l li ,.; h n

•

'

-

T l11· lw .c l J,.. ,.,k u f tl1t• kii 1 .
•
.
•
'' in

,

.Zwlvgy

is

un 11 1te rc.tit i11 g

I

o 11r

l1:i rdh· n« n in";
1 ·· . .
I
.

1'n11rt·•·

n11.J \_' h ·1n t·1it a r y i11i t ... rtl \ IC' fulli 1 it

~

Ill

c

\

' · ..r • . ou r.n. 12mo, cl oth , $ 1.
linlf
,
..
.
n n nturJ in Ulh tl Hccofullour clcrn c u lnry
'

·

l' f'I

-

•

1u 11 ~ 111 4:'l'.

-

la' re tn:a lt:J wi th n IHR1i h:rl t· hnn cl - [S ,·
.1

•

•

t'fi

.

cum 1 1c Am eri can.

nm I.J\XDIX G AT CAPE ANNE ;
Or .. '~!11· (' Ji n r1 " '.' of t Jip F i1·,t· l'f' n n :i

"""t Colo m· o n 1hP T .
<}''" " I"""··
.\o w . di'""""
rnto17•. ofth
. ,\.
.
. "'·d "" " r·,,..
:"\ , 11' I I I 1·I ~:1I•' ( I f r1H l l <'tl1c
. l c J1fossncl1usctt1
.1 X liATE l HOlC:\TuX.
O c tar o c l ll 1 ~ l
on;.;1na ntanuscript. Dy

• ,J JJ.:"1

)

(;f.:)LOGlCA L )L\ P OP TJfE

v

co

rxrrrn ST.I.TES

1\XD

nnm srr

PROVINCES.

. n :,...• l :lw :~ •IP !'4 r· lr·~o 11 tl_v c11 Jo n: d, tHl ll l

dut h \: v\' t.: rt'.

CII.\.:mmns·s CYCLOP3::DIA OF

E~GLISII

LITER.\.n ; rrn .

Two Jnrg-c impe r ial oc tavo n>lum r·• o f 1400 pag-es; with upwards of30o el ega nt lllu stratio 11 H. Hy J'u 111mT C H A)11<E 1:s . E1 11 uos,;c<.l c lot h , $5.00.
This W'lrk cinl1n1 Cl'S nlun 1t <l:"'" JI! Tll O l' S A:"'n A U TllOH S , chr()n Ol•lgicully nrrnn gc<l nnrl cb~1H' 1 l
ns ] \~c L~ . l l i1' t1>riu11H , Dru n111ti -. t6. J'hil oio<• phcr~ . '.\letu ph y~ i e i1.1t1H. l> ivin r-!! , <' lr., wit h c h oil' C l-ll·li·1·:i,111-.
fr11111 tl11•i r ' ''ri li n g..: , ci mn e t· tc d lJj' n B ing rn phi cnl , lli.w. toricid , nnd C ri tien l !'inrrnti ,·c : tht1 H pr ·: ~1·nting
11 c o 1nplctc vi l•\\' u f E ngl i ~h lit1!ro turc fro m tltc e n rliC.'4t t.> th e pn.:i:ct: nt tirnc. .L d the T•'n(\(·r opt: n
wh e re h o wi ll, he C;w 1111 t fo il ti ' fi 1Hl m atte r fo r profi t and d diµ- ht. T h ~ "c lt:c t i ~Hl8 nre g('1 11 -1i nfinitu ric ht'l' i11 n l itth~ r1H11n : in the languu.gc of uuo thcr, " .A. Wllu l. K .1'.:.St.iLU:i ll L.t.Ull.Al<Y i 'l'S.t: l>
DOWN J.S T O 0:-\ K C llt·: AI ' JJU \I K

l"

' ... u .

·n·i rh :i n E :x pl n11nfnr.'· T Px t. G<:'ol n1,. ic· id c.::t•(·tin11 .:.:
.
")
~l.~a r:t ctcrl zc tile r u nuat iu :i:-i. J: ,· J u i..i-.:~ JLu~ :,; rtli r~ .I . Ja f.<'f-1 of t h o Fo~~iJ~ which
.. ...oo .
.
. t u . 1\\uv ul ulllcs. Uctavo,cloth,
f q 1·10 , wJtlt tJ11Lk

m:J}' · Tn t he n unu!fO ll it no tices an ll n .: vh·ws . t h e wo rk hu.e hcc n e tr o n ~ ly r C'com1n e nrh•1l . a~ n o t ri nly
a.dmi.ra Lly a.lhq>t ctl. tu the .f .'Al ll Lr , lJut u.l.iu 11.:f u text-boo k for ::iAJUu TU an ti. w t; t.: K IJ ,\ r ~ t: n v~ • L:i .

•

lll.lll(' Tlf111!1r>ntog1\'C it c urrcncy . Sirn11lo
ill j(ri
•
range . - LS1W 111 un'H J o u ruul.
({' l1 ri1'i lia11 E .\'.:11 11 in r- r .

Ill' 1 , illt>l ll'I , (,' 11l1i p rt • li t.• 1) >1) \ ' t;

~de n ee, n11tl id

rALE STI~E .

Wi th th e c ~ o.!:!: rn p h y nn<l X a tural Jli stor y o f the C o1111tn-. t he C nF1om• a1ul f11'1i:11t it111 ,; of ti,,. ll d 1r" """' ~l _c . lly J v uN 1\1rro, lJ. lJ. \Villi upwunlH u f :!uv J I J11,;trati u 11~ .
J ~111u , dutll, :f.; l.2rj .

CILDfilf.RS'S
J\y

~rI SC EUAXY

" ' 1LLIAM C11AM 1n ; R s .

CTLDrBERS'S

nmrn

OF TISEPUL AND EXTERT.lININO KXO\rLEDGE.
'Vith TI!ustrntions. Ten vols., 1Gmo, cl oth, $ 7.00.

~-

IlOOIC A:N"D roCKET MISCELLAXY .

(o n e up with linen cloth \Jn.ck, au<l. foldc<l iu octavo

A clio ie t: Sek el io n ofJnt c rc>t ini; untl
bLx V1JI H. J1; u10, cloth , ~ 3 . 00.

Jn ~tructhc Reading

fo r the Old and the Young.

Thi:c wn r k is foll y l' (}trn l, if n ot 101p<· ri or. to "ithc r of th e Ch nmh<:> rs·s n th~ r w o rks in in tnc!t,
e ont.aiui11 g fl vusl fund u f v1lluu hlc infvn n ation, fu r u ish in g ample variety for every clu.s11 of r cadc n .

CILDIBETlS'S RF.POSITOll.Y OF INSTRUCTIVE AND A.:lfUSINO rAPERS.
(2)

With Illustrations. l Gmo, cloth, bound, 4 vols. in two, $1.75; and 4 vols . in one, ~l .W .
(3)

"

VALU.Al3LE WORKS PUllLISHED BY GOTTTD &
VJ.,

VALUABLE SCHOOL BOOKS.

LINCOLN, BOSTON.

~~~~~~~~~

THE ELEME:NTS OF MORAL SCIENCE. Ily

FR.\XCIS WA "\'l. A X D,

D. D. , Preti id en t of J: ru wn U 11iversity, and Prufossur of i\ l o r~d· 1'111 !0:-;up liy.
Thousa nd . l2mo, cloth. Price 1,25.

Yifi icth

•,,:*

TJ ii s work ha8 be <' n h ighly comm e nd ed Uy R cv1ewen, T c~c h c ~, and otlin:-;, and li:ts
lrnrn ndopt c<l as a C lass Douk in n10st of tJ1 e co ll e giate, th co !og-1cal, and a cad em ica l ir1st1tu .
11 0 11• of the country.

YOUX G .1\.:\IEitIC:\.XS AilROAD.
Or, Y:ication in F.n t opr
1

\~~·.1 ;7"'j'Y 1111<l

A Tour ti

,

'

Ill· .J:~~','~\ (;.~;·~-~-,~~-i~dn, Frnncr, Hollnnrlj nelA" illm
11;ino, cloth, 70 ·c' _'•
HuUJ.Jis, lJ . lJ., auu iis i·u
1
18

.Swi tzc::ln 11 <.t .

t c Cf{uut llJustraliuns.

1

Thi" le n h ighly t•n tl·rt.'lining w ork cmhrnt•in

,u.'.

mnrc

.

kuuw tl!Jo ut Europe, t.hnu r;my other book ol.·t g_ I
rt-nl Jn~) rtn;tti on, iuch
ra\ <:If e ver pulJlt ~ hc U .

'Dill ISLAND
Or, the Youn ll' Cn.-tnwny•
trati c""·
A

Hew HJH.l

ii;rnu, ci ut i1,

B

·,5 c1f.

C

no:.m;

lIRISTorn;;n Ho:u:..i.c:NT, E5q. 'Vit.h elegant 11Jus-

cxcectlingly cupt h•£lti u('" " Rob'
o

every one wishes to

RB

C

msou

•

ru!oc etvry.

TUE A:.IERICAN STATES:.l:AN;

Or. Tll1 "trnti on~ of the I .ifc nncl Ch nr
,
"
"nd I 11d rnct io n of ,\ mi:ric:tn Yo11.tl 1uct}f o5nn~~ rl '; chstcr; for the Entc1ininmcnt
uu s l llu"t n1tiou~ . ltimo, c lvt h, 7& cid. Y OSEI ll l>A,'iVAI11>, .A. M. 'Yith nwncr-

Or, th o Dible Cod's

Tiill GUIDIXG STAR.,
i\ f ('S< O<'C

·"

~

,.,

· ''Y

r .

.ou I RA

l'A Y~ON"

ITorr- r .

J"

An cx cccill og1y interesting nntl in atru ctivc work fi • h
" , NR.
\)mo, CJOth, 50
or ) o ut 'on the cv1d cncu of Christianity.

0.

~A Tl

' CT I'.\"T ..
\\ ay. 1Umo, clot.Ji , gi lt 6:.l ct•.
m / ', : 0 :-> ; or, n oy-T.ife in the Country
1v lllO, cloth, gilt, G3 cts.
•
>
'
E r.I,A; o r, Turn in g Ov er n l'icw Icnf " " "ti Ill ,
.
.
•
,
.
i '
ll•lr11t1 o n~. JGmo c l tl "'It
' O 1, bJ 'G3 ctt~.
nn1l \\~hil.o l'nch 111 i11tenl.1 £'1l t o bo complcto
'.la 11urtiul ulcntity of ch uractcr, locu.lilic1:1,&c.

"?"t':

•

I

~ME~ICAN

IDSTORIES, BY J'OSEPE: BANVARD

L"i ~ !<)[ , 11[ Ai'\'D T l!E J'IL< ;H 1' ' .
or, f11-:Jd,.11I M ,,f i\ch·c·ut 111:., i11 tl1 11 .1117
t <_>_r,;: t,f _tJac __Fir,..t ,' "it'fflt ·i·i-t. '\'ith JJJu~~
t i.ttJous. lun10, cloth, l.iO ct•.
'

' ' ..
,
' A. M.
·1HllHANf
l·.OJ· A~TErtlf'Al'i lllSTORY·
; ;.1 ~11 1\ c\:~m.11t.11f tlil' J.:al'ly ~l'l.tlcoic•ut
1

1'11 " <•rth < n 1ol11~" "'"' \ "ir")!iuia. With
_ .. •
u~ t1 nt1011s. lumu cloth GO t
N ~v J..LTTES OF TIIE l\EW w or:r D ..
.
..
,
'
cs.
'}' ". A'. l"cn tnre• n nrl Di><·o,.cri c:" ,, ,. ; 1, : l lP.A~.!C SCE~ES in th o Jfoto
of
J Jr.<t 1·.x plvre rs o r 1\" ort Ii A "'" ri ca . \Y iu'
-'!.'.' ·' 1.rnd nnd th e Ol d French Wni'\l'ill.i
IJ 11Jstratlous. l Gn10 cloth W ct.
'
' :11 10 11!'1 l11fe~·t.·~tu1g cvc 11t:;.; ncc urd:w i
'
'
•·
1~1c '"''.'·1,v l11s tury of A1ncricn.
.l . l u~tz.i t 10110. l Gmo, clot Ii, oo cts.

'Yitl:

WO RK S DY THE REV. = AilVE"',..
.a.

.l.

NEWCOMB.

H O"IV 1:0. BF. A J\L\ X. A D<>ok for Tl 0 n · If l \\" ··
•
;.•ll1 1n 11."! 'I!: u.•<' 1"111 Jfinl, 0 11tli" Forni;:
~ "· I 10 hE.A I.A D}". A Rook for
dou u1 L hnrn c tc r . Ch_1lli, g ilt [,() ct.~ . t
J.:11 ~ . ~n 111 u~r1.111 J.{ u ...:t.·fuJ llint ~ on 1ho
.. .
'
on 1111t1u11 ol Clmrnctcr Cl . "It rn
A ~. J-.C DOT ES FOR HOYS F
. .
_.
.
·
., g1 , w els.
.A11 c·~dnh\~ n11d 1'\11rrnti 1."c.• .''N1~~:t~·',:~'/~-~ A :'> 1-;c' nOTES FO R G THLS. F.ntcrlainof J "' ""'Ph' • n ad Chnrnctcr. IS c
.A!":<·d ot_c~ n u d Jlinrrntil·~.• iJl11 st . .
cluth, g il t 1 •J.2 C!8.
mo, fl\ tot l_ 1·111 c1 pfp" nnu C llnr ·1ctc~ JO IU

'"I'!.

CJot!J, g d t 1 1:l

Ct.\!.

It i ~ n rndical mistukc, in the educatio n of youth, to pennit a n y hrook to b" n~ c tl hy i;t nd cnts n""
text Uook , whi c h containn cr rom:ous d oc trin es. espccinlly wh en tli c1H; n. ru fu111l11111t•ntal, nwl l1·1HI to
v itiu.tc th e who le 11ystem of n.1o rul s. '"' c have bee n grcutly plt· n~cd w it h th e rncth od wl1 h: h l 1r(·1:·i •!1·n t
'Y uyl nn d h:1s nd optf'tl ; he goc !f bnck to the sini1l h.·st urn.I m ost fu 1111um cu tul prinl'i r> le:i: and, in lho
111 tutt-nic11t ufhi s ,· i cw~. h e u n ites pc r!! pic uity with t• ondse n ess un<l prtd~ion. Iu 1ill U1c a uU iur's lcutlin g fuu<lwn cn tu l principles w e cn tirc::ly concur. - JJiblical R e1-,og-i lory.

T h is is n new work on m ornl 8, for ncndcmic t11!e-, nn <l we welcome it ·~dth m nch Mth1faf' ti nn. lt i"
th r resu lt o f 15ev cral years• rdkc tio n nnd experi ence in t eachin g. on the part of i ts jus t ly '1HH1 1112'u i:r h('d
nuthor ; nn1 l if it ie n ot pe rfectly what we coul d ·w is h. yet. in th e m ost importl\nt rC' s pc c t~ . 1t su p plh.' 8
n wunl whi c h luuc bt:cn cx tcn si'"cly frlt. lt is, we th111k, snhstantially so u nd in ita f u n•lom e ut:d pri ncipks: nnU, l>e i11 A" co m pn·hc n sivc a.ndcl emcntury in its plan, nntl ad ap tc<l to th e p u rposes of in ~tr uc­
t io n, it w ill l1c glu dly ml o ptc1 l liy those who h nvc fo r a. long time l>ecu dissat.isficd with the exi sting
works of ru.lcy. - L iterary and 1'hcological Review.

MORAL SCIENCE, ABRIDGED , by the Au thor, nncl adnptctl to the
U se of .Schools and Academi es. Thirty-fifth Thou sand. 18mo, half cloth. l'r ico 50 cts.

; o r . Tbc Roy who h nrl his o'

~Jr'" 1 h ·~ itl11,,1 ,·o vnl11nw~ ore unifn
.
.
a.uU i11<levcutlcut of itJJdf, tho tic ri ce: :,~i11l1 ~ ~ 1 z.c n~<lt
u con ucc c t

The w ork h tU!I been rcncl by me nttcnti vc ly and th oro u ghly, and I th ink v ery 1i;gltly o f it. T ht• nu~
thor himi;i.·l f i11 o n e of th e rnust rstim:l.hle of rn e n, a n tl I d o n ot kn ow v f any <·thica l t rt::ifr.. c in w hi c h.
our Uuti t:8 to Uo<l Rl)(l to o ur fcU ow· m c n a.re luicl d O\\U'l with ruore prt.:c~siou , sim11lkity, 1.:kunH.: ~, t:uergy, and truth. - Hos. JAll ES KENT, l-ate Chauccllur of 1\'ew l'ork.

eta.

THE AIMWELL STORIES.

<: •

I hnvc cxo.rnin cd i t \v ith grcnt tmtisfaction nnd lntcrcst. The work W n'J grcntly Jli'('<lc<l. n:-i. 11 is wt•l1
ex ccutt• :i. Dr. \V nyln. 1111 dc flc rv t>s th e g rutt:f'ul ttc kn o wlc<l gm cu ts n1vl li h(•n.d putrflmt:;c of th e p n hl ic..
l n c(·d t11:1y n o thing further to express my hi g h csllmllle o f th e wo rk , th n.11 th nt w e ~ h a ll in i n H' •li utd y
adopt it fur a text book in our uiilvcrs ity. - H ...:v. 'YJLB Uit F 1s K, lute l't·~·'· of fT'alcy<tll ltlui cc 1·.• 1ty.

'

•

u llJ O,

(4)

l):'.T Th o more effectually to meet the d es ire e xpressed for a cheap <dition fo r , c]1ool•, ono
is now issued at th e re duced price of 25 cents per copy! and 1t is hopc<l tl1crchy to e xtend tho
!Jc n ofi t ot moral instruction to all th e youth of ou r land. Teachers, an<l all other.; eugagcd

in the tr:unin g of youth, a re invited to examino this work.
Dr. 'V ny lnn rl hM publish ed a n nbri<lgment of hi! work , for the u~c of school11. Of t hi~ l"l" P W<' C:t.n
h n.rtlly spcuk too hi ghl y. Jt is more t.hun tim e th nt the tit u dy of Jn o ntl p hilOt1ophy iiihn uM be lnlroduccc.l into ult our in st ituti o ns of cdncntion. We nre hnpp y to !ICC the w ny so nuepici o u~ly ''Jlrn cd
fo r su ch nn int rod u ctio n. It hns l>cen n ot me.rely :abridged, but also re"turittcu. \V e co.rrn ot but regn.rd
U1 c luUor 11 1 well lx:dtowcct - 1Vort!& American Revie w.
Wn LllJl<'l\k thnt wo 1.10 kn ow when w e exprcl'ls our hlp-h cpti mAtc of Dr. Wayl:;ind's nbili ty ln t('nchln g m orn l phll o"('i'h )', wh ether o rally or by the book. Jlnvlng lbtcn c11 to hi" in ,_tnwtinn " in th i1t rlr. pn.rtmf'nt. we can ntlcflt h ow lolly n.ro the prin c iple~, how mmc t nn d PICVcrc tho n.rµm1w 1ll.n t iM 1, how
ap prop riutc o.ntl strong t ho illu.stru.tions, which characterize bis system. - H~atchm an and ffrjl c l'fr.11·.
The w ork of w hi ch this T"Olumc is nn o.bridgment.. ie w ell known as on e of the best and mf!st com-]
plctc work s o n moml p h iloso phy extnnt. '!'he author hi well kn o vn1 n.s one of the m ost profb und
1ch olan1 o f the ngc . Thnt th e study of m oral eciencc, a "cience which tcnchce f,OOdn r..t.<t., sho ul d be t\
brnn c h of educa ti on, n ot o nly in o ur coll ege!, but in o ur schools and ncnd cmi c:t1. we hd iC" C w ill not
be t.kni c tl. The abridg ment of th is work seem.a to us nchnimhly cnlculntcd for tJ1c purpo11<'. nn•l we
h ope it will be exten siv ely npplied to the purposes for which it is in tended. - ~1/erca nt ilc Jo urno l .
'V e hoil the nhri tli;:nnc nt M ndmirnhl y ndaptrd to supply the defi cie n cy whi c h h u~ lon g hr rn frl t 1n
common l!lc h ool f>dncotion-the study of m oral oblib•ution . L et the ch il d ('nrly be t.'l.11 ~ h t the rl'lat iOTu it l!ll.1.!ltnin111 t<> rnnn nnd to its l\fa k er, n.ncl who can foretell how m nn y n !'Ind nnd d is11stro u!ll ovrrthrow of chnrnc tc r will oo prcTCnted, 11.nd how clentcd 11.nd pure will be the sense of h1trgrity and
'1rtuc 1- Ev<ning Gazette.
L

.'

\V 0 lKS J U ST
V .ALUABLE SCH OOL BOOKS.
tLEl\LE~TS
D ·
>
•

OF POLlTJC , \L FC'O
' 'O •\ l"" '
'
' '

. D.,
l rcti1tlcnt of Drow11
•
. •

U11iver~11y.

V1SITS TC' r-.li P. O l' E.\N CELEB l:lT l!·:S.

I3 Y l •,flAK C IS '\V

Twcnty-•i ·'tl! tho U~u.tll
.: ti •

J·2rno,
.
LAND,
doth,AJY,:!.').

c~ Th 1.!I imp~r L'l nt

wo rk of D r. \Vn_rl a n d sis fn~ t tnk in g the >lace of " V
su r.
l>;cct o t l 'ofdu. :al J:"con1""!/ in our cv lltgcs a11U hu::hcr
. ·I / .
c cry .o the r te xt book on the
~
ti t: l<N II: 11\ nil vu.rt3 of tlic cou11t r '

1 he mitl1o r •myit, •• hi! objec t h us Ue(' n to w rit e

t\

book wl . ·l

ston d. li e h as . t hcrofon• , l:l bo rc•l tu ex pre'" th e i;c nc rul

'.

-

pri::~;' >l~:c? on~ wl~ o du><,.<>

.) .
rnny un<lcr-

by cas1.•.it with wh ic h cn.: rv JJ'.-' r"'o ll il4
J . . u tl1c }ll11tm:li t 11\1111111.:: r JtO:i.l'iilJlc,
llfl UTt! l! of r~grl'l, tliut th e c u ni.t..: u f tllsc tt !t!! iu n in ~ltc fo-llow i,n fu 1:11 ll ~r. lt Jul.! h~·1.-· 11 to th1• u11thor I\
g ro n nU wht c h hill( frl'<t11<"ntl y be ·n th e un: na of po hti1.:ul contr; v ~· :6.'--" hn!!, u11u, (nJulJly, led hi111 o ver
to st;.tc wh nt S<:ctnc<l to him to he tru t h, w ith o ut ti:nr f1"·
atl euril "'. "''' · hc ha•cn<lrnv·
8( .f o l llU l>1 tl!f to w11rd11 a n y purty w hatc v l..' r n.ll d he } i k ,
-o tJr u tkctu~ n. Jl c is l:v11 .. c tut1it tu hi111~
l>c t..: On\·i u cctl thn t h e has bt:cn in t\ ., .
.~
i u . -1 th nt l'.c w lHJ w ill re~ul tile whv lc wvrk will
Ut n c ..:
y none. · · l ..rtrod j ro m t!. c 1 ~r• fa r,, ,
tm tl tu Jl lu is t ra tc tl1 C' m

<>~~·l

~'; ). !'.'.

·db .

~~- : 1~~: :~~1l'\~ tl~ct so un ~~e-tJt t!Y! tc m o f rcp u blicu n J>('l litic:d cco u o my o f a ny trl..' ati :;c cxt :llll - .Adroca.te.
.' . . "1.h s nfc .y ' tho t tht• t np k t1 nr<' '"'' '-'JI ~<'l"t 'f (• d u '
• .
,CU:..lrahlcc h i r m o re t ll un u::iual cxcclkn.. \V. . I . ,.
n l rt~rn n.c.:.ecJ , t hn t th (• n11lhor·~ nnm c is a
l
l..:C.
c WI S \ It un 1.:xtn1 s 1vc c1rculutlVll.- ~' ·· r. UWc1Tt:r.

A TIRID G FD 1
to tho U>'o uf Sclwol• anti A~a<l ' . . 'J' ' . .' ' >y t he Author, an<l :l<lapted
rrico !'iO cents .
cJJllC1>.
1111tee 11th lh uu:-:a 11J. 181110, l1~df rn urucco.

I'OLITICAL

l~CONOi\1Y

***

Tllo su c r cf': s 'vh ich hnH att e nd ed the a lnitlr"lnrnt of' ~ Tl
cnce" h n.s in<lur:c <l the a11tfw r tn 1irc11>\ ro a
I . I,..
. lO Elc mcnt!i of 1\ foral Sril
• 'n n Jr H "llH'1 1t uf tl11s " ·nrk
l
1·
t io othe r, tho work has been c1Uirely rcw it.t
1~
,
.
n l tis ca:-:u, as in
tl! o attaiamcnt• of yout1 1.
r en,""' an atte mpt has uccn mat.l o to adapt it to

I'AD':
"' l
.Y'S

N ATLIRAL T HE OT.O GY .
Ill n ~ t.1.ntt, t1 1>)' fort,· rinte
d
' l.. cc t1on:;o
n f Dr. P <tXton J will1 'I• ( l (_I
l·r·hJrl~\. I l!o.'\Of(""i
'
•
•
1· . fro111 th o nol
()rl"
ll
l'l' . JI I ' I s, Inn
'
·· '-" . · . c·i· , .
r.
' l ·' 1< so ccte< , ,or
. .
,
LI .11s er i t1on; wi t h <\ v uc •:11J1ihri·
' - 0 1 •n H.111 tc 1 c rm s
Ed1t· l h·J
!\c\v C'<lirion, witlt 1UlD and r/ crrant
ll l 1···lral ·
•
C<.
~ O UN \VAH.E , i\I. D.
o
...,
wrw.. ] :)
-mo,
l'hccp,
J ,~y J.

~

~

T hit11 tl<'PCT'\"'rdly popnln r

'~-O rk.

h ns b N•nmc nlm o'- t unh·enH\ll in
.
~ tu1.rlcu,
.. 1 11·u ro u g.tu
,
y troduccd in to n.l1 schools, ncadut the cvuutry.

t m lC! , n utl cvlkgcs, wh c.rc th e 5u lJ1cc t is
•
b

.~ he w ork hrfo r<' n s ls ono " ·hi l" h <kf' <" n~ c11 rath l"r ti) he Rt ua ·
d th:.;<'11t ntl c nti on imd s tu dy neith e r the CX ('(' il, .
f.
ic e\ thnn m<'~ly TCntl. Inrlccd, without
~a i~7.(•<l: lt il!I, thrn~ti._,rt• gra~i fyl n~ ti> fin tl it i11~~1~~~1 ~t·d1t·~~\:ll full y d~,r.icovcrt•1l, nor it.!; ntlvauti.lgc.!I
111 :1t 1t ~t t1ont1 of our ermn try . Th e l'dition. l>Cfur(1 us i i!! s u• ;<·ri (I ~c:c t t~lOk, mto th e coll t:g ('S nu<l litcmr.r
e:upcrivr lo :my that hua yd Uccn j)UIJli -Ji ~u - S . . · ..I
.' to _1my we hu.vc seen , and, we believe
B c ·
·J-"' tl 41 ,/J c J ilvnm&.
'

t:c

Pcrhnp!I! n o one of o ur nn thnr'1e w0rk 11 µ-i vrs

ntcr ent'

r ..

n n ll t h o n!d, th e if; n o rn nt n11J. th e c·n li szht<: rw<l ~ I . 1. ~!'I a< ti on to nlJ c_ l:i-:~('~ o f rcn<lt'rl'I, the young
s
. 1111 '.
''-' O r t·("n ltt•c1.
bon k in whic h th o urgumcuis

foi: the cx ls tc n c-o nn<l n ttributcs o flh
ma.uucr rnvn.: ut:.mctivo And more

~t~

~o

co~~·l~l~~gm°_
~;1~~
:?. 1'°,::rnw·
~1 frum hi• work.a, tLre cxhlb.il\I
tcd in A
•
"t4 tati
..t:a11w1cr.
~

!Jy

WILLIA~!

B.

S l'R AUUE,

D D.

121110. C .J t.h . :$! .00. Second Editi on.
Tn}: fir~t cc\iti on o f tliif' work wa8 ex linu stcd within a short time aflcr its J!Ub:ica·
tion. Jt con>'ists o f a ~cries o f l'crsou al Ske tchc8, drawn f rom l1f'. , or many of the
n1o"t d isti11µ;uishe<l m en and wom en of Europe, with wh om the auti1 o r uec a me
11c'l11nintcd in the course or •e ve ral Europc"n t our1': E d ward l rv in;.;, H ow la nd ll ill,
W ill.icrfurce, J11.y, H obert Hall, J olm F oster, Hnn11ah J\lore , (.; uizot, Lon i> l'lti lippe,
8 iP.tnond i, Tholw.;k , U cscniu~, Nennd c r, ll umboldt, .Eucke, J(o~er~ , Ca n,11Ll·ll, J oa11na
lSai!li., , J oilu l'y e Sm it11, Amelia Opie, Dr. l'usey, l\Irs . S il crw ood, '.llu ri a Ed ~t:w o rth,
J.,\ <11 (.;alt., Vr \\' artllaw, Ur. Chalmers , !:;ir ])avid Hrew•ter, L o rJ J cll'n ·:·. l' rot'e"•Or
W il ; crn, (hi l l\ orth,) ::;out hey , aud other~, are here portray ed "" the nu t lt <>r "" "' t hem
iu th e ir vw11 b<11ne~,n11d und(~r tlte 1nust ndvttntngcous circuntStnncc~ . J\cco in p :iny·
in ;.; t he ::;kt:tchcs arc :.ltc A UTOOlt.AI'llS of each or the pe rso n ni;cs clc.'Cril>c·d. ·111i.;
u 11i'1 11 c fe11turc of the \\· o rk a<IJs i11110"11all de~rec to it s at tra ct ion ". For 11tc ;.oc ial
cin; le fv r the tras el lc r Uy ra ilroad nn cl r;t enn1bo~t 1 f"l) r a ll w ho de~irc to lJc n· fr .. ~l1ed
1
u11il 11ot wc1Ln·•l Uy n. . :adi n ~, the book ''' ill pro,·e to h e a n'ost a gTCe~1ble co1111nl11i u n .
Tl•e !'"I.Ilic P"""' of all shades or opiuiou , !\ orth aud ::;out.h, h:we g i ven it n mvst Uatt c r i11 g rcCCJ!lion.

CA~IPAlGN. A C omplete Nnrrntive of th e War in
Written in a Tent in t he Crimea. By ~fojC\r E . l\ tu ;c 1t
A uth or o f "Liuly Lee's Widowhoo<l." 12mo. Thi ck . l'ri11 ted

THE STOilY OF TllE
S o uth e rn

11.DtLJ~ Y,

l~w,; 3 i:i.

l'a per Co ve rs . 37 ! Cents.
Cm1 U1 1l s. -Tlie ItcnJczvous -Th c :i\lovemunt to the Crimea - First Ope rnti ons in
t:ie Crim ea - l\:1tlle of th e Alma-The .Uattl e-li eld - The Ji:atchn au d the l»duek nac Flauk :i\l1trch-Occu patiun of l.laluklani -T lle l'uoil io n udun: ::;cbn• topol Co m1ne11 cc1ncnt uf the t;it'g-e - Attack on Halnkl:1va- Firf't Acti ou or l nkcnu a n uUu.tt lc o r 111kennn11n- '\Tinter Oil 1he l'lnius-CircumflpCCtive- Tbc Uo:::- p ital !:i on
the Bo, phorus- Exculpatory- l 'rogress of '.lie Siege - Tile .Uuriul Truce - Y icw ot
the W o rks
'1°11t~ was fir; t p ubli; hc<l in I'Jac kwood' s 11[agazine, i u wh ich form it h 11.• a tt rncte<l
p;cn.,ral ntle nti o u. lt i• the ouly co1111 cctcll nud co11tinuou• n a rrntivc o r th e \\'ar iu
E 11rPJh.! tha t has ye t appe nrc tl. The aut h or i~ an otliccr of r :u ik iu t.li e H dtl:-:h nnn y 1
1u1d lias Lunie a11 ac1i\'C part, in the caunpai~n; he hns al ~o won a lnilli a11t n·pH ~atinn
a' tile auth o r ,,r the fn~c inati11 p; ;tory of" Lnily Lee·; \Vidowh o\•cl." Hy l!i.- 1'"'1C~8io11 of nnn ", by hb ac t ual participation in t he co11tlict, r111d l.Jy hi~ litera r y al.ii litic•,
li e i:t qualith-41 in a. rare tl e~ n:c, fur th e ta.Hk he haa unt1cr1ake u. 'fli e c:qwclatious
tl1w~ nli l'i ed will 11o l Uc di~ appointe<l. To thu~e who have b~e n <kpe 11 lk 11t. 011 tl1e
ori1·f fra g m enlar y , i11 terrup tccl, and irrc~pon,iule 11ewsp:i per 11oti ·ell o rt\tc: war. t lt i•
Look1 wi ll fur11i :·d1 n. f 1ill, c o mplet e , grapldo, a11d lwrfcctl y n •linlde ~wCtJ11Ht from t lio
twg i1111i 1tg. ::;houhl th e nnth or's li fe Le Rpared, h i• lli~tory ( 11' ru t 11 re ' 'l'erati•>1•8 wil l
follow, untl will!;<.: iss ue<l by tho publl~hcra uuifonn w ith t.h o Jil'C"c:ut nJ lumc.

ROGET ' S THESAURUS OF ENGLISH WORDS.

A New and Improved

E•lit ion .

12mo. Cloth. $1.50.
ed it ion is ba•ed on the Just London edition (just i:<~ued. ) T he fi rs\
.A merican editi on hnYin g been prepared by Dr. Scars, for strictly educatio11nl pur
p<r.iCll, til o~e words a.nd phrases, prope rly termed "vul gar," inc orporated into th•
origiual work , were omi tted . Regret having been expressed by critics n11d ~cholnra,
whnsc opin ion~ are e ntitl ed to rcopect, nt this omission, in th e pn••c nt n e w
edition tbe ex purf:alcd portions have bee n restored, but by such an arrn11 gcm cnt of
mnttcr M uot to int e rfe re with the e<lucational purpose of th e Amn i_can editor
Hc• illeMtllie, the re will be Important nrlditlons of words nud p h rnPes n : '. in tlte E n ;:
llsh ed ition, mnking tltls, therefore, in all respects, more full nu<l pe rfect than tho

TH•~

l\utbor'e edition.

'

lnl

NE\v

THESAURUS O:F ENGLISH WORDS AND PHRASES.

\V 0 RI~ S

So Cln.ssificd n.n<l Arrnnged n.s to Fn.cilitatc the Expression of Itlcn.s, nnrl

As~;st

in I ,itcru.ry Composi ti o n. Uy P1'n:R JIIARK Roci·:T, lo.to Sccr et:iry of tho Royal
Socie ty, nml nu th o r of tho " JJridge w i>te r Trco.t.is e," etc . l\cvi sccl and En.
larged ; wi t h a. L1sT OF Fo1n:1v:'f \V OHllS Al' D E x PllESSJONS most frc r1 ucutly
occurring in works of g cno rnl Literature, DcfincJ. in English, by HA a~ A:>
S 1·:A 1ts, D.D ., Sccrctnry of tile ..lfasso.ch usctts Don.rd of EJ.uco.tion, a.ssistctl Ly
eoveru.l Litoro.ry Gentlemen.

12u10, cloth .

f..

$ 1.60.

q:;; A "·ork of ,::rent mc1it. ndmlrabl;- ndap tccl as a text-book fo r sch ools nua college•, and ot
t'll;;.:h 1mpartan tc to t!n~ry American ~....: h ol o r. A mong llic numer ous commcn;Ju.th..111s rccetvctl
from the press, In all ul rcctlons, the pnbllshcrs woulu caU attention to tbQ following:

.MY l\fOTifER: or Recollections o f nhtcrnnl Influence. By a
Cu:noY~tAx.

12rno.

Cloth.

KEW ENGLAND

75 C ents .

~ms is a new and eu ln rgetl edition of n w ork that wa~ first publi~hPd in l S4 9 1
pns•ecl ~apidly through three editions; w hen tbc sale wns nrrc•tcd bv the e m1.a · t

m e u t oJ th e iiublishcr 1· 1
J
'
,
. v . rruss. ·
· . ·
ic au 11 ior 10 ~ now r c,·i::ed it, und ndtlt•d anoth
b

~o :hat it comes before the public with tl1 cc.~c11tial claims ofn n e.w work er c npter,
1t is tllc pictu re of a quiet new E11glaud fnmily, so drawn and col o red us ·to· · • ·

t~1 c cu tis ot" domestic ed11wtio11. Tllo ceutrn l tii;tlrc is tho nuthor 's m ot her s~~Rcrve
"l_rnm n 1·: grouped th? Yarious rncml.Jc rMof the famil y. J~iogrnphicnl skct~he ouuu
lc1<Sons ot p rn ctical w1Hlom arc •o iutcrmi uglecl th·1t while the i· .
1· sa nd
latter t i csc · t
. r
•
'
ormer re ieve tue
•
. ,
i
rn urn g H·c •Orce n11 d •igui li cnncc to t he sketches. .
'·
nutl:~r lrn~ nl:endy clistingui,hcd him•clf in v nr i•Jus w alks of litc~at~ir~ but fi~ol~
mot11 es ot delicacy towards the sti ll s uniriu g characters of tli c book le ' I
. , ~the p resen t t o conceal hi< name. . . • . . A w r it er of wide celcLri~ ~ : oosc~ or
b~~lk, ;n a '.' ot~ to th~ pu!JJi,Jicr-" It is one of t.llO~c rare picture.•, pain~~d ~·~~~tl;~~e
" 1tb1 t •c c x(Ju1s1te skill of one of tl1e old maJtus, which 80 Sl•IJom llrCllent themselv...;
to e flmatcur. ,.
~

WO RKS !:N PR EPA RATION .
MEMO I R

n P< r tnii t.

O F O LD

K _N~WLEDG_ E

H U MPHR E Y .

With Glcnn i ng~ from his Portfolio, an d

A View of the J'rorlucth·e F orces o f :Modern
1_et) ' a11 d th e Rc,ult~. of L nbor, Cnpitnl nnd Skill. Jly CnAltU:!' l\ NIG HT.
"IV , fn m11rwr.011s Jllu<trnhou.s. Am e r ican Edition. Hcl'i•c<I with nddit'o
1 11 ~, '·vy
l AVID A · W1':LLS , .uc
" j 'f
I
'
1 o r o f tic
" An11 un l of Scien ti fic Di"coYe
ry ."
SA~RED • . ~A~IN POETRY. CHI E FLY LYRICAL. $ cltctccl nnd nrrnngcd
i~r··'~'c. '\V1t '.1 1\ otcs n nrl nn Tntro<l1Jclion hy J! rc 11A 1tn Cll1'NEV JX 'J 1.urnc H.
ci J. cd, w ith unporl:rnt. A1hl itions uy J. L. LmcOLN , l 'ro fotiso r of t he Lnti n J~ 1111 •
gunge rn Jlro wn Un11·cre1ty.

s?

IS

PO WER.

T HE SERMON ON THE MOUNT. Drawn from the
Wnt111gs of St. Augu,tine, w itl.J O!Jscrvat io11 s. By HI<;H AHD C ll .EN Y.VIX TirnNcu.
EX_POSITION

OF

&. L . would cnD n'.t.cntion to their cxtenm·e li•t of publicntion~,
em~iac . ng valuable works in I u ir..: LOG \', Scn:Ncr:, L 1n:1t A-rurrn AND ART,
~~ T ~lov KS YOR .~ cuoo;. s ANO Cor.LE<:H:R , and J\l1~cJ~LLANY-OU8, etc ., in large
v a n et}, t he r r o.duc <1 ?11s o. some oft he nblt:• t writers nn<l m o~t ,cicnt itio m en of the
age, nmong which will be fouud lllf•'e o f C h nmber,, Hui.:li :II illt·r. A g :i ~' iz , Goul<1,
(. uy.ot, ;'lfa.i·co:•• Dr. ll11rri•, V r. l\' nyland, D r. IYi lli:in1s, Dr. Hiplo>v IJr. J\itto
l )r. fwecda_•, _D r. C hoolel(, l>r. ~ pra :.!11c, J\cwcom h i H1111vo1d, H \VnJt·,.~ J\ i mwclJ );
1!1tn :.;cnr r, J\Jia!l, , \rch<lL•11c o 11 liar<, , and Ol hors of like 8t:t 11d 11 g 1111d pupul;irity lll;<I
to tins Ji:-;t tl1cy urc co11~taut;y a ddi ug-.
{o >

!I'?,'"', G.

W e nre gl<ld to sec the Tilcsauru• or Engli sh Wonls rcpubli,h cd in tb!s conntry. It Is a most
,vallrnLle work, g h·ln~ the ro,;nltR ofrn any y curs· labor. ln a n a ttem pt to classify nncl nrrnn~e tho
\,·on ls uf the En :;llsh ton;'lIC. so as to facilitate the prncttcc of com posltlon . The p11q,ose <1f tin
ordi nary dktlon:\ry lg tu cxpbln the rn c a nln~ of words. while the object of th b Tl:f·,aun:o 1• lo
collate all tbc worus uy wlikh any glvcu \Lien muy be expresseu. - I'm1um1"s ,ffo1ttldy.
Tills volume offers the stud~nt of Engli sh composition the result,; of great lub<>r In the form
Of:t. rich antl copious \·vcalJUla.iy. \Ye wonlU con1mc·n•l the w ork to those who bavc charge 'ilf
acndemlcs anti lilgh schools, anti to all students. - Christia11 0/Jstruer.
This is n noYel publication, and Is the fi rst and only ono ~f the kind CYcr lssuccl In wl1ich
'\\"Or<l:; nnd phrn.scs of our l<l n f,'l.t:tgc nre cla~sHlctl , n ot arconli11i:; to th e sotuHl of tl1f·ir ortl io;::;ra phy, l>ut ~trkt.ly at.:cor d lng to thclr sli;nlflcaUon. It w ill l1ce<1me an l11val1111l •lf' :d·l l n 1li'1
corn rnun lcatlon of our lh•rn:.;hts. whether spoken or written, autl hence, as n mra ns 0!' hripro\·cn 1c nt, we cau rccommctJU it as a. work of rare u.ntl excellen t <1ualiUc s. - S: ic nti,j1c . Ll m.eric•rn .

A work of great utility. It wlll g\\·c a writer tbe wNtl he wants, when that word is on ti.e
U p of bis toni;ue, but altogether beyond his reach. - N. Y. Times.
It ls more cornrktc than the Bnglbh worf<, which has nllalncc.l a j ust celebrity. It lo< intcncle•l
rr~ pcc t to the J~n gllsh lanr:,'1iagc, a tks ld c ratu1n hitherto 1111 suppllf·o\ 111 a ny
l nngnage, namely, a co1lec ti1)n o f the wo n.h~ 1t contains, and of the h.liomallc cotn l •ln:l.tii J:is
pccullf\r to it, arranged, n ot in al;1habctia'l orde r, as thry arc ln a <lktlr; r:ary, l111t a CCf1:· dl11;; to
the it.l eas \Yh k b they express. The purpose o f n d ic tionary is slm1,1r to explain th e nu::anin;
of words - the wun.l l>clng: gi ven, t o flu·l its 8ignlflcation, or tho 1Jca H Is 1nt•-'11·kd to couv" ~- .
'r he ohjl'Ct alm t:"d at her e Is exactly the conv c r ~c of Uils: the ltlca bclng gi\·cn, to tintl the wor jl
or w o rd~ by whi ch tl iat idea may he m os t fl Uy an d aptly expressed. For th\~ pnrp .c, tht: w onl::i,
and phrn!SCS of the J an~trngc arc h e r.~ c l as~cd, no t accon.l lng to thelr sound or their orthoi.,ri-a11hy,

to s u pply, with

but strictly according lo their sigultlcatlo n. - F ew York Eve11i11(J 1!firror.
An fm·nhm blc compa nion lo pcrMns engage<! In lltcrnry labors. To persons wlco are nnt
famllL'lr with fu n: l ~ 11 to11;;uC"s, th o rata1oi;uc of furcl~n wo r ds and p hrn ~cs most curr,·nt ln moU...
ern literature, w li k:h the Amcrlcan cllllor h~ appe n t.lctl , w ill be very us~fl.lL - Prr.,sf1ytrr t1m.

It ca~t"' the wh ole Eng'lish lnng1rn gc t11lo gr oups of word:-\ an <1 tcm1g, arrant;r-U In snch a m:rn -ncr th nt th e !" flldc11t of }:n i;ll~h compu~ l tlu11, when cmb:un1:'.•·wd l 1y the pvvcrty of Id~ vo('ab11~
lfi.ry , UHty supply hlm~elf tmm rd latc l y, o n co nRulllng it, ' 'd lh the i>rcclsc t cnn fo r whi(.:h h e has
,OC<:a..s lon . - .New J"u rl~ .Rot:nin.g Po:il.

This ls a work not merely of ex t raordinary, bu t of peculiar value. \\"c wouM glnclly prntsc It,
!Jfanything couhl ad\\ to the consltlcrullon h ell! out by tile l!llc-pa~c. Ko one who speaks or
wrlt~s for the public nc-.;a be uq;cd to atuuy ltoget·s Thesaurus. - Star of the West.
Every wr tte r an\\ •1>eakor oubht to possc:;s himself at once of this manual. Jt ls far from
b ctug a mere dull , d(•ad

~lring

o f synonrnics , but H ls cnlh·eucd and vivHktl by the

and cr,yt'talllzl11g vower of ge nui ne pl.lllrii:.oplly. \re l1avc put it on our table a s a

tlxturc, as near uur left hand as the J!luie is to ou r right. -

cl~L5..."i ifying
p<:"rtnancn~

Con~rcaa tionalist.

Thls book l:-; one o f the m ost valuahlc we eve r cxamlnc• l. It suppli es a ·want lori:; acknowl·
edged by lhc l>cti l write rs, antl suppl le::; it comple tely. - P orllan<l .Aduertiscr.
One of th e most cnklcnt a h1s to cornpo:;ilion that research, Ind ustry n.nd sch nlar:,hlp, havo
eve r produced.. lt:-l ol•jcct i!! to 8U1Jp1Vhc write r or epca.ker with t he mos t felicitous. tc rin;i1.
for c-x11re :-;~ l 11g- u n idC'a that mar Uc va:.;11ely fl u3lin g on bis 111inct ; n11<l, lnde<'ll, l h r1 11 : ~li Ilic
pccul h1r rnan11 c r of a rrai1i;erncu t , ld i:a:; 1l11..·rn:-1Pl\' cs urny Uo t: x11a tH.lbl vr 111vdlllcJ lJ)' n ·ft...:n ·11c\.' h1

Mr. ll.oi,:et'•

ulu c luall oa~.

- Allrio11 , N. Y.

(.,)

.
\-.
:-.: .

-r

A N EW

SYSTE~ 1

OF

E~ GLI SII GRA~:D1AR.

By W . S. BAnToll-,

•

12mo, h al f Morocco. 75 ce11t s.

A. ?.I.

This work ;, dc·• iim c·d os n T ext-book f.ir the \1'C of schonls nn d llClldcmics. It is the r es ult of lon5
experien ce, lllH.l will b~ fo u rn.l tu pvi; sc~r1 rn 11ny pl'c uli;u 111c rits.
"\TE \\" f' OF F. X l'F. TIIF.:'.'ICED TE ACfTF.Tif'.
F no '.\r "\Y. T . \\~ .\LT HA T .L . A . )L . Sr1·' T t) I~ ~ c 11 00 1. ~ •·on C t T \ ' A ~n Co 1· ,·T Y o i: :\I o rnL~ . - 0 1
T('µan l ii u~ 11 d 1·C'i1\l-1l i111 p n 1vi.:mc nt u pu n uuy w vr k of lho k i n<l in u :;:c tu- u kx l - 1>\K rk i11 11 11 r sc hools,
w ith w h k h l u rn 1u.: tt lw int 1.: U. ."
FH ".> l l

S.

S.

S 11 Y. 1n 1AN ,

A. J\ L,

T' n F. ~tnF.;\"' T

nr

THI':

.J 1· 1,~ ol\'" FEMALE J NST l1T T Y. , ~L\HJ ON,

Al. A. - •• J_ t i ~ n v ulu nb lc c o ntri b u 1i 0 n l• • fJ Ur ci1!11 U·11tnry t{·x t-1'<.w1 k s."
FnoM

n . TAI. tt l HO .

D. D.,

P H E S TO P: :"i'T OF IT n W ,\ l: J) C o 1.1.J.:f1E , i\f ARll) X, A L A . - "

ion, it will no t 0 11 ly lll t'cl with gc :ic ru l fu \'u r, l.1t1t

F noM T n o . .

n . nAt LY.

A. J\t. , T' 1n x . I.

1rnpp !.~11 t

o . o .

F.

In

my o pin-

t:\' t·ry otli l' r work nfth c k i11 <l ."

CO l. T. Jl: fl TAT E n 1o n

Sc 11 n OL,

C o t.tl MJHI S,

1\t 1ss. - " E,·e ry 'HH.' n •m c m h\! r 8 th r, di!Ii..::ulti('fl lH· t.'l H' 0 111 at1 •n·d in the 1' tutl _,, 41f E11 i; li:1 h Urnm 111 ar.
En·ry t cnl'lH' r well knPws the lt·t.l ium o f n n :ci tu ti o n in tll!lt ~ tud y . Tu th e p up i1 it wri.; dry, u n intcl·
;.ltJ'le a 11d mysturio u -" ; to the t cuc h c r l ubo ri o u ~ in th e <~xtrc m c . J krc t0 tt1rf' gn 11 1 1rnnri 1 rn ~ hnvc pro-tLH.:C'1l con fu~io n nt th~ r t lwn ord e r in th e y o uth f u l m ind. T h o v ery fir6l lt'.' "ri0 1l 11 11 n1c h im shutldor
tuf h is CJ'i' S rn.n ove r the jargo n o ft cc h n ic :tl iti1' ~.
·•I nm hn p py to fltil t\'.' t h :t t -:'\Tr. Tb rto 11 '1i N'1·w Sy ~ trm o f Grnmm nr ~ tt p plir·s th e d e ~i 1lc mtum. Every
~ c hnl1'r n11d t ~· nc h cr i;i h n olJ r d ur n lii in t> i11 c 1·n.: th u11 k1' , fi ,r h i.· ha:-t 1li vt'~ h· < l it in u ,;n ·at lll•~1 1 :mrl! of its
hit.ltlc n mys te ry . Dy h i!<l 11y f!tc 111, t h e p 1q1i l i:-1 g rnd uu lly ini t intc d into its prin•·1pl•·fo1 - l1 :&c h ksson,
li ke n p ropo~it i o n i n g-1..·o m t.'try. pa n.·~ th e w:i y tn t b 1.: ~H t.;CC' C·tli u g one, u n t il . b y n g ruclua l un d philMv-ph ic.:tl JH"(lCt·~s . he ii' 1mu.le to l:v111 1· r d1 cntl the wlwh· l' dc 1we . l~ n · ry rul e n11<l prin c iple i ~ ill u slmted
by n m 1H· ro u s rx t1 11lplel-i; so m e t1 f t lu.·~c t h" p upi l will p n r:ilP , nnc l ot h e rs co rr{'ct i t lH's<' nga in tlrf! fol·
}o wed hy n pp rop ri ntc t· x cr(' ll'lt'S i n CO '.\t1 ·1 Hl. JT10:---. T hi:-< la:i t frnt 11 rf· i!'-1 n nm·l·l nn 1l vulu11 hlc ud di tivn
t u t )H' 11 .-.. un l m o<lc uf in<;'.truc tio n . I n tl1t1 i np pl _d n,r wli nt h e h :i~ k11rn t· d , th e p11 p il is ta ug h t tu Will TR
U!:i wt·ll H"' to ~lh'! t k corr .. ctly.
lltn i H g Uc k n uiu c<l to utlul il lhi d Ur~uuuuu iu m y uwu t1c h ool, I would
rcclHJJmc n d it to o th e rs. "

"O u r

(• ~t i mri hh"!

nn•l k nrnr1l t<n \· n smnn. 11 cv·. "'"·

~.

Ti nrtfl n , is nt '!i:ork in n

m o~ t c rl y

-

mnnn cr,

r <' m ocl1·lli11g t he fld\o,) I hn• '1·u1 of tln• d ay 1 11 11~ 1 n·dtu.: i11g th t• in to tlH· en.'.>y co n1p rc·lH't ud "n o f the y ouu g,
t hu:t p lnc i ug il i n th1• po \\"(·r 11f par•·lll;i to \\'it 11 1·..: .; t he ntpi1l nn1l prnfi : ub!t: n 1h1\1 1t' 1· 1111·n t fo f llw ir c h i !~
tl r(' n , w ith lt·i::s m c Hhll t·X(• rti o n to the· pu pi l. 11 1111 i n fi n ite ly lt·RK lohor t11 t h o t •·nd 11·r. G11d l' rwc·<l th o
·w or k i 11 w hich he i"- Pn g-ogc1l , nn1 l m1t y n di ~c 1 • n 1ing pu blic mdc o u t to hiru 1n orc p a t ro11ugc thnu his
n10Ut·-"t nrnl.titiu n rc lic:t upo n, o r o. u tic ipu tcs ." - ALA nA ~ A \ \'1 u o .

." Thilill work h n11 ni " t w it h ~c nrm 1 fn.._· or from knc hc rs 0.u d p rofcssor1, nnd b ids fair to supplant
every o th er hoo k of the ki n <l." - AM . PL"" u. C1u c U LAU.

"From nn nttcntl n ! <' xa mi nn tio n nf P n) f. n a rtn n'" Nf' w ~y ~ t <'m of F.nJlli !<lh G rn mm nr. we nrc con·
v it1ce'1 t h nl hi11 n u· thod c o m l1h 11· N u g-rcnk r d •· i.:-rro o of ~ im p l iri t y , c lrn r11 c !".'! trnd prec ision, thRn 1my
othe r trcnti"\! wi thi n o u r kno w lctlgc. l u o ur op iui o11, h e h WI rcwJ.c rcd a dry, irk tto urn study n l'lcnsn.nt
o..n<l ng rc\!alJ lc r ccn:utivu:'

P ilA CTICAL :EXERCISES IX EX GU SIT CO:.IPO SITIOX; on, T1rn
You x G

Co ~11· 011 1m ·ii

G u 11>i·: .

li('rO p rcse nh- ,1, it

itt

~tnh· ' l

J\y "·· S . ll A1<To:-1 , A . l\ L

12mo, hnlf Morocco.

n!' n s r~o 1·r.r. TO TITF. ArrT11Qn's
N1·: W s ,- ~ T F. ~f OY E NO LT~ n (; JC .HUI A H . w ]1ic h fh r m s n gnu l u ul in t n.:Hhll:t ion tu t hC" li r p(t p rirn·iplcs of
c o m pc)Sitio u. Th e p ln n p urrt11 d l i n tlu: fo llo wi n g <'X Crc iii<'S, 1\8 in t he wnrk nw n t it1 11 f'<l, i::J fo 11111 ~1· d
on t ho 11 ppli c nti t1n of th e p rinciple. of i11iituti11 n . T h e pup il i~ <; ni11l w.:tcJ. J i rvgr~: ri e i v d y frvm the
i:: i m p lc·st ~·x t H't's" i o n of tho u g h t l(• th o pra r tin• <•fcon n e ct('d r 1) m pn~i ti (n.1..
T h e t rt• nl i~c w ill be fo u n1 l u !'d \ i l in fi."'!<ti .. t ing Kuch os hn,·c (111ly the opport u n it y
n " comm o n ~
1iicho11l ed u ..::ntio 11 ,'" to (" xpn.:·~ s thd r h lc rHI w ith t!t~t(• nnd pe r ;ip ic uit y : w hil e f f) lhu•w t m vi11 g th e u<ln u1·
fa ~{' o f n. m nn.· cc 1a ·rn l courst.• of in stru c ti o n , it will s c rYl~ ns n p rac ti cal intro<l uct iu n to u criti"-lll 8tudy
of E111:1i!' h li tn·n t11rt"
l fovi11 g lni' l d 11w11 nil t·H fnr th o " "'} nf Cn p it ul I.c ttc r!" , ~p t· ll i n µ- nn d Pro n un <:in fin n , wilh copinrn1
<'Xt\tnp h' !i fo r ill11 -; t m ti •111, f h t• n 11t h1 •r p ro t: t' t.•d~ to th o S tr ul'l n rc o f ~1 · nt1 ·1H'• ' l'I. Th~· se un· c!a ~ ~ Hinl .
n11d 11 11 ·11 t•:1d1 k i 1ul iH n nu ly z1·1l. U1"11.h- r (':lC h 1Wc ti11n u.n.! g i n •u fau lt y vr d1 ·frd i n ! 1. _· x:u 11 pks, whic h
t h" p 11pil i 'I n·q11 ir1·d to citrn·t"t. lt ift i11 t h i.11 p rne ti c<', invo lvin g n11t 0111,v a fo111 i linr i 1~· wi th th e rul es,
b ut u l~u t h e po we r o f cu rrcctly npplyiH g t he m , tlrn. t t he p u p il w ill lin ll th e g rc ut Ue n di t uft hc work to

The work

in th (! p r r fn r<' .

iM cl t~ 11 J g1wcl

nr

c o n si~ t..

F'Qr r o11ng p P !"~nntc jui;t lM•gi n ni ng to prnrti cc the nrt of con 1pn.11i tion . n_'l wc•ll ns t iwKr m nro nd\•nnc"d
n.n J 1to rn t•wl ul.t nccusto rnctl t-0 w rU..(.1, U1crc l111)ro\Ja Lly no ouc wur k that wi ll I.to fouuU i n ull r ct1pcct11

e:o Pcrv icc a blc l\8 th iu.

(•)

..

